Training empowering
E2E Course
Solution Manager
Expert Guided Implementation
Operations AGS
Global Partner Management and Training
Training
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 2
Content
Run SAP End-to-End Solution Operations amp Solution Manager Training amp Certification
Expert Guided Implementations
SAP TechEd 2011 - Hero Campaign
Run SAP End-to-End Solution Operations and
Solution Manager Training and Certification
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 4
The Curriculum based on Solution Manager 70 EHP 1
T- E2E040 Run SAP End-to-End Solution Operations
E2E060 Customer Center of Expertise
E2E220 Test Management Overview
E2E400 Techincal Upgrade Management
E2E500 Custom Code Managment
SMI310 Implementation Projects with Solution Manager
SM100 Solution Manager Operations and Configuration
SM200 ChaRM amp Service Desk Configuration
E2E100 Root Cause Analyse
E2E200 Change Control Management
E2E300 Business Process Integration amp Automation Mgmt
with certification exam at the end
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 5
End-to-End amp Solution Manager Training
Courses Running
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 6
The 2012 upcoming Curriculum based on
Solution Manager 71
E2E040 Managing End-to-End Solution Operations
E2E120 Technical Monitoring in Solution Manager 71 NEW
E2E140 Data Volume Management NEW
E2E220 Test Management Overview
E2E400 Techincal Upgrade Management
E2E500 Custom Code Managment
SMI310 Implementation Projects with Solution Manager
SM100 Solution Manager Operations and Configuration
SM200 ChaRM amp Service Desk Configuration
SM300 Business Process amp Interface Monitoring Config
E2E100 Root Cause Analyse
E2E200 Change Control Management
E2E300 Business Process Operations
with certification exam at the end
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 7
Brief Course Description
E2E040 v93
Run SAP End-to-End
Solution Operations
Overview
Duration 3d
Target Group
Customer IT Management
HostingAMS Partner Management
Implementation Project Managers
Course Content
Run SAP Overview
RunSAP and ASAP Methodology CCoE Overview
Concept of SAP Solution Manager 71
Application Lifecycle Management (ALM)
Integration Validation RunSAP like a factory
More information on E2E040 httpwwwsapcomserviceseducationcatalogglobaltabbedcourseepxcontext=5b5bRUN_SAP|E2E040||||G|5d5d|
E2E060 v84
Customer Center of
Expertise
ldquoImplementing SAP
Quality Managementrdquo
Duration 3d
Target Group
Customer Application Management
Implementation Project Managers
Operations Manager
Course Content
Establishing the Customer CoE ndash Single Source of Truth
Quality Manager for Safeguarding Integration Validation
Quality Manager for Protection of Investment
Quality Manager for Business Continuity
More information on E2E060 httpwwwsapcomserviceseducationcatalogglobaltabbedcourseepxcontext=5b5bRUN_SAP|E2E060||||G|5d5d|
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 8
Brief Course Description
E2E100 v93
Root Cause Analysis
Duration 5d
Certification exam
Target Group
Solution Architects
Application Management Team NetWeaver Operations Team
Business Process Operations Team
Technical Quality Managers Service and Support ConsultantsTechnical Consultant
Course Content
Incident Management Process and Pre-clarification
End to End Change Diagnostics Workload Analysis Trace Analysis Exception
Analysis Data Inconsistency Analysis Client Side Root Cause Analysis
Proving Stabilization of Solution Landscapes with SAP EWA
More information on E2E100 httpwwwsapcomserviceseducationcatalogglobaltabbedcourseepxcontext=5b5bRUN_SAP|E2E100||||G|5d5d|
E2E120 v93
Technical Monitoring in
Solution Manager 71
Duration 3d
Target Group
Solution Architects
System Administrators
Service and Support Consultants
Technical Consultant
Course Content
Monitoring amp Alerting Infrastructure Monitoring Templates System Monitoring Config
Work Mode amp Notification Mgmt Alert Inbox Connection - End-user Experience- BI-
PI-Monitoring Technical Reporting
More information on E2E120 httpstrainingsapcomdeencoursee2e120-technical-monitoring-in-sap-solution-manager-71-classroom-093-g-en
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 9
Brief Course Description
E2E140 v93
Data Volume
Management
Duration 3d
Target Group
Customers who want to understand the peak principles of a Data Volume Management
Methodology
Team-Members in a DVM project
Technical Quality Manager and DVM Architects
Course Content
DVM Methodology Data Object Types Management Requirements Data Management
Concept Data Governance Evaluation amp DVM IT-Planning
Create a DVM Roadmap DVM Work-Center avoid summarize delete and archive
data Continues Improvement and KPI-Measurement (Dashboards)
More information on E2E140 httpstrainingsapcomdeencoursee2e140-data-volume-management-classroom-093-g-en
E2E200 v93
Change Control
Management
Duration 5d
Certification exam
Target Group
Change Managers
System Landscape Architects
System Administrators Development Managers Test and QA Managers Module
Responsible Application Manager Support Manager and members of the customer‟s
SAP competence center (CCC) Partners and System Integrators
Course Content
Solution Documentation Change and Transport System Reporting and Analysis
ToolsCTS Analytics Software Change Strategies Transport Management with SAP
Solution Manager Quality Gate Management Change Request Management
More information on E2E200 httpwwwsapcomserviceseducationcatalogglobaltabbedcourseepxcontext=5b5bRUN_SAP|E2E200||||G|5d5d|
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 10
Brief Course Description
E2E220 v93
Test Management
Overview
Duration 3d
Target Group
Customers who want to get an overview about test options with SAP Solution Manager
Managers who decide on test tools and strategies for SAP and Non-SAP solutions
Members of test teams who will perform tests in projects
Course Content
Test Management Overview ampTest Strategies Configuration of Test Tools in SAP
Solution Manager SAP Test Workbench SAP Testworkbench with Test Automation
Framework Business Process Change Analyzer SAP Test Data Migration Server SAP
Quality Center by HP SAP Test Acceleration amp Optimization IBM Rational
More information on E2E220
httpwwwsapcomserviceseducationcatalogglobaltabbedcourseepxcontext=5b5bRUN_SAP|E2E220||||G|5d5d|
E2E300 v84
Business Process
Integration amp
Automation Mgmt
Duration 5d
Certification exam
Target Group
Partners and system integrators for the run and operations phase
Members of 2nd level Application Support
Course Content
SAP E2E Business Process Integration and Automation Management - motivation and
strategy
Skills processes functionalities and tools in E2E Business Process Integration and
Automation aligned with SAP IT Service and Application Management
Business Process and Interface Monitoring
More information on E2E300 httpwwwsapcomserviceseducationcatalogglobaltabbedcourseepxcontext=5b5bRUN_SAP|E2E300||||G|5d5d|
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 11
Brief Course Description
E2E400 v93
Technical Upgrade
Management
Duration 3d
Target Group
Upgrade project manager
Other project team members with cross-topic responsibility in upgrade projects
SAP IT manager and members of the IT program office
Technical quality managers and solution architects
Course Content
SAP Upgrade amp Maintenance Management Solution Transition Management Upgrade
amp Maintenance Projects Application Adjustments Test Management Business
Downtime Management Collaboration with SAP and SAP Solution Manager
More information on E2E400 httpwwwsapcomserviceseducationcatalogglobaltabbedcourseepxcontext=5b5bRUN_SAP|E2E400||||G|5d5d|
E2E500 v93
Custom Code
Management
Duration 3d
Target Group
Heads of Customer Center of Expertise
Development project leader and IT Manager
Developers Technical Quality Managers and Solution Architects
Course Content
Custom code management Custom Code Lifecycle Management Custom Code
Analyzer Custom Development Management Cockpit Code Inspector Reverse
Business Process Documentation Service Offerings CDMC Additional Activities
Java Custom Code SOA and Custom Code
More information on E2E500 httpwwwsapcomserviceseducationcatalogglobaltabbedcourseepxcontext=5b5bRUN_SAP|E2E500||||G|5d5d|
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 12
Brief Course Description
SM100 v93
Solution Manager
Operations amp
Configuration
Duration 5d
Certifcation exam
Target Group
System Administrators
Technical Consultants
Technical Managers
Course Content
Solution Manager Installation Architecture Sizing
Basic Configuration Authorizations Maintenance Optimizer Maintenance Certificate
Issue amp Task Management Solution Manager Diagnostics EWA Reporting Additional
administrative Tasks Technical Monitoring amp System Monitoring Service Level-
Solution-Technical- Management Reporting
More information on SM100 httpstrainingsapcomdeencoursesm100-sap-solution-manager-operations-and-configuration-classroom-010-g-en
SM200 v91
Change Request
Management amp Service
Desk Configuration
Duration 5d
Certification exam in v93
Target Group
SAP system administrators
System Administration
Course Content
Setup Steps ChaRM amp Service Desk Master Data
Service Desk Process amp Integration with ChaRM
Service Desk Specific Customizing Projects in ChaRM ChaRM Processes
ChaRM Specific Customizing Monitoring Enhanced CTS
More information on SM200 httpstrainingsapcomgbencoursesm200-change-request-management-and-service-desk-configuration-classroom-091-gb-en
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 13
Brief Course Description
SM300 v93
Business Process amp
Interface Monitoring
Configuration
Duration 5d
Certification exam
Target Group
Upgrade Project leader and IT Manager Upgrade Project Lead or Stream Lead
IT Manager and members of the IT Program Office
Technical Quality Managers and Solution Architects
Course Content
Key focus areas of a successful upgrade main challenges and success factors
SAP Technical Quality Management
Collaboration with SAP
More information on E2E400 httpwwwsapcomserviceseducationcatalogglobaltabbedcourseepxcontext=5b5bRUN_SAP|E2E400||||G|5d5d|
SM310 v93
Implementation Projects
with SAP Solution
Manager 71
Duration 4d
Target Group
Project managersleaders
Project team members
Test organizers amp testers
Course Content
Project definition system landscape documentation Project scope design amp
documentation amp Configuration
Organize perform amp document all project-related test activities Roadmaps as project
methodology Reporting Problem messages template management Solution
Documentation Assistant amp Business Process Change Analyzer amp Blueprinting
More information on SMI310 httpstrainingsapcomgbencoursesmi310-implementation-projects-with-sap-solution-manager-classroom-093-g-en
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 14
More Information amp Registration
Certifications
At the end of courses E2E100 E2E200 E2E300 SM100 SM200 SM300
you have the option of taking part in a certification examination to verify your
knowledge or directly at Pearson Vue
Register online today by simply adding the course to your basket
Visit us online
httpwwwsapcomeducatione2e
httptrainingsapcom
Pearson Vue
httpwwwpearsonvuecomsapexamlist
min collection version 93
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 15
Customer Value Statements extract
We utilized SAP Safeguarding to gain skills and expertise from the E2E100 end-to-end root cause analysis
course As a result we are a more proactive support organization through enhanced monitoring of our systems
and enhanced diagnostics capabilities through Wily Introscope and the root cause analysis work center in SAP
Solution Manager With these tools we are able to identify the root cause of potential incidents 50 faster on
average and this enables us to provide more value to our business and reduce downtime
Giancarlo Raicovi Project Manager ndash Banco de Credito del Peru
ldquo
Haruhiko Kuroda Deputy General Managerndash MITSUI amp CO LTD
ldquo Through SAP MaxAttention service we attended the training of E2E100 Root Cause Analysis for the
sake of skilling up because we recognized the importance of the smooth and efficient analyzing the
problem in our portal systems After the training we realized the value of having hands-on training for
our technical operation team Based on valuable information obtained in class we spent time on real-
life exercises where we could put in practice knowledge gained from it As a result we are able to
reduce average times needed for root-cause analysis and problem resolution by at least 20ldquo
ldquoE2E300 Business Process integration amp Automation helped us understand the best practices to support our
business processes with standardized tools It was a beneficial class for our support team
Liher Urbizu Head of Delivery ndash Siemens IT Solutions and Services Thailand
ldquo
Expert Guided
Implementations
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 17
Expert-Guided Implementation ldquoTraining on the Jobrdquo at Its Best
Training practical experience remote consulting
Expert-Guided Implementation is a scheme adding the SAP Solution Manager specific
expertise needed for application configuration to your SAP project team
Day 1 Day 2 Day 3 Day 4 Day 5
SAP expert explains step-by-step
configuration using training materials
2 Execution 2-3 hours on the same day
Participants have direct access
to an SAP expert who directly
supports them remotely if
necessary during the execution
1 Empowering Web session 1-2 hours each day
Participants execute
demonstrated steps within
their own project on their
own SAP Solution
Manager software
3 Expertise on demand during execution
Each day will be the
base for the next
daybdquos empowerment
4 Daily feedback to SAP expert
2 Empowering
3 Empowering
5 Empowering
4 Empowering
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 18
Brief look into a real session
Empowering
Execution
Support
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 19
Project Implementation Using SAP Solution
Manager (Prerequisites)
Service Desk (Prerequisites)
Service Desk for VAR
Solution Documentation (Prerequisites)
Test Management I SAP Test Workbench
Service Level and IT Performance Reporting
(Prerequisites)
Basic Configuration and EarlyWatch Alert for
SAP Business Objects Enterprise
Remote Support Component (RSC)
Available Expert-Guided Implementations 13
Topics for Application Lifecycle Management and
SAP Solution Manager Configuration
Application Lifecycle Management Roadmap Design
(Prerequisites)
Basic Configuration and Update (Prerequisites)
Technical Preparation
Business Process Change Analyzer in SAP Solution
Manager (Prerequisites)
Change Request Management
Configuration Validation
Custom Development Management Cockpit (CDMC)
(Prerequisites)
Data Volume Management Cockpit (Prerequisites)
SAP End-User Experience Monitoring (Prerequisites)
Change Control Management I Enhanced Transport
Management (CTS+) (Prerequisites)
Change Control Management II Quality Gate
Management (Prerequisites)
Job Scheduling Management (Prerequisites)
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 20
Test Management I - SAP Test Workbench
(Prerequisites)
Test Management II - Business Process
Change Analyzer (Prerequisites)
System Monitoring and Reporting
(Prerequisites)
Business Process Monitoring and Stabilization
(Prerequisites)
Job Scheduling Management (Prerequisites)
Change Control Management I Enhanced
Transport Management (CTS+) (Prerequisites)
Change Control Management II Quality Gate
Management (Prerequisites)
Available Expert-Guided Implementations 23
New topics for Application Lifecycle Management
and SAP Solution Manager 71 Configuration
Technical Upgrade to SAP Solution Manager 71
(Prerequisites)
Change Request Management Update 70 to 71
(Prerequisites)
Basic Configuration of SAP Solution Manager 71
(Prerequisites)
Relational Universe Auditing and Best Practice
(Prerequisites)
Incident Problem and Request Management
(Prerequisites)
Roles and Authorization Concept
Business Planning amp Consolidation Microsoft
Platform Version
Project Implementation Using SAP Solution Manager
71
Solution Documentation 71 (Prerequisites)
Application Lifecycle Management Roadmap Design
(Prerequisites)
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 21
Available Expert-Guided Implementations 33
Topics for Self Service Delivery
SAP Enterprise Support Engagement Methodology
Self Service Business Process Analytics and
Improvement (Prerequisites)
Expert Guided Implementation for Self Service Data
Volume Management
Self Service Security Optimization Service
(Prerequisites)
Self Service SQL Statement Tuning (Prerequisites)
Self Service Transport Execution Analysis
(Prerequisites)
Self Service Performance Optimization ST12
Self Service Data Consistency Management
(Prerequisites)
Basic Configuration and EarlyWatch Alert for SAP
Business Objects Business Intelligence 40Solution
Manager 71 (Prerequisites)
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 22
Available Expert-Guided Implementations Prerequisites
Expert-guided implementation does NOT fit in the
following cases
If no knowledge about the administration of SAP
NetWeaver is available
If a complex implementation project of SAP Solution
Manager scenario is planned (for example
integration of third-party tools major adaptations of
basic scenarios defined by SAP)
Technical prerequisites
Installation of SAP Solution Manager as defined
for delivery slot
Connection to SAP network via remote function
call SAPNet - Web Frontend (OSS1-maintained)
S-User in SAP Marketplace with necessary
authorization available
Network connection to the satellite systems which
should be managed by SAP Solution Manager
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 23
Expert-Guided Implementation Benefits amp Goals
Goal
The goal is to execute all relevant implementation steps
during the delivery time of Expert Guided Implementation by
your project team
After the delivery the scenario is ready for productive usage
and your team has the knowledge for using the SAP
Solution Manager scenario
Benefits
Direct configuration of your SAP Solution Manager system
After delivery the implemented scenarios are ready for use
Knowledge transfer to avoid dependence on externals
Execution of all activities in defined time frame
Direct access to SAP Experts
No theoretical class room training instead empowering for
self doing by customer project teams
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 24
Benefit
Utilize Run SAP Partners as multipliers to enable the
market in implementing Solution Manager
Up-skill Run SAP Partners so they can share their
experience with their customers
Run SAP Partners will become knowledgeable of
Enterprise Support offerings
With the use of EGIs as a platform for Solution Manager
enhancements and deltas Run SAP Partners can assist in
the delivery capacity in the marketplace
Increased collaboration with SAP Active Global Support
Expert-Guided Implementation Benefit for Run SAP Partners
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 25
Recommend
Designate one person as point of contact for questions
registration and communication with AGS Partner Manager
Point of contact will register their consultant in desired EGI
session via SAP Registration Form(received after
successful certification from PM)
Point of contact will track the total number of EGI sessions
consumed per year
Send email communication to Run SAP practice regarding
Expert Guided Implementation Sessions with web links
Expert-Guided Implementation Roll-out Process for Run SAP Partners to their Practice
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 26
Expert Guided Implementation for Run SAP Partners
What does it cost No charge for Run SAP Certified Partners
5 EGI Sessions year for Local Certified Run SAP Implementation Partners
10 EGI Sessions year for Global Certified Run SAP Implementation Partners
20 EGI Sessions year for Certified Run SAP Operations Partners
How to order
SAP offers delivery at fixed time slots
Available delivery slots are published on the SAP Service Marketplace
Partners plan projects and register based on project timeline via sending an
email with the SAP EGI registration form to the corresponding Partner
manager
Where to find additional information
External Information
Alias SolutionManager -gt Services -gt Expert Guided
Implementation
Direct Link
httpservicesapcom~formsapnet_SHORTKEY=0110003587000
0717440amp_SCENARIO=01100035870000000202amp
Registration for RunSAP
Partner
Expert Guided Implementation
Dear Partner manager
Please register for the session Expert Guided Implementation in
Region EMEA
Topic Technical Upgrade to SAP Solution Manager 71 (Prerequisites)
Delivery week 12
Start Date 03-19-2012
Language EN
the following partner participant
Partner Name Run SAP Partner XY
Partner Number 11111111
S-User of participant S11111111
e-mail MaxMustermannPartnerXYcom
Best regards
Max Mustermann
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 27
How Do Run SAP Partners Register
EGI Session Delivery Participant
Registration Solution Manager Register via form
Partners register via
registration form
Important to send the
from to your Partner
Manager
KPS sends confirmation
with pre-requisite
documents prior to start
of session
Check available
schedule via
servicesapcom
Alias alm-services
Session is delivered in
2-3 hour online session
Participant has access
to Subject Matter
Expert remotely when
working on their
Solution Manager
system
At the completion of the
session participant is
registered in Education
Training System for
training record tracking
No invoicing is sent
Service
Marketplace
Basic Configuration
Is Achieved
SAP TechEd 2011 -
Hero Campaign
Las Vegas NV The Venetian
September 12-16 2011
Bangalore KTPO
October 19-21 2011
Madrid Feria de Madrid
November 8-10 2011
HERO CAMPAIGN
ndash
SAPreg
TechEd 2011
Become a hero
Stop in at the SAP Active Global Support Hero Campaign in the Community Clubhouse
Learn from Experts to manage your solutions along the application lifecycle with live systems
Work with our SAP Solution Manager 71 Subject Matter Experts to become a ldquoHerordquo
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 30
Framework
LOCATIONS amp Dates
September 12 - 16 2011 ndash Las Vegas US
October 19 - 21 2011 ndash Bangalore India
November 8 ndash 11 2011 Madrid Spain
Staff
SAP‟s SAP Solution Manager 71 matter experts
Run SAP Certified Partner‟s SAP Solution Manager 71 experts
TARGET GROUP
TechEd attendees (partnerscustomers) who have interest in Application Lifecycle Management and the new
SAP Solution Manager 71 release
Goal of 700 (300 Las Vegas 200 India 200 Spain) attendees for the 3 Events together
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 31
Hero Campaign Las Vegas Bangalore Madrid results
983 Attendees
Estimated missed scans per day 20
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 32
Partner Feedback Las Vegas
HP
ldquoI had a great time participating in the Hero Campaign It even was great working a side by
side as well as having great conversations with the SAP experts and the customers at the
Hero Campaign booth ldquo
Gary Manaoat
ldquoThis was a success Thank you for the great opportunityrdquo
Kristine Gersabeck
Keane an NTT DATA Company
bdquoWe have to thank you ton for your support during our booth sessions and providing this
great opportunityldquo
Lakshminarayanan Rengasamy
ldquoThank you for having given us such a great opportunity to participate at the Hero
Campaignrdquo
Narasimhan Arvind
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 33
WIPRO
ldquoThe concept of having partner to contribute in the TechEd booth is a great idea which
helps partners to show case the capability in new products of Solution Manager and also
we feel great and confident while participating in such eventsThe Solution Manager 71
(ldquoBe a Herordquo) booth in Bangalore TechEd was really a great event and we would like to
thank for providing this opportunityldquo
Srinivas Hulsusgud
Optimal Solutions
bdquoIt was very good experience for me to be there in the Hero campaign booth It has given
me an insight to the clients view of SAP products in which angle they are looking
Thanks for providing us the opportunity for being with SAP during the TechEdldquo
Biju Abraham
Partner Feedback Bangalore
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 34
Newsletter Articles about the Hero campaign
Today‟s Customers are facing a lot of complex challenges within their SAP Application Landscape
in various phases of ALM (Application Lifecycle Management)But the question stays always the
same How to succeed in these challenges
Around 1000 customers and partners got an answer to this question at the TechEds Las Vegas
Bangalore and Madrid by visiting the HERO campaign interactive station from the AGS Partner
Management and Training Team We took one live demo system of the single source of truth the
new SAP Solution Manager 71 Mixed it up with experts from SAP and of our Run SAP certified
partner community and let those 1000 participants interact with them to learn how SAP Solution
Manager 71 and the E2E Solution Manager Operations courses give them the opportunity to
succeed
So be aware of 1000 HEROES more around the globe knowing how to leverage from SAP Solution
Manager 71 and the respective trainings So don‟t let your customers miss the great opportunity to
stop by the Hero Campaign at SAP TechEd events next year and to learn more about SAP Solution
Manager 71 with the E2E Solution Manager Operations courses
You can find more information about these curriculums at wwwsapcomeducatione2e
The success of the Hero campaign at the different Events and the overall Results were
promoted in several Newsletters like the AGS and the global Ecosystems and Channels
Newsletters as an example
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 35
Follow Up activities
Hero campaign to be used to
promote end-to-end standards
partner and training program
Information about courses EGIrsquos
standards and partner program sent
via post event email
Non-SAP-employee participant data
was shared with our at the booth
present partners
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 36
Hero campaign Impressions
Las Vegas Bangalore Madrid
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 2
Content
Run SAP End-to-End Solution Operations amp Solution Manager Training amp Certification
Expert Guided Implementations
SAP TechEd 2011 - Hero Campaign
Run SAP End-to-End Solution Operations and
Solution Manager Training and Certification
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 4
The Curriculum based on Solution Manager 70 EHP 1
T- E2E040 Run SAP End-to-End Solution Operations
E2E060 Customer Center of Expertise
E2E220 Test Management Overview
E2E400 Techincal Upgrade Management
E2E500 Custom Code Managment
SMI310 Implementation Projects with Solution Manager
SM100 Solution Manager Operations and Configuration
SM200 ChaRM amp Service Desk Configuration
E2E100 Root Cause Analyse
E2E200 Change Control Management
E2E300 Business Process Integration amp Automation Mgmt
with certification exam at the end
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 5
End-to-End amp Solution Manager Training
Courses Running
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 6
The 2012 upcoming Curriculum based on
Solution Manager 71
E2E040 Managing End-to-End Solution Operations
E2E120 Technical Monitoring in Solution Manager 71 NEW
E2E140 Data Volume Management NEW
E2E220 Test Management Overview
E2E400 Techincal Upgrade Management
E2E500 Custom Code Managment
SMI310 Implementation Projects with Solution Manager
SM100 Solution Manager Operations and Configuration
SM200 ChaRM amp Service Desk Configuration
SM300 Business Process amp Interface Monitoring Config
E2E100 Root Cause Analyse
E2E200 Change Control Management
E2E300 Business Process Operations
with certification exam at the end
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 7
Brief Course Description
E2E040 v93
Run SAP End-to-End
Solution Operations
Overview
Duration 3d
Target Group
Customer IT Management
HostingAMS Partner Management
Implementation Project Managers
Course Content
Run SAP Overview
RunSAP and ASAP Methodology CCoE Overview
Concept of SAP Solution Manager 71
Application Lifecycle Management (ALM)
Integration Validation RunSAP like a factory
More information on E2E040 httpwwwsapcomserviceseducationcatalogglobaltabbedcourseepxcontext=5b5bRUN_SAP|E2E040||||G|5d5d|
E2E060 v84
Customer Center of
Expertise
ldquoImplementing SAP
Quality Managementrdquo
Duration 3d
Target Group
Customer Application Management
Implementation Project Managers
Operations Manager
Course Content
Establishing the Customer CoE ndash Single Source of Truth
Quality Manager for Safeguarding Integration Validation
Quality Manager for Protection of Investment
Quality Manager for Business Continuity
More information on E2E060 httpwwwsapcomserviceseducationcatalogglobaltabbedcourseepxcontext=5b5bRUN_SAP|E2E060||||G|5d5d|
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 8
Brief Course Description
E2E100 v93
Root Cause Analysis
Duration 5d
Certification exam
Target Group
Solution Architects
Application Management Team NetWeaver Operations Team
Business Process Operations Team
Technical Quality Managers Service and Support ConsultantsTechnical Consultant
Course Content
Incident Management Process and Pre-clarification
End to End Change Diagnostics Workload Analysis Trace Analysis Exception
Analysis Data Inconsistency Analysis Client Side Root Cause Analysis
Proving Stabilization of Solution Landscapes with SAP EWA
More information on E2E100 httpwwwsapcomserviceseducationcatalogglobaltabbedcourseepxcontext=5b5bRUN_SAP|E2E100||||G|5d5d|
E2E120 v93
Technical Monitoring in
Solution Manager 71
Duration 3d
Target Group
Solution Architects
System Administrators
Service and Support Consultants
Technical Consultant
Course Content
Monitoring amp Alerting Infrastructure Monitoring Templates System Monitoring Config
Work Mode amp Notification Mgmt Alert Inbox Connection - End-user Experience- BI-
PI-Monitoring Technical Reporting
More information on E2E120 httpstrainingsapcomdeencoursee2e120-technical-monitoring-in-sap-solution-manager-71-classroom-093-g-en
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 9
Brief Course Description
E2E140 v93
Data Volume
Management
Duration 3d
Target Group
Customers who want to understand the peak principles of a Data Volume Management
Methodology
Team-Members in a DVM project
Technical Quality Manager and DVM Architects
Course Content
DVM Methodology Data Object Types Management Requirements Data Management
Concept Data Governance Evaluation amp DVM IT-Planning
Create a DVM Roadmap DVM Work-Center avoid summarize delete and archive
data Continues Improvement and KPI-Measurement (Dashboards)
More information on E2E140 httpstrainingsapcomdeencoursee2e140-data-volume-management-classroom-093-g-en
E2E200 v93
Change Control
Management
Duration 5d
Certification exam
Target Group
Change Managers
System Landscape Architects
System Administrators Development Managers Test and QA Managers Module
Responsible Application Manager Support Manager and members of the customer‟s
SAP competence center (CCC) Partners and System Integrators
Course Content
Solution Documentation Change and Transport System Reporting and Analysis
ToolsCTS Analytics Software Change Strategies Transport Management with SAP
Solution Manager Quality Gate Management Change Request Management
More information on E2E200 httpwwwsapcomserviceseducationcatalogglobaltabbedcourseepxcontext=5b5bRUN_SAP|E2E200||||G|5d5d|
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 10
Brief Course Description
E2E220 v93
Test Management
Overview
Duration 3d
Target Group
Customers who want to get an overview about test options with SAP Solution Manager
Managers who decide on test tools and strategies for SAP and Non-SAP solutions
Members of test teams who will perform tests in projects
Course Content
Test Management Overview ampTest Strategies Configuration of Test Tools in SAP
Solution Manager SAP Test Workbench SAP Testworkbench with Test Automation
Framework Business Process Change Analyzer SAP Test Data Migration Server SAP
Quality Center by HP SAP Test Acceleration amp Optimization IBM Rational
More information on E2E220
httpwwwsapcomserviceseducationcatalogglobaltabbedcourseepxcontext=5b5bRUN_SAP|E2E220||||G|5d5d|
E2E300 v84
Business Process
Integration amp
Automation Mgmt
Duration 5d
Certification exam
Target Group
Partners and system integrators for the run and operations phase
Members of 2nd level Application Support
Course Content
SAP E2E Business Process Integration and Automation Management - motivation and
strategy
Skills processes functionalities and tools in E2E Business Process Integration and
Automation aligned with SAP IT Service and Application Management
Business Process and Interface Monitoring
More information on E2E300 httpwwwsapcomserviceseducationcatalogglobaltabbedcourseepxcontext=5b5bRUN_SAP|E2E300||||G|5d5d|
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 11
Brief Course Description
E2E400 v93
Technical Upgrade
Management
Duration 3d
Target Group
Upgrade project manager
Other project team members with cross-topic responsibility in upgrade projects
SAP IT manager and members of the IT program office
Technical quality managers and solution architects
Course Content
SAP Upgrade amp Maintenance Management Solution Transition Management Upgrade
amp Maintenance Projects Application Adjustments Test Management Business
Downtime Management Collaboration with SAP and SAP Solution Manager
More information on E2E400 httpwwwsapcomserviceseducationcatalogglobaltabbedcourseepxcontext=5b5bRUN_SAP|E2E400||||G|5d5d|
E2E500 v93
Custom Code
Management
Duration 3d
Target Group
Heads of Customer Center of Expertise
Development project leader and IT Manager
Developers Technical Quality Managers and Solution Architects
Course Content
Custom code management Custom Code Lifecycle Management Custom Code
Analyzer Custom Development Management Cockpit Code Inspector Reverse
Business Process Documentation Service Offerings CDMC Additional Activities
Java Custom Code SOA and Custom Code
More information on E2E500 httpwwwsapcomserviceseducationcatalogglobaltabbedcourseepxcontext=5b5bRUN_SAP|E2E500||||G|5d5d|
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 12
Brief Course Description
SM100 v93
Solution Manager
Operations amp
Configuration
Duration 5d
Certifcation exam
Target Group
System Administrators
Technical Consultants
Technical Managers
Course Content
Solution Manager Installation Architecture Sizing
Basic Configuration Authorizations Maintenance Optimizer Maintenance Certificate
Issue amp Task Management Solution Manager Diagnostics EWA Reporting Additional
administrative Tasks Technical Monitoring amp System Monitoring Service Level-
Solution-Technical- Management Reporting
More information on SM100 httpstrainingsapcomdeencoursesm100-sap-solution-manager-operations-and-configuration-classroom-010-g-en
SM200 v91
Change Request
Management amp Service
Desk Configuration
Duration 5d
Certification exam in v93
Target Group
SAP system administrators
System Administration
Course Content
Setup Steps ChaRM amp Service Desk Master Data
Service Desk Process amp Integration with ChaRM
Service Desk Specific Customizing Projects in ChaRM ChaRM Processes
ChaRM Specific Customizing Monitoring Enhanced CTS
More information on SM200 httpstrainingsapcomgbencoursesm200-change-request-management-and-service-desk-configuration-classroom-091-gb-en
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 13
Brief Course Description
SM300 v93
Business Process amp
Interface Monitoring
Configuration
Duration 5d
Certification exam
Target Group
Upgrade Project leader and IT Manager Upgrade Project Lead or Stream Lead
IT Manager and members of the IT Program Office
Technical Quality Managers and Solution Architects
Course Content
Key focus areas of a successful upgrade main challenges and success factors
SAP Technical Quality Management
Collaboration with SAP
More information on E2E400 httpwwwsapcomserviceseducationcatalogglobaltabbedcourseepxcontext=5b5bRUN_SAP|E2E400||||G|5d5d|
SM310 v93
Implementation Projects
with SAP Solution
Manager 71
Duration 4d
Target Group
Project managersleaders
Project team members
Test organizers amp testers
Course Content
Project definition system landscape documentation Project scope design amp
documentation amp Configuration
Organize perform amp document all project-related test activities Roadmaps as project
methodology Reporting Problem messages template management Solution
Documentation Assistant amp Business Process Change Analyzer amp Blueprinting
More information on SMI310 httpstrainingsapcomgbencoursesmi310-implementation-projects-with-sap-solution-manager-classroom-093-g-en
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 14
More Information amp Registration
Certifications
At the end of courses E2E100 E2E200 E2E300 SM100 SM200 SM300
you have the option of taking part in a certification examination to verify your
knowledge or directly at Pearson Vue
Register online today by simply adding the course to your basket
Visit us online
httpwwwsapcomeducatione2e
httptrainingsapcom
Pearson Vue
httpwwwpearsonvuecomsapexamlist
min collection version 93
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 15
Customer Value Statements extract
We utilized SAP Safeguarding to gain skills and expertise from the E2E100 end-to-end root cause analysis
course As a result we are a more proactive support organization through enhanced monitoring of our systems
and enhanced diagnostics capabilities through Wily Introscope and the root cause analysis work center in SAP
Solution Manager With these tools we are able to identify the root cause of potential incidents 50 faster on
average and this enables us to provide more value to our business and reduce downtime
Giancarlo Raicovi Project Manager ndash Banco de Credito del Peru
ldquo
Haruhiko Kuroda Deputy General Managerndash MITSUI amp CO LTD
ldquo Through SAP MaxAttention service we attended the training of E2E100 Root Cause Analysis for the
sake of skilling up because we recognized the importance of the smooth and efficient analyzing the
problem in our portal systems After the training we realized the value of having hands-on training for
our technical operation team Based on valuable information obtained in class we spent time on real-
life exercises where we could put in practice knowledge gained from it As a result we are able to
reduce average times needed for root-cause analysis and problem resolution by at least 20ldquo
ldquoE2E300 Business Process integration amp Automation helped us understand the best practices to support our
business processes with standardized tools It was a beneficial class for our support team
Liher Urbizu Head of Delivery ndash Siemens IT Solutions and Services Thailand
ldquo
Expert Guided
Implementations
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 17
Expert-Guided Implementation ldquoTraining on the Jobrdquo at Its Best
Training practical experience remote consulting
Expert-Guided Implementation is a scheme adding the SAP Solution Manager specific
expertise needed for application configuration to your SAP project team
Day 1 Day 2 Day 3 Day 4 Day 5
SAP expert explains step-by-step
configuration using training materials
2 Execution 2-3 hours on the same day
Participants have direct access
to an SAP expert who directly
supports them remotely if
necessary during the execution
1 Empowering Web session 1-2 hours each day
Participants execute
demonstrated steps within
their own project on their
own SAP Solution
Manager software
3 Expertise on demand during execution
Each day will be the
base for the next
daybdquos empowerment
4 Daily feedback to SAP expert
2 Empowering
3 Empowering
5 Empowering
4 Empowering
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 18
Brief look into a real session
Empowering
Execution
Support
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 19
Project Implementation Using SAP Solution
Manager (Prerequisites)
Service Desk (Prerequisites)
Service Desk for VAR
Solution Documentation (Prerequisites)
Test Management I SAP Test Workbench
Service Level and IT Performance Reporting
(Prerequisites)
Basic Configuration and EarlyWatch Alert for
SAP Business Objects Enterprise
Remote Support Component (RSC)
Available Expert-Guided Implementations 13
Topics for Application Lifecycle Management and
SAP Solution Manager Configuration
Application Lifecycle Management Roadmap Design
(Prerequisites)
Basic Configuration and Update (Prerequisites)
Technical Preparation
Business Process Change Analyzer in SAP Solution
Manager (Prerequisites)
Change Request Management
Configuration Validation
Custom Development Management Cockpit (CDMC)
(Prerequisites)
Data Volume Management Cockpit (Prerequisites)
SAP End-User Experience Monitoring (Prerequisites)
Change Control Management I Enhanced Transport
Management (CTS+) (Prerequisites)
Change Control Management II Quality Gate
Management (Prerequisites)
Job Scheduling Management (Prerequisites)
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 20
Test Management I - SAP Test Workbench
(Prerequisites)
Test Management II - Business Process
Change Analyzer (Prerequisites)
System Monitoring and Reporting
(Prerequisites)
Business Process Monitoring and Stabilization
(Prerequisites)
Job Scheduling Management (Prerequisites)
Change Control Management I Enhanced
Transport Management (CTS+) (Prerequisites)
Change Control Management II Quality Gate
Management (Prerequisites)
Available Expert-Guided Implementations 23
New topics for Application Lifecycle Management
and SAP Solution Manager 71 Configuration
Technical Upgrade to SAP Solution Manager 71
(Prerequisites)
Change Request Management Update 70 to 71
(Prerequisites)
Basic Configuration of SAP Solution Manager 71
(Prerequisites)
Relational Universe Auditing and Best Practice
(Prerequisites)
Incident Problem and Request Management
(Prerequisites)
Roles and Authorization Concept
Business Planning amp Consolidation Microsoft
Platform Version
Project Implementation Using SAP Solution Manager
71
Solution Documentation 71 (Prerequisites)
Application Lifecycle Management Roadmap Design
(Prerequisites)
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 21
Available Expert-Guided Implementations 33
Topics for Self Service Delivery
SAP Enterprise Support Engagement Methodology
Self Service Business Process Analytics and
Improvement (Prerequisites)
Expert Guided Implementation for Self Service Data
Volume Management
Self Service Security Optimization Service
(Prerequisites)
Self Service SQL Statement Tuning (Prerequisites)
Self Service Transport Execution Analysis
(Prerequisites)
Self Service Performance Optimization ST12
Self Service Data Consistency Management
(Prerequisites)
Basic Configuration and EarlyWatch Alert for SAP
Business Objects Business Intelligence 40Solution
Manager 71 (Prerequisites)
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 22
Available Expert-Guided Implementations Prerequisites
Expert-guided implementation does NOT fit in the
following cases
If no knowledge about the administration of SAP
NetWeaver is available
If a complex implementation project of SAP Solution
Manager scenario is planned (for example
integration of third-party tools major adaptations of
basic scenarios defined by SAP)
Technical prerequisites
Installation of SAP Solution Manager as defined
for delivery slot
Connection to SAP network via remote function
call SAPNet - Web Frontend (OSS1-maintained)
S-User in SAP Marketplace with necessary
authorization available
Network connection to the satellite systems which
should be managed by SAP Solution Manager
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 23
Expert-Guided Implementation Benefits amp Goals
Goal
The goal is to execute all relevant implementation steps
during the delivery time of Expert Guided Implementation by
your project team
After the delivery the scenario is ready for productive usage
and your team has the knowledge for using the SAP
Solution Manager scenario
Benefits
Direct configuration of your SAP Solution Manager system
After delivery the implemented scenarios are ready for use
Knowledge transfer to avoid dependence on externals
Execution of all activities in defined time frame
Direct access to SAP Experts
No theoretical class room training instead empowering for
self doing by customer project teams
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 24
Benefit
Utilize Run SAP Partners as multipliers to enable the
market in implementing Solution Manager
Up-skill Run SAP Partners so they can share their
experience with their customers
Run SAP Partners will become knowledgeable of
Enterprise Support offerings
With the use of EGIs as a platform for Solution Manager
enhancements and deltas Run SAP Partners can assist in
the delivery capacity in the marketplace
Increased collaboration with SAP Active Global Support
Expert-Guided Implementation Benefit for Run SAP Partners
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 25
Recommend
Designate one person as point of contact for questions
registration and communication with AGS Partner Manager
Point of contact will register their consultant in desired EGI
session via SAP Registration Form(received after
successful certification from PM)
Point of contact will track the total number of EGI sessions
consumed per year
Send email communication to Run SAP practice regarding
Expert Guided Implementation Sessions with web links
Expert-Guided Implementation Roll-out Process for Run SAP Partners to their Practice
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 26
Expert Guided Implementation for Run SAP Partners
What does it cost No charge for Run SAP Certified Partners
5 EGI Sessions year for Local Certified Run SAP Implementation Partners
10 EGI Sessions year for Global Certified Run SAP Implementation Partners
20 EGI Sessions year for Certified Run SAP Operations Partners
How to order
SAP offers delivery at fixed time slots
Available delivery slots are published on the SAP Service Marketplace
Partners plan projects and register based on project timeline via sending an
email with the SAP EGI registration form to the corresponding Partner
manager
Where to find additional information
External Information
Alias SolutionManager -gt Services -gt Expert Guided
Implementation
Direct Link
httpservicesapcom~formsapnet_SHORTKEY=0110003587000
0717440amp_SCENARIO=01100035870000000202amp
Registration for RunSAP
Partner
Expert Guided Implementation
Dear Partner manager
Please register for the session Expert Guided Implementation in
Region EMEA
Topic Technical Upgrade to SAP Solution Manager 71 (Prerequisites)
Delivery week 12
Start Date 03-19-2012
Language EN
the following partner participant
Partner Name Run SAP Partner XY
Partner Number 11111111
S-User of participant S11111111
e-mail MaxMustermannPartnerXYcom
Best regards
Max Mustermann
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 27
How Do Run SAP Partners Register
EGI Session Delivery Participant
Registration Solution Manager Register via form
Partners register via
registration form
Important to send the
from to your Partner
Manager
KPS sends confirmation
with pre-requisite
documents prior to start
of session
Check available
schedule via
servicesapcom
Alias alm-services
Session is delivered in
2-3 hour online session
Participant has access
to Subject Matter
Expert remotely when
working on their
Solution Manager
system
At the completion of the
session participant is
registered in Education
Training System for
training record tracking
No invoicing is sent
Service
Marketplace
Basic Configuration
Is Achieved
SAP TechEd 2011 -
Hero Campaign
Las Vegas NV The Venetian
September 12-16 2011
Bangalore KTPO
October 19-21 2011
Madrid Feria de Madrid
November 8-10 2011
HERO CAMPAIGN
ndash
SAPreg
TechEd 2011
Become a hero
Stop in at the SAP Active Global Support Hero Campaign in the Community Clubhouse
Learn from Experts to manage your solutions along the application lifecycle with live systems
Work with our SAP Solution Manager 71 Subject Matter Experts to become a ldquoHerordquo
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 30
Framework
LOCATIONS amp Dates
September 12 - 16 2011 ndash Las Vegas US
October 19 - 21 2011 ndash Bangalore India
November 8 ndash 11 2011 Madrid Spain
Staff
SAP‟s SAP Solution Manager 71 matter experts
Run SAP Certified Partner‟s SAP Solution Manager 71 experts
TARGET GROUP
TechEd attendees (partnerscustomers) who have interest in Application Lifecycle Management and the new
SAP Solution Manager 71 release
Goal of 700 (300 Las Vegas 200 India 200 Spain) attendees for the 3 Events together
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 31
Hero Campaign Las Vegas Bangalore Madrid results
983 Attendees
Estimated missed scans per day 20
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 32
Partner Feedback Las Vegas
HP
ldquoI had a great time participating in the Hero Campaign It even was great working a side by
side as well as having great conversations with the SAP experts and the customers at the
Hero Campaign booth ldquo
Gary Manaoat
ldquoThis was a success Thank you for the great opportunityrdquo
Kristine Gersabeck
Keane an NTT DATA Company
bdquoWe have to thank you ton for your support during our booth sessions and providing this
great opportunityldquo
Lakshminarayanan Rengasamy
ldquoThank you for having given us such a great opportunity to participate at the Hero
Campaignrdquo
Narasimhan Arvind
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 33
WIPRO
ldquoThe concept of having partner to contribute in the TechEd booth is a great idea which
helps partners to show case the capability in new products of Solution Manager and also
we feel great and confident while participating in such eventsThe Solution Manager 71
(ldquoBe a Herordquo) booth in Bangalore TechEd was really a great event and we would like to
thank for providing this opportunityldquo
Srinivas Hulsusgud
Optimal Solutions
bdquoIt was very good experience for me to be there in the Hero campaign booth It has given
me an insight to the clients view of SAP products in which angle they are looking
Thanks for providing us the opportunity for being with SAP during the TechEdldquo
Biju Abraham
Partner Feedback Bangalore
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 34
Newsletter Articles about the Hero campaign
Today‟s Customers are facing a lot of complex challenges within their SAP Application Landscape
in various phases of ALM (Application Lifecycle Management)But the question stays always the
same How to succeed in these challenges
Around 1000 customers and partners got an answer to this question at the TechEds Las Vegas
Bangalore and Madrid by visiting the HERO campaign interactive station from the AGS Partner
Management and Training Team We took one live demo system of the single source of truth the
new SAP Solution Manager 71 Mixed it up with experts from SAP and of our Run SAP certified
partner community and let those 1000 participants interact with them to learn how SAP Solution
Manager 71 and the E2E Solution Manager Operations courses give them the opportunity to
succeed
So be aware of 1000 HEROES more around the globe knowing how to leverage from SAP Solution
Manager 71 and the respective trainings So don‟t let your customers miss the great opportunity to
stop by the Hero Campaign at SAP TechEd events next year and to learn more about SAP Solution
Manager 71 with the E2E Solution Manager Operations courses
You can find more information about these curriculums at wwwsapcomeducatione2e
The success of the Hero campaign at the different Events and the overall Results were
promoted in several Newsletters like the AGS and the global Ecosystems and Channels
Newsletters as an example
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 35
Follow Up activities
Hero campaign to be used to
promote end-to-end standards
partner and training program
Information about courses EGIrsquos
standards and partner program sent
via post event email
Non-SAP-employee participant data
was shared with our at the booth
present partners
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 36
Hero campaign Impressions
Las Vegas Bangalore Madrid
Run SAP End-to-End Solution Operations and
Solution Manager Training and Certification
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 4
The Curriculum based on Solution Manager 70 EHP 1
T- E2E040 Run SAP End-to-End Solution Operations
E2E060 Customer Center of Expertise
E2E220 Test Management Overview
E2E400 Techincal Upgrade Management
E2E500 Custom Code Managment
SMI310 Implementation Projects with Solution Manager
SM100 Solution Manager Operations and Configuration
SM200 ChaRM amp Service Desk Configuration
E2E100 Root Cause Analyse
E2E200 Change Control Management
E2E300 Business Process Integration amp Automation Mgmt
with certification exam at the end
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 5
End-to-End amp Solution Manager Training
Courses Running
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 6
The 2012 upcoming Curriculum based on
Solution Manager 71
E2E040 Managing End-to-End Solution Operations
E2E120 Technical Monitoring in Solution Manager 71 NEW
E2E140 Data Volume Management NEW
E2E220 Test Management Overview
E2E400 Techincal Upgrade Management
E2E500 Custom Code Managment
SMI310 Implementation Projects with Solution Manager
SM100 Solution Manager Operations and Configuration
SM200 ChaRM amp Service Desk Configuration
SM300 Business Process amp Interface Monitoring Config
E2E100 Root Cause Analyse
E2E200 Change Control Management
E2E300 Business Process Operations
with certification exam at the end
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 7
Brief Course Description
E2E040 v93
Run SAP End-to-End
Solution Operations
Overview
Duration 3d
Target Group
Customer IT Management
HostingAMS Partner Management
Implementation Project Managers
Course Content
Run SAP Overview
RunSAP and ASAP Methodology CCoE Overview
Concept of SAP Solution Manager 71
Application Lifecycle Management (ALM)
Integration Validation RunSAP like a factory
More information on E2E040 httpwwwsapcomserviceseducationcatalogglobaltabbedcourseepxcontext=5b5bRUN_SAP|E2E040||||G|5d5d|
E2E060 v84
Customer Center of
Expertise
ldquoImplementing SAP
Quality Managementrdquo
Duration 3d
Target Group
Customer Application Management
Implementation Project Managers
Operations Manager
Course Content
Establishing the Customer CoE ndash Single Source of Truth
Quality Manager for Safeguarding Integration Validation
Quality Manager for Protection of Investment
Quality Manager for Business Continuity
More information on E2E060 httpwwwsapcomserviceseducationcatalogglobaltabbedcourseepxcontext=5b5bRUN_SAP|E2E060||||G|5d5d|
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 8
Brief Course Description
E2E100 v93
Root Cause Analysis
Duration 5d
Certification exam
Target Group
Solution Architects
Application Management Team NetWeaver Operations Team
Business Process Operations Team
Technical Quality Managers Service and Support ConsultantsTechnical Consultant
Course Content
Incident Management Process and Pre-clarification
End to End Change Diagnostics Workload Analysis Trace Analysis Exception
Analysis Data Inconsistency Analysis Client Side Root Cause Analysis
Proving Stabilization of Solution Landscapes with SAP EWA
More information on E2E100 httpwwwsapcomserviceseducationcatalogglobaltabbedcourseepxcontext=5b5bRUN_SAP|E2E100||||G|5d5d|
E2E120 v93
Technical Monitoring in
Solution Manager 71
Duration 3d
Target Group
Solution Architects
System Administrators
Service and Support Consultants
Technical Consultant
Course Content
Monitoring amp Alerting Infrastructure Monitoring Templates System Monitoring Config
Work Mode amp Notification Mgmt Alert Inbox Connection - End-user Experience- BI-
PI-Monitoring Technical Reporting
More information on E2E120 httpstrainingsapcomdeencoursee2e120-technical-monitoring-in-sap-solution-manager-71-classroom-093-g-en
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 9
Brief Course Description
E2E140 v93
Data Volume
Management
Duration 3d
Target Group
Customers who want to understand the peak principles of a Data Volume Management
Methodology
Team-Members in a DVM project
Technical Quality Manager and DVM Architects
Course Content
DVM Methodology Data Object Types Management Requirements Data Management
Concept Data Governance Evaluation amp DVM IT-Planning
Create a DVM Roadmap DVM Work-Center avoid summarize delete and archive
data Continues Improvement and KPI-Measurement (Dashboards)
More information on E2E140 httpstrainingsapcomdeencoursee2e140-data-volume-management-classroom-093-g-en
E2E200 v93
Change Control
Management
Duration 5d
Certification exam
Target Group
Change Managers
System Landscape Architects
System Administrators Development Managers Test and QA Managers Module
Responsible Application Manager Support Manager and members of the customer‟s
SAP competence center (CCC) Partners and System Integrators
Course Content
Solution Documentation Change and Transport System Reporting and Analysis
ToolsCTS Analytics Software Change Strategies Transport Management with SAP
Solution Manager Quality Gate Management Change Request Management
More information on E2E200 httpwwwsapcomserviceseducationcatalogglobaltabbedcourseepxcontext=5b5bRUN_SAP|E2E200||||G|5d5d|
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 10
Brief Course Description
E2E220 v93
Test Management
Overview
Duration 3d
Target Group
Customers who want to get an overview about test options with SAP Solution Manager
Managers who decide on test tools and strategies for SAP and Non-SAP solutions
Members of test teams who will perform tests in projects
Course Content
Test Management Overview ampTest Strategies Configuration of Test Tools in SAP
Solution Manager SAP Test Workbench SAP Testworkbench with Test Automation
Framework Business Process Change Analyzer SAP Test Data Migration Server SAP
Quality Center by HP SAP Test Acceleration amp Optimization IBM Rational
More information on E2E220
httpwwwsapcomserviceseducationcatalogglobaltabbedcourseepxcontext=5b5bRUN_SAP|E2E220||||G|5d5d|
E2E300 v84
Business Process
Integration amp
Automation Mgmt
Duration 5d
Certification exam
Target Group
Partners and system integrators for the run and operations phase
Members of 2nd level Application Support
Course Content
SAP E2E Business Process Integration and Automation Management - motivation and
strategy
Skills processes functionalities and tools in E2E Business Process Integration and
Automation aligned with SAP IT Service and Application Management
Business Process and Interface Monitoring
More information on E2E300 httpwwwsapcomserviceseducationcatalogglobaltabbedcourseepxcontext=5b5bRUN_SAP|E2E300||||G|5d5d|
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 11
Brief Course Description
E2E400 v93
Technical Upgrade
Management
Duration 3d
Target Group
Upgrade project manager
Other project team members with cross-topic responsibility in upgrade projects
SAP IT manager and members of the IT program office
Technical quality managers and solution architects
Course Content
SAP Upgrade amp Maintenance Management Solution Transition Management Upgrade
amp Maintenance Projects Application Adjustments Test Management Business
Downtime Management Collaboration with SAP and SAP Solution Manager
More information on E2E400 httpwwwsapcomserviceseducationcatalogglobaltabbedcourseepxcontext=5b5bRUN_SAP|E2E400||||G|5d5d|
E2E500 v93
Custom Code
Management
Duration 3d
Target Group
Heads of Customer Center of Expertise
Development project leader and IT Manager
Developers Technical Quality Managers and Solution Architects
Course Content
Custom code management Custom Code Lifecycle Management Custom Code
Analyzer Custom Development Management Cockpit Code Inspector Reverse
Business Process Documentation Service Offerings CDMC Additional Activities
Java Custom Code SOA and Custom Code
More information on E2E500 httpwwwsapcomserviceseducationcatalogglobaltabbedcourseepxcontext=5b5bRUN_SAP|E2E500||||G|5d5d|
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 12
Brief Course Description
SM100 v93
Solution Manager
Operations amp
Configuration
Duration 5d
Certifcation exam
Target Group
System Administrators
Technical Consultants
Technical Managers
Course Content
Solution Manager Installation Architecture Sizing
Basic Configuration Authorizations Maintenance Optimizer Maintenance Certificate
Issue amp Task Management Solution Manager Diagnostics EWA Reporting Additional
administrative Tasks Technical Monitoring amp System Monitoring Service Level-
Solution-Technical- Management Reporting
More information on SM100 httpstrainingsapcomdeencoursesm100-sap-solution-manager-operations-and-configuration-classroom-010-g-en
SM200 v91
Change Request
Management amp Service
Desk Configuration
Duration 5d
Certification exam in v93
Target Group
SAP system administrators
System Administration
Course Content
Setup Steps ChaRM amp Service Desk Master Data
Service Desk Process amp Integration with ChaRM
Service Desk Specific Customizing Projects in ChaRM ChaRM Processes
ChaRM Specific Customizing Monitoring Enhanced CTS
More information on SM200 httpstrainingsapcomgbencoursesm200-change-request-management-and-service-desk-configuration-classroom-091-gb-en
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 13
Brief Course Description
SM300 v93
Business Process amp
Interface Monitoring
Configuration
Duration 5d
Certification exam
Target Group
Upgrade Project leader and IT Manager Upgrade Project Lead or Stream Lead
IT Manager and members of the IT Program Office
Technical Quality Managers and Solution Architects
Course Content
Key focus areas of a successful upgrade main challenges and success factors
SAP Technical Quality Management
Collaboration with SAP
More information on E2E400 httpwwwsapcomserviceseducationcatalogglobaltabbedcourseepxcontext=5b5bRUN_SAP|E2E400||||G|5d5d|
SM310 v93
Implementation Projects
with SAP Solution
Manager 71
Duration 4d
Target Group
Project managersleaders
Project team members
Test organizers amp testers
Course Content
Project definition system landscape documentation Project scope design amp
documentation amp Configuration
Organize perform amp document all project-related test activities Roadmaps as project
methodology Reporting Problem messages template management Solution
Documentation Assistant amp Business Process Change Analyzer amp Blueprinting
More information on SMI310 httpstrainingsapcomgbencoursesmi310-implementation-projects-with-sap-solution-manager-classroom-093-g-en
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 14
More Information amp Registration
Certifications
At the end of courses E2E100 E2E200 E2E300 SM100 SM200 SM300
you have the option of taking part in a certification examination to verify your
knowledge or directly at Pearson Vue
Register online today by simply adding the course to your basket
Visit us online
httpwwwsapcomeducatione2e
httptrainingsapcom
Pearson Vue
httpwwwpearsonvuecomsapexamlist
min collection version 93
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 15
Customer Value Statements extract
We utilized SAP Safeguarding to gain skills and expertise from the E2E100 end-to-end root cause analysis
course As a result we are a more proactive support organization through enhanced monitoring of our systems
and enhanced diagnostics capabilities through Wily Introscope and the root cause analysis work center in SAP
Solution Manager With these tools we are able to identify the root cause of potential incidents 50 faster on
average and this enables us to provide more value to our business and reduce downtime
Giancarlo Raicovi Project Manager ndash Banco de Credito del Peru
ldquo
Haruhiko Kuroda Deputy General Managerndash MITSUI amp CO LTD
ldquo Through SAP MaxAttention service we attended the training of E2E100 Root Cause Analysis for the
sake of skilling up because we recognized the importance of the smooth and efficient analyzing the
problem in our portal systems After the training we realized the value of having hands-on training for
our technical operation team Based on valuable information obtained in class we spent time on real-
life exercises where we could put in practice knowledge gained from it As a result we are able to
reduce average times needed for root-cause analysis and problem resolution by at least 20ldquo
ldquoE2E300 Business Process integration amp Automation helped us understand the best practices to support our
business processes with standardized tools It was a beneficial class for our support team
Liher Urbizu Head of Delivery ndash Siemens IT Solutions and Services Thailand
ldquo
Expert Guided
Implementations
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 17
Expert-Guided Implementation ldquoTraining on the Jobrdquo at Its Best
Training practical experience remote consulting
Expert-Guided Implementation is a scheme adding the SAP Solution Manager specific
expertise needed for application configuration to your SAP project team
Day 1 Day 2 Day 3 Day 4 Day 5
SAP expert explains step-by-step
configuration using training materials
2 Execution 2-3 hours on the same day
Participants have direct access
to an SAP expert who directly
supports them remotely if
necessary during the execution
1 Empowering Web session 1-2 hours each day
Participants execute
demonstrated steps within
their own project on their
own SAP Solution
Manager software
3 Expertise on demand during execution
Each day will be the
base for the next
daybdquos empowerment
4 Daily feedback to SAP expert
2 Empowering
3 Empowering
5 Empowering
4 Empowering
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 18
Brief look into a real session
Empowering
Execution
Support
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 19
Project Implementation Using SAP Solution
Manager (Prerequisites)
Service Desk (Prerequisites)
Service Desk for VAR
Solution Documentation (Prerequisites)
Test Management I SAP Test Workbench
Service Level and IT Performance Reporting
(Prerequisites)
Basic Configuration and EarlyWatch Alert for
SAP Business Objects Enterprise
Remote Support Component (RSC)
Available Expert-Guided Implementations 13
Topics for Application Lifecycle Management and
SAP Solution Manager Configuration
Application Lifecycle Management Roadmap Design
(Prerequisites)
Basic Configuration and Update (Prerequisites)
Technical Preparation
Business Process Change Analyzer in SAP Solution
Manager (Prerequisites)
Change Request Management
Configuration Validation
Custom Development Management Cockpit (CDMC)
(Prerequisites)
Data Volume Management Cockpit (Prerequisites)
SAP End-User Experience Monitoring (Prerequisites)
Change Control Management I Enhanced Transport
Management (CTS+) (Prerequisites)
Change Control Management II Quality Gate
Management (Prerequisites)
Job Scheduling Management (Prerequisites)
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 20
Test Management I - SAP Test Workbench
(Prerequisites)
Test Management II - Business Process
Change Analyzer (Prerequisites)
System Monitoring and Reporting
(Prerequisites)
Business Process Monitoring and Stabilization
(Prerequisites)
Job Scheduling Management (Prerequisites)
Change Control Management I Enhanced
Transport Management (CTS+) (Prerequisites)
Change Control Management II Quality Gate
Management (Prerequisites)
Available Expert-Guided Implementations 23
New topics for Application Lifecycle Management
and SAP Solution Manager 71 Configuration
Technical Upgrade to SAP Solution Manager 71
(Prerequisites)
Change Request Management Update 70 to 71
(Prerequisites)
Basic Configuration of SAP Solution Manager 71
(Prerequisites)
Relational Universe Auditing and Best Practice
(Prerequisites)
Incident Problem and Request Management
(Prerequisites)
Roles and Authorization Concept
Business Planning amp Consolidation Microsoft
Platform Version
Project Implementation Using SAP Solution Manager
71
Solution Documentation 71 (Prerequisites)
Application Lifecycle Management Roadmap Design
(Prerequisites)
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 21
Available Expert-Guided Implementations 33
Topics for Self Service Delivery
SAP Enterprise Support Engagement Methodology
Self Service Business Process Analytics and
Improvement (Prerequisites)
Expert Guided Implementation for Self Service Data
Volume Management
Self Service Security Optimization Service
(Prerequisites)
Self Service SQL Statement Tuning (Prerequisites)
Self Service Transport Execution Analysis
(Prerequisites)
Self Service Performance Optimization ST12
Self Service Data Consistency Management
(Prerequisites)
Basic Configuration and EarlyWatch Alert for SAP
Business Objects Business Intelligence 40Solution
Manager 71 (Prerequisites)
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 22
Available Expert-Guided Implementations Prerequisites
Expert-guided implementation does NOT fit in the
following cases
If no knowledge about the administration of SAP
NetWeaver is available
If a complex implementation project of SAP Solution
Manager scenario is planned (for example
integration of third-party tools major adaptations of
basic scenarios defined by SAP)
Technical prerequisites
Installation of SAP Solution Manager as defined
for delivery slot
Connection to SAP network via remote function
call SAPNet - Web Frontend (OSS1-maintained)
S-User in SAP Marketplace with necessary
authorization available
Network connection to the satellite systems which
should be managed by SAP Solution Manager
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 23
Expert-Guided Implementation Benefits amp Goals
Goal
The goal is to execute all relevant implementation steps
during the delivery time of Expert Guided Implementation by
your project team
After the delivery the scenario is ready for productive usage
and your team has the knowledge for using the SAP
Solution Manager scenario
Benefits
Direct configuration of your SAP Solution Manager system
After delivery the implemented scenarios are ready for use
Knowledge transfer to avoid dependence on externals
Execution of all activities in defined time frame
Direct access to SAP Experts
No theoretical class room training instead empowering for
self doing by customer project teams
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 24
Benefit
Utilize Run SAP Partners as multipliers to enable the
market in implementing Solution Manager
Up-skill Run SAP Partners so they can share their
experience with their customers
Run SAP Partners will become knowledgeable of
Enterprise Support offerings
With the use of EGIs as a platform for Solution Manager
enhancements and deltas Run SAP Partners can assist in
the delivery capacity in the marketplace
Increased collaboration with SAP Active Global Support
Expert-Guided Implementation Benefit for Run SAP Partners
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 25
Recommend
Designate one person as point of contact for questions
registration and communication with AGS Partner Manager
Point of contact will register their consultant in desired EGI
session via SAP Registration Form(received after
successful certification from PM)
Point of contact will track the total number of EGI sessions
consumed per year
Send email communication to Run SAP practice regarding
Expert Guided Implementation Sessions with web links
Expert-Guided Implementation Roll-out Process for Run SAP Partners to their Practice
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 26
Expert Guided Implementation for Run SAP Partners
What does it cost No charge for Run SAP Certified Partners
5 EGI Sessions year for Local Certified Run SAP Implementation Partners
10 EGI Sessions year for Global Certified Run SAP Implementation Partners
20 EGI Sessions year for Certified Run SAP Operations Partners
How to order
SAP offers delivery at fixed time slots
Available delivery slots are published on the SAP Service Marketplace
Partners plan projects and register based on project timeline via sending an
email with the SAP EGI registration form to the corresponding Partner
manager
Where to find additional information
External Information
Alias SolutionManager -gt Services -gt Expert Guided
Implementation
Direct Link
httpservicesapcom~formsapnet_SHORTKEY=0110003587000
0717440amp_SCENARIO=01100035870000000202amp
Registration for RunSAP
Partner
Expert Guided Implementation
Dear Partner manager
Please register for the session Expert Guided Implementation in
Region EMEA
Topic Technical Upgrade to SAP Solution Manager 71 (Prerequisites)
Delivery week 12
Start Date 03-19-2012
Language EN
the following partner participant
Partner Name Run SAP Partner XY
Partner Number 11111111
S-User of participant S11111111
e-mail MaxMustermannPartnerXYcom
Best regards
Max Mustermann
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 27
How Do Run SAP Partners Register
EGI Session Delivery Participant
Registration Solution Manager Register via form
Partners register via
registration form
Important to send the
from to your Partner
Manager
KPS sends confirmation
with pre-requisite
documents prior to start
of session
Check available
schedule via
servicesapcom
Alias alm-services
Session is delivered in
2-3 hour online session
Participant has access
to Subject Matter
Expert remotely when
working on their
Solution Manager
system
At the completion of the
session participant is
registered in Education
Training System for
training record tracking
No invoicing is sent
Service
Marketplace
Basic Configuration
Is Achieved
SAP TechEd 2011 -
Hero Campaign
Las Vegas NV The Venetian
September 12-16 2011
Bangalore KTPO
October 19-21 2011
Madrid Feria de Madrid
November 8-10 2011
HERO CAMPAIGN
ndash
SAPreg
TechEd 2011
Become a hero
Stop in at the SAP Active Global Support Hero Campaign in the Community Clubhouse
Learn from Experts to manage your solutions along the application lifecycle with live systems
Work with our SAP Solution Manager 71 Subject Matter Experts to become a ldquoHerordquo
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 30
Framework
LOCATIONS amp Dates
September 12 - 16 2011 ndash Las Vegas US
October 19 - 21 2011 ndash Bangalore India
November 8 ndash 11 2011 Madrid Spain
Staff
SAP‟s SAP Solution Manager 71 matter experts
Run SAP Certified Partner‟s SAP Solution Manager 71 experts
TARGET GROUP
TechEd attendees (partnerscustomers) who have interest in Application Lifecycle Management and the new
SAP Solution Manager 71 release
Goal of 700 (300 Las Vegas 200 India 200 Spain) attendees for the 3 Events together
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 31
Hero Campaign Las Vegas Bangalore Madrid results
983 Attendees
Estimated missed scans per day 20
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 32
Partner Feedback Las Vegas
HP
ldquoI had a great time participating in the Hero Campaign It even was great working a side by
side as well as having great conversations with the SAP experts and the customers at the
Hero Campaign booth ldquo
Gary Manaoat
ldquoThis was a success Thank you for the great opportunityrdquo
Kristine Gersabeck
Keane an NTT DATA Company
bdquoWe have to thank you ton for your support during our booth sessions and providing this
great opportunityldquo
Lakshminarayanan Rengasamy
ldquoThank you for having given us such a great opportunity to participate at the Hero
Campaignrdquo
Narasimhan Arvind
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 33
WIPRO
ldquoThe concept of having partner to contribute in the TechEd booth is a great idea which
helps partners to show case the capability in new products of Solution Manager and also
we feel great and confident while participating in such eventsThe Solution Manager 71
(ldquoBe a Herordquo) booth in Bangalore TechEd was really a great event and we would like to
thank for providing this opportunityldquo
Srinivas Hulsusgud
Optimal Solutions
bdquoIt was very good experience for me to be there in the Hero campaign booth It has given
me an insight to the clients view of SAP products in which angle they are looking
Thanks for providing us the opportunity for being with SAP during the TechEdldquo
Biju Abraham
Partner Feedback Bangalore
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 34
Newsletter Articles about the Hero campaign
Today‟s Customers are facing a lot of complex challenges within their SAP Application Landscape
in various phases of ALM (Application Lifecycle Management)But the question stays always the
same How to succeed in these challenges
Around 1000 customers and partners got an answer to this question at the TechEds Las Vegas
Bangalore and Madrid by visiting the HERO campaign interactive station from the AGS Partner
Management and Training Team We took one live demo system of the single source of truth the
new SAP Solution Manager 71 Mixed it up with experts from SAP and of our Run SAP certified
partner community and let those 1000 participants interact with them to learn how SAP Solution
Manager 71 and the E2E Solution Manager Operations courses give them the opportunity to
succeed
So be aware of 1000 HEROES more around the globe knowing how to leverage from SAP Solution
Manager 71 and the respective trainings So don‟t let your customers miss the great opportunity to
stop by the Hero Campaign at SAP TechEd events next year and to learn more about SAP Solution
Manager 71 with the E2E Solution Manager Operations courses
You can find more information about these curriculums at wwwsapcomeducatione2e
The success of the Hero campaign at the different Events and the overall Results were
promoted in several Newsletters like the AGS and the global Ecosystems and Channels
Newsletters as an example
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 35
Follow Up activities
Hero campaign to be used to
promote end-to-end standards
partner and training program
Information about courses EGIrsquos
standards and partner program sent
via post event email
Non-SAP-employee participant data
was shared with our at the booth
present partners
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 36
Hero campaign Impressions
Las Vegas Bangalore Madrid
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 4
The Curriculum based on Solution Manager 70 EHP 1
T- E2E040 Run SAP End-to-End Solution Operations
E2E060 Customer Center of Expertise
E2E220 Test Management Overview
E2E400 Techincal Upgrade Management
E2E500 Custom Code Managment
SMI310 Implementation Projects with Solution Manager
SM100 Solution Manager Operations and Configuration
SM200 ChaRM amp Service Desk Configuration
E2E100 Root Cause Analyse
E2E200 Change Control Management
E2E300 Business Process Integration amp Automation Mgmt
with certification exam at the end
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 5
End-to-End amp Solution Manager Training
Courses Running
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 6
The 2012 upcoming Curriculum based on
Solution Manager 71
E2E040 Managing End-to-End Solution Operations
E2E120 Technical Monitoring in Solution Manager 71 NEW
E2E140 Data Volume Management NEW
E2E220 Test Management Overview
E2E400 Techincal Upgrade Management
E2E500 Custom Code Managment
SMI310 Implementation Projects with Solution Manager
SM100 Solution Manager Operations and Configuration
SM200 ChaRM amp Service Desk Configuration
SM300 Business Process amp Interface Monitoring Config
E2E100 Root Cause Analyse
E2E200 Change Control Management
E2E300 Business Process Operations
with certification exam at the end
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 7
Brief Course Description
E2E040 v93
Run SAP End-to-End
Solution Operations
Overview
Duration 3d
Target Group
Customer IT Management
HostingAMS Partner Management
Implementation Project Managers
Course Content
Run SAP Overview
RunSAP and ASAP Methodology CCoE Overview
Concept of SAP Solution Manager 71
Application Lifecycle Management (ALM)
Integration Validation RunSAP like a factory
More information on E2E040 httpwwwsapcomserviceseducationcatalogglobaltabbedcourseepxcontext=5b5bRUN_SAP|E2E040||||G|5d5d|
E2E060 v84
Customer Center of
Expertise
ldquoImplementing SAP
Quality Managementrdquo
Duration 3d
Target Group
Customer Application Management
Implementation Project Managers
Operations Manager
Course Content
Establishing the Customer CoE ndash Single Source of Truth
Quality Manager for Safeguarding Integration Validation
Quality Manager for Protection of Investment
Quality Manager for Business Continuity
More information on E2E060 httpwwwsapcomserviceseducationcatalogglobaltabbedcourseepxcontext=5b5bRUN_SAP|E2E060||||G|5d5d|
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 8
Brief Course Description
E2E100 v93
Root Cause Analysis
Duration 5d
Certification exam
Target Group
Solution Architects
Application Management Team NetWeaver Operations Team
Business Process Operations Team
Technical Quality Managers Service and Support ConsultantsTechnical Consultant
Course Content
Incident Management Process and Pre-clarification
End to End Change Diagnostics Workload Analysis Trace Analysis Exception
Analysis Data Inconsistency Analysis Client Side Root Cause Analysis
Proving Stabilization of Solution Landscapes with SAP EWA
More information on E2E100 httpwwwsapcomserviceseducationcatalogglobaltabbedcourseepxcontext=5b5bRUN_SAP|E2E100||||G|5d5d|
E2E120 v93
Technical Monitoring in
Solution Manager 71
Duration 3d
Target Group
Solution Architects
System Administrators
Service and Support Consultants
Technical Consultant
Course Content
Monitoring amp Alerting Infrastructure Monitoring Templates System Monitoring Config
Work Mode amp Notification Mgmt Alert Inbox Connection - End-user Experience- BI-
PI-Monitoring Technical Reporting
More information on E2E120 httpstrainingsapcomdeencoursee2e120-technical-monitoring-in-sap-solution-manager-71-classroom-093-g-en
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 9
Brief Course Description
E2E140 v93
Data Volume
Management
Duration 3d
Target Group
Customers who want to understand the peak principles of a Data Volume Management
Methodology
Team-Members in a DVM project
Technical Quality Manager and DVM Architects
Course Content
DVM Methodology Data Object Types Management Requirements Data Management
Concept Data Governance Evaluation amp DVM IT-Planning
Create a DVM Roadmap DVM Work-Center avoid summarize delete and archive
data Continues Improvement and KPI-Measurement (Dashboards)
More information on E2E140 httpstrainingsapcomdeencoursee2e140-data-volume-management-classroom-093-g-en
E2E200 v93
Change Control
Management
Duration 5d
Certification exam
Target Group
Change Managers
System Landscape Architects
System Administrators Development Managers Test and QA Managers Module
Responsible Application Manager Support Manager and members of the customer‟s
SAP competence center (CCC) Partners and System Integrators
Course Content
Solution Documentation Change and Transport System Reporting and Analysis
ToolsCTS Analytics Software Change Strategies Transport Management with SAP
Solution Manager Quality Gate Management Change Request Management
More information on E2E200 httpwwwsapcomserviceseducationcatalogglobaltabbedcourseepxcontext=5b5bRUN_SAP|E2E200||||G|5d5d|
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 10
Brief Course Description
E2E220 v93
Test Management
Overview
Duration 3d
Target Group
Customers who want to get an overview about test options with SAP Solution Manager
Managers who decide on test tools and strategies for SAP and Non-SAP solutions
Members of test teams who will perform tests in projects
Course Content
Test Management Overview ampTest Strategies Configuration of Test Tools in SAP
Solution Manager SAP Test Workbench SAP Testworkbench with Test Automation
Framework Business Process Change Analyzer SAP Test Data Migration Server SAP
Quality Center by HP SAP Test Acceleration amp Optimization IBM Rational
More information on E2E220
httpwwwsapcomserviceseducationcatalogglobaltabbedcourseepxcontext=5b5bRUN_SAP|E2E220||||G|5d5d|
E2E300 v84
Business Process
Integration amp
Automation Mgmt
Duration 5d
Certification exam
Target Group
Partners and system integrators for the run and operations phase
Members of 2nd level Application Support
Course Content
SAP E2E Business Process Integration and Automation Management - motivation and
strategy
Skills processes functionalities and tools in E2E Business Process Integration and
Automation aligned with SAP IT Service and Application Management
Business Process and Interface Monitoring
More information on E2E300 httpwwwsapcomserviceseducationcatalogglobaltabbedcourseepxcontext=5b5bRUN_SAP|E2E300||||G|5d5d|
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 11
Brief Course Description
E2E400 v93
Technical Upgrade
Management
Duration 3d
Target Group
Upgrade project manager
Other project team members with cross-topic responsibility in upgrade projects
SAP IT manager and members of the IT program office
Technical quality managers and solution architects
Course Content
SAP Upgrade amp Maintenance Management Solution Transition Management Upgrade
amp Maintenance Projects Application Adjustments Test Management Business
Downtime Management Collaboration with SAP and SAP Solution Manager
More information on E2E400 httpwwwsapcomserviceseducationcatalogglobaltabbedcourseepxcontext=5b5bRUN_SAP|E2E400||||G|5d5d|
E2E500 v93
Custom Code
Management
Duration 3d
Target Group
Heads of Customer Center of Expertise
Development project leader and IT Manager
Developers Technical Quality Managers and Solution Architects
Course Content
Custom code management Custom Code Lifecycle Management Custom Code
Analyzer Custom Development Management Cockpit Code Inspector Reverse
Business Process Documentation Service Offerings CDMC Additional Activities
Java Custom Code SOA and Custom Code
More information on E2E500 httpwwwsapcomserviceseducationcatalogglobaltabbedcourseepxcontext=5b5bRUN_SAP|E2E500||||G|5d5d|
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 12
Brief Course Description
SM100 v93
Solution Manager
Operations amp
Configuration
Duration 5d
Certifcation exam
Target Group
System Administrators
Technical Consultants
Technical Managers
Course Content
Solution Manager Installation Architecture Sizing
Basic Configuration Authorizations Maintenance Optimizer Maintenance Certificate
Issue amp Task Management Solution Manager Diagnostics EWA Reporting Additional
administrative Tasks Technical Monitoring amp System Monitoring Service Level-
Solution-Technical- Management Reporting
More information on SM100 httpstrainingsapcomdeencoursesm100-sap-solution-manager-operations-and-configuration-classroom-010-g-en
SM200 v91
Change Request
Management amp Service
Desk Configuration
Duration 5d
Certification exam in v93
Target Group
SAP system administrators
System Administration
Course Content
Setup Steps ChaRM amp Service Desk Master Data
Service Desk Process amp Integration with ChaRM
Service Desk Specific Customizing Projects in ChaRM ChaRM Processes
ChaRM Specific Customizing Monitoring Enhanced CTS
More information on SM200 httpstrainingsapcomgbencoursesm200-change-request-management-and-service-desk-configuration-classroom-091-gb-en
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 13
Brief Course Description
SM300 v93
Business Process amp
Interface Monitoring
Configuration
Duration 5d
Certification exam
Target Group
Upgrade Project leader and IT Manager Upgrade Project Lead or Stream Lead
IT Manager and members of the IT Program Office
Technical Quality Managers and Solution Architects
Course Content
Key focus areas of a successful upgrade main challenges and success factors
SAP Technical Quality Management
Collaboration with SAP
More information on E2E400 httpwwwsapcomserviceseducationcatalogglobaltabbedcourseepxcontext=5b5bRUN_SAP|E2E400||||G|5d5d|
SM310 v93
Implementation Projects
with SAP Solution
Manager 71
Duration 4d
Target Group
Project managersleaders
Project team members
Test organizers amp testers
Course Content
Project definition system landscape documentation Project scope design amp
documentation amp Configuration
Organize perform amp document all project-related test activities Roadmaps as project
methodology Reporting Problem messages template management Solution
Documentation Assistant amp Business Process Change Analyzer amp Blueprinting
More information on SMI310 httpstrainingsapcomgbencoursesmi310-implementation-projects-with-sap-solution-manager-classroom-093-g-en
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 14
More Information amp Registration
Certifications
At the end of courses E2E100 E2E200 E2E300 SM100 SM200 SM300
you have the option of taking part in a certification examination to verify your
knowledge or directly at Pearson Vue
Register online today by simply adding the course to your basket
Visit us online
httpwwwsapcomeducatione2e
httptrainingsapcom
Pearson Vue
httpwwwpearsonvuecomsapexamlist
min collection version 93
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 15
Customer Value Statements extract
We utilized SAP Safeguarding to gain skills and expertise from the E2E100 end-to-end root cause analysis
course As a result we are a more proactive support organization through enhanced monitoring of our systems
and enhanced diagnostics capabilities through Wily Introscope and the root cause analysis work center in SAP
Solution Manager With these tools we are able to identify the root cause of potential incidents 50 faster on
average and this enables us to provide more value to our business and reduce downtime
Giancarlo Raicovi Project Manager ndash Banco de Credito del Peru
ldquo
Haruhiko Kuroda Deputy General Managerndash MITSUI amp CO LTD
ldquo Through SAP MaxAttention service we attended the training of E2E100 Root Cause Analysis for the
sake of skilling up because we recognized the importance of the smooth and efficient analyzing the
problem in our portal systems After the training we realized the value of having hands-on training for
our technical operation team Based on valuable information obtained in class we spent time on real-
life exercises where we could put in practice knowledge gained from it As a result we are able to
reduce average times needed for root-cause analysis and problem resolution by at least 20ldquo
ldquoE2E300 Business Process integration amp Automation helped us understand the best practices to support our
business processes with standardized tools It was a beneficial class for our support team
Liher Urbizu Head of Delivery ndash Siemens IT Solutions and Services Thailand
ldquo
Expert Guided
Implementations
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 17
Expert-Guided Implementation ldquoTraining on the Jobrdquo at Its Best
Training practical experience remote consulting
Expert-Guided Implementation is a scheme adding the SAP Solution Manager specific
expertise needed for application configuration to your SAP project team
Day 1 Day 2 Day 3 Day 4 Day 5
SAP expert explains step-by-step
configuration using training materials
2 Execution 2-3 hours on the same day
Participants have direct access
to an SAP expert who directly
supports them remotely if
necessary during the execution
1 Empowering Web session 1-2 hours each day
Participants execute
demonstrated steps within
their own project on their
own SAP Solution
Manager software
3 Expertise on demand during execution
Each day will be the
base for the next
daybdquos empowerment
4 Daily feedback to SAP expert
2 Empowering
3 Empowering
5 Empowering
4 Empowering
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 18
Brief look into a real session
Empowering
Execution
Support
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 19
Project Implementation Using SAP Solution
Manager (Prerequisites)
Service Desk (Prerequisites)
Service Desk for VAR
Solution Documentation (Prerequisites)
Test Management I SAP Test Workbench
Service Level and IT Performance Reporting
(Prerequisites)
Basic Configuration and EarlyWatch Alert for
SAP Business Objects Enterprise
Remote Support Component (RSC)
Available Expert-Guided Implementations 13
Topics for Application Lifecycle Management and
SAP Solution Manager Configuration
Application Lifecycle Management Roadmap Design
(Prerequisites)
Basic Configuration and Update (Prerequisites)
Technical Preparation
Business Process Change Analyzer in SAP Solution
Manager (Prerequisites)
Change Request Management
Configuration Validation
Custom Development Management Cockpit (CDMC)
(Prerequisites)
Data Volume Management Cockpit (Prerequisites)
SAP End-User Experience Monitoring (Prerequisites)
Change Control Management I Enhanced Transport
Management (CTS+) (Prerequisites)
Change Control Management II Quality Gate
Management (Prerequisites)
Job Scheduling Management (Prerequisites)
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 20
Test Management I - SAP Test Workbench
(Prerequisites)
Test Management II - Business Process
Change Analyzer (Prerequisites)
System Monitoring and Reporting
(Prerequisites)
Business Process Monitoring and Stabilization
(Prerequisites)
Job Scheduling Management (Prerequisites)
Change Control Management I Enhanced
Transport Management (CTS+) (Prerequisites)
Change Control Management II Quality Gate
Management (Prerequisites)
Available Expert-Guided Implementations 23
New topics for Application Lifecycle Management
and SAP Solution Manager 71 Configuration
Technical Upgrade to SAP Solution Manager 71
(Prerequisites)
Change Request Management Update 70 to 71
(Prerequisites)
Basic Configuration of SAP Solution Manager 71
(Prerequisites)
Relational Universe Auditing and Best Practice
(Prerequisites)
Incident Problem and Request Management
(Prerequisites)
Roles and Authorization Concept
Business Planning amp Consolidation Microsoft
Platform Version
Project Implementation Using SAP Solution Manager
71
Solution Documentation 71 (Prerequisites)
Application Lifecycle Management Roadmap Design
(Prerequisites)
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 21
Available Expert-Guided Implementations 33
Topics for Self Service Delivery
SAP Enterprise Support Engagement Methodology
Self Service Business Process Analytics and
Improvement (Prerequisites)
Expert Guided Implementation for Self Service Data
Volume Management
Self Service Security Optimization Service
(Prerequisites)
Self Service SQL Statement Tuning (Prerequisites)
Self Service Transport Execution Analysis
(Prerequisites)
Self Service Performance Optimization ST12
Self Service Data Consistency Management
(Prerequisites)
Basic Configuration and EarlyWatch Alert for SAP
Business Objects Business Intelligence 40Solution
Manager 71 (Prerequisites)
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 22
Available Expert-Guided Implementations Prerequisites
Expert-guided implementation does NOT fit in the
following cases
If no knowledge about the administration of SAP
NetWeaver is available
If a complex implementation project of SAP Solution
Manager scenario is planned (for example
integration of third-party tools major adaptations of
basic scenarios defined by SAP)
Technical prerequisites
Installation of SAP Solution Manager as defined
for delivery slot
Connection to SAP network via remote function
call SAPNet - Web Frontend (OSS1-maintained)
S-User in SAP Marketplace with necessary
authorization available
Network connection to the satellite systems which
should be managed by SAP Solution Manager
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 23
Expert-Guided Implementation Benefits amp Goals
Goal
The goal is to execute all relevant implementation steps
during the delivery time of Expert Guided Implementation by
your project team
After the delivery the scenario is ready for productive usage
and your team has the knowledge for using the SAP
Solution Manager scenario
Benefits
Direct configuration of your SAP Solution Manager system
After delivery the implemented scenarios are ready for use
Knowledge transfer to avoid dependence on externals
Execution of all activities in defined time frame
Direct access to SAP Experts
No theoretical class room training instead empowering for
self doing by customer project teams
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 24
Benefit
Utilize Run SAP Partners as multipliers to enable the
market in implementing Solution Manager
Up-skill Run SAP Partners so they can share their
experience with their customers
Run SAP Partners will become knowledgeable of
Enterprise Support offerings
With the use of EGIs as a platform for Solution Manager
enhancements and deltas Run SAP Partners can assist in
the delivery capacity in the marketplace
Increased collaboration with SAP Active Global Support
Expert-Guided Implementation Benefit for Run SAP Partners
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 25
Recommend
Designate one person as point of contact for questions
registration and communication with AGS Partner Manager
Point of contact will register their consultant in desired EGI
session via SAP Registration Form(received after
successful certification from PM)
Point of contact will track the total number of EGI sessions
consumed per year
Send email communication to Run SAP practice regarding
Expert Guided Implementation Sessions with web links
Expert-Guided Implementation Roll-out Process for Run SAP Partners to their Practice
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 26
Expert Guided Implementation for Run SAP Partners
What does it cost No charge for Run SAP Certified Partners
5 EGI Sessions year for Local Certified Run SAP Implementation Partners
10 EGI Sessions year for Global Certified Run SAP Implementation Partners
20 EGI Sessions year for Certified Run SAP Operations Partners
How to order
SAP offers delivery at fixed time slots
Available delivery slots are published on the SAP Service Marketplace
Partners plan projects and register based on project timeline via sending an
email with the SAP EGI registration form to the corresponding Partner
manager
Where to find additional information
External Information
Alias SolutionManager -gt Services -gt Expert Guided
Implementation
Direct Link
httpservicesapcom~formsapnet_SHORTKEY=0110003587000
0717440amp_SCENARIO=01100035870000000202amp
Registration for RunSAP
Partner
Expert Guided Implementation
Dear Partner manager
Please register for the session Expert Guided Implementation in
Region EMEA
Topic Technical Upgrade to SAP Solution Manager 71 (Prerequisites)
Delivery week 12
Start Date 03-19-2012
Language EN
the following partner participant
Partner Name Run SAP Partner XY
Partner Number 11111111
S-User of participant S11111111
e-mail MaxMustermannPartnerXYcom
Best regards
Max Mustermann
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 27
How Do Run SAP Partners Register
EGI Session Delivery Participant
Registration Solution Manager Register via form
Partners register via
registration form
Important to send the
from to your Partner
Manager
KPS sends confirmation
with pre-requisite
documents prior to start
of session
Check available
schedule via
servicesapcom
Alias alm-services
Session is delivered in
2-3 hour online session
Participant has access
to Subject Matter
Expert remotely when
working on their
Solution Manager
system
At the completion of the
session participant is
registered in Education
Training System for
training record tracking
No invoicing is sent
Service
Marketplace
Basic Configuration
Is Achieved
SAP TechEd 2011 -
Hero Campaign
Las Vegas NV The Venetian
September 12-16 2011
Bangalore KTPO
October 19-21 2011
Madrid Feria de Madrid
November 8-10 2011
HERO CAMPAIGN
ndash
SAPreg
TechEd 2011
Become a hero
Stop in at the SAP Active Global Support Hero Campaign in the Community Clubhouse
Learn from Experts to manage your solutions along the application lifecycle with live systems
Work with our SAP Solution Manager 71 Subject Matter Experts to become a ldquoHerordquo
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 30
Framework
LOCATIONS amp Dates
September 12 - 16 2011 ndash Las Vegas US
October 19 - 21 2011 ndash Bangalore India
November 8 ndash 11 2011 Madrid Spain
Staff
SAP‟s SAP Solution Manager 71 matter experts
Run SAP Certified Partner‟s SAP Solution Manager 71 experts
TARGET GROUP
TechEd attendees (partnerscustomers) who have interest in Application Lifecycle Management and the new
SAP Solution Manager 71 release
Goal of 700 (300 Las Vegas 200 India 200 Spain) attendees for the 3 Events together
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 31
Hero Campaign Las Vegas Bangalore Madrid results
983 Attendees
Estimated missed scans per day 20
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 32
Partner Feedback Las Vegas
HP
ldquoI had a great time participating in the Hero Campaign It even was great working a side by
side as well as having great conversations with the SAP experts and the customers at the
Hero Campaign booth ldquo
Gary Manaoat
ldquoThis was a success Thank you for the great opportunityrdquo
Kristine Gersabeck
Keane an NTT DATA Company
bdquoWe have to thank you ton for your support during our booth sessions and providing this
great opportunityldquo
Lakshminarayanan Rengasamy
ldquoThank you for having given us such a great opportunity to participate at the Hero
Campaignrdquo
Narasimhan Arvind
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 33
WIPRO
ldquoThe concept of having partner to contribute in the TechEd booth is a great idea which
helps partners to show case the capability in new products of Solution Manager and also
we feel great and confident while participating in such eventsThe Solution Manager 71
(ldquoBe a Herordquo) booth in Bangalore TechEd was really a great event and we would like to
thank for providing this opportunityldquo
Srinivas Hulsusgud
Optimal Solutions
bdquoIt was very good experience for me to be there in the Hero campaign booth It has given
me an insight to the clients view of SAP products in which angle they are looking
Thanks for providing us the opportunity for being with SAP during the TechEdldquo
Biju Abraham
Partner Feedback Bangalore
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 34
Newsletter Articles about the Hero campaign
Today‟s Customers are facing a lot of complex challenges within their SAP Application Landscape
in various phases of ALM (Application Lifecycle Management)But the question stays always the
same How to succeed in these challenges
Around 1000 customers and partners got an answer to this question at the TechEds Las Vegas
Bangalore and Madrid by visiting the HERO campaign interactive station from the AGS Partner
Management and Training Team We took one live demo system of the single source of truth the
new SAP Solution Manager 71 Mixed it up with experts from SAP and of our Run SAP certified
partner community and let those 1000 participants interact with them to learn how SAP Solution
Manager 71 and the E2E Solution Manager Operations courses give them the opportunity to
succeed
So be aware of 1000 HEROES more around the globe knowing how to leverage from SAP Solution
Manager 71 and the respective trainings So don‟t let your customers miss the great opportunity to
stop by the Hero Campaign at SAP TechEd events next year and to learn more about SAP Solution
Manager 71 with the E2E Solution Manager Operations courses
You can find more information about these curriculums at wwwsapcomeducatione2e
The success of the Hero campaign at the different Events and the overall Results were
promoted in several Newsletters like the AGS and the global Ecosystems and Channels
Newsletters as an example
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 35
Follow Up activities
Hero campaign to be used to
promote end-to-end standards
partner and training program
Information about courses EGIrsquos
standards and partner program sent
via post event email
Non-SAP-employee participant data
was shared with our at the booth
present partners
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 36
Hero campaign Impressions
Las Vegas Bangalore Madrid
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 5
End-to-End amp Solution Manager Training
Courses Running
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 6
The 2012 upcoming Curriculum based on
Solution Manager 71
E2E040 Managing End-to-End Solution Operations
E2E120 Technical Monitoring in Solution Manager 71 NEW
E2E140 Data Volume Management NEW
E2E220 Test Management Overview
E2E400 Techincal Upgrade Management
E2E500 Custom Code Managment
SMI310 Implementation Projects with Solution Manager
SM100 Solution Manager Operations and Configuration
SM200 ChaRM amp Service Desk Configuration
SM300 Business Process amp Interface Monitoring Config
E2E100 Root Cause Analyse
E2E200 Change Control Management
E2E300 Business Process Operations
with certification exam at the end
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 7
Brief Course Description
E2E040 v93
Run SAP End-to-End
Solution Operations
Overview
Duration 3d
Target Group
Customer IT Management
HostingAMS Partner Management
Implementation Project Managers
Course Content
Run SAP Overview
RunSAP and ASAP Methodology CCoE Overview
Concept of SAP Solution Manager 71
Application Lifecycle Management (ALM)
Integration Validation RunSAP like a factory
More information on E2E040 httpwwwsapcomserviceseducationcatalogglobaltabbedcourseepxcontext=5b5bRUN_SAP|E2E040||||G|5d5d|
E2E060 v84
Customer Center of
Expertise
ldquoImplementing SAP
Quality Managementrdquo
Duration 3d
Target Group
Customer Application Management
Implementation Project Managers
Operations Manager
Course Content
Establishing the Customer CoE ndash Single Source of Truth
Quality Manager for Safeguarding Integration Validation
Quality Manager for Protection of Investment
Quality Manager for Business Continuity
More information on E2E060 httpwwwsapcomserviceseducationcatalogglobaltabbedcourseepxcontext=5b5bRUN_SAP|E2E060||||G|5d5d|
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 8
Brief Course Description
E2E100 v93
Root Cause Analysis
Duration 5d
Certification exam
Target Group
Solution Architects
Application Management Team NetWeaver Operations Team
Business Process Operations Team
Technical Quality Managers Service and Support ConsultantsTechnical Consultant
Course Content
Incident Management Process and Pre-clarification
End to End Change Diagnostics Workload Analysis Trace Analysis Exception
Analysis Data Inconsistency Analysis Client Side Root Cause Analysis
Proving Stabilization of Solution Landscapes with SAP EWA
More information on E2E100 httpwwwsapcomserviceseducationcatalogglobaltabbedcourseepxcontext=5b5bRUN_SAP|E2E100||||G|5d5d|
E2E120 v93
Technical Monitoring in
Solution Manager 71
Duration 3d
Target Group
Solution Architects
System Administrators
Service and Support Consultants
Technical Consultant
Course Content
Monitoring amp Alerting Infrastructure Monitoring Templates System Monitoring Config
Work Mode amp Notification Mgmt Alert Inbox Connection - End-user Experience- BI-
PI-Monitoring Technical Reporting
More information on E2E120 httpstrainingsapcomdeencoursee2e120-technical-monitoring-in-sap-solution-manager-71-classroom-093-g-en
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 9
Brief Course Description
E2E140 v93
Data Volume
Management
Duration 3d
Target Group
Customers who want to understand the peak principles of a Data Volume Management
Methodology
Team-Members in a DVM project
Technical Quality Manager and DVM Architects
Course Content
DVM Methodology Data Object Types Management Requirements Data Management
Concept Data Governance Evaluation amp DVM IT-Planning
Create a DVM Roadmap DVM Work-Center avoid summarize delete and archive
data Continues Improvement and KPI-Measurement (Dashboards)
More information on E2E140 httpstrainingsapcomdeencoursee2e140-data-volume-management-classroom-093-g-en
E2E200 v93
Change Control
Management
Duration 5d
Certification exam
Target Group
Change Managers
System Landscape Architects
System Administrators Development Managers Test and QA Managers Module
Responsible Application Manager Support Manager and members of the customer‟s
SAP competence center (CCC) Partners and System Integrators
Course Content
Solution Documentation Change and Transport System Reporting and Analysis
ToolsCTS Analytics Software Change Strategies Transport Management with SAP
Solution Manager Quality Gate Management Change Request Management
More information on E2E200 httpwwwsapcomserviceseducationcatalogglobaltabbedcourseepxcontext=5b5bRUN_SAP|E2E200||||G|5d5d|
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 10
Brief Course Description
E2E220 v93
Test Management
Overview
Duration 3d
Target Group
Customers who want to get an overview about test options with SAP Solution Manager
Managers who decide on test tools and strategies for SAP and Non-SAP solutions
Members of test teams who will perform tests in projects
Course Content
Test Management Overview ampTest Strategies Configuration of Test Tools in SAP
Solution Manager SAP Test Workbench SAP Testworkbench with Test Automation
Framework Business Process Change Analyzer SAP Test Data Migration Server SAP
Quality Center by HP SAP Test Acceleration amp Optimization IBM Rational
More information on E2E220
httpwwwsapcomserviceseducationcatalogglobaltabbedcourseepxcontext=5b5bRUN_SAP|E2E220||||G|5d5d|
E2E300 v84
Business Process
Integration amp
Automation Mgmt
Duration 5d
Certification exam
Target Group
Partners and system integrators for the run and operations phase
Members of 2nd level Application Support
Course Content
SAP E2E Business Process Integration and Automation Management - motivation and
strategy
Skills processes functionalities and tools in E2E Business Process Integration and
Automation aligned with SAP IT Service and Application Management
Business Process and Interface Monitoring
More information on E2E300 httpwwwsapcomserviceseducationcatalogglobaltabbedcourseepxcontext=5b5bRUN_SAP|E2E300||||G|5d5d|
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 11
Brief Course Description
E2E400 v93
Technical Upgrade
Management
Duration 3d
Target Group
Upgrade project manager
Other project team members with cross-topic responsibility in upgrade projects
SAP IT manager and members of the IT program office
Technical quality managers and solution architects
Course Content
SAP Upgrade amp Maintenance Management Solution Transition Management Upgrade
amp Maintenance Projects Application Adjustments Test Management Business
Downtime Management Collaboration with SAP and SAP Solution Manager
More information on E2E400 httpwwwsapcomserviceseducationcatalogglobaltabbedcourseepxcontext=5b5bRUN_SAP|E2E400||||G|5d5d|
E2E500 v93
Custom Code
Management
Duration 3d
Target Group
Heads of Customer Center of Expertise
Development project leader and IT Manager
Developers Technical Quality Managers and Solution Architects
Course Content
Custom code management Custom Code Lifecycle Management Custom Code
Analyzer Custom Development Management Cockpit Code Inspector Reverse
Business Process Documentation Service Offerings CDMC Additional Activities
Java Custom Code SOA and Custom Code
More information on E2E500 httpwwwsapcomserviceseducationcatalogglobaltabbedcourseepxcontext=5b5bRUN_SAP|E2E500||||G|5d5d|
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 12
Brief Course Description
SM100 v93
Solution Manager
Operations amp
Configuration
Duration 5d
Certifcation exam
Target Group
System Administrators
Technical Consultants
Technical Managers
Course Content
Solution Manager Installation Architecture Sizing
Basic Configuration Authorizations Maintenance Optimizer Maintenance Certificate
Issue amp Task Management Solution Manager Diagnostics EWA Reporting Additional
administrative Tasks Technical Monitoring amp System Monitoring Service Level-
Solution-Technical- Management Reporting
More information on SM100 httpstrainingsapcomdeencoursesm100-sap-solution-manager-operations-and-configuration-classroom-010-g-en
SM200 v91
Change Request
Management amp Service
Desk Configuration
Duration 5d
Certification exam in v93
Target Group
SAP system administrators
System Administration
Course Content
Setup Steps ChaRM amp Service Desk Master Data
Service Desk Process amp Integration with ChaRM
Service Desk Specific Customizing Projects in ChaRM ChaRM Processes
ChaRM Specific Customizing Monitoring Enhanced CTS
More information on SM200 httpstrainingsapcomgbencoursesm200-change-request-management-and-service-desk-configuration-classroom-091-gb-en
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 13
Brief Course Description
SM300 v93
Business Process amp
Interface Monitoring
Configuration
Duration 5d
Certification exam
Target Group
Upgrade Project leader and IT Manager Upgrade Project Lead or Stream Lead
IT Manager and members of the IT Program Office
Technical Quality Managers and Solution Architects
Course Content
Key focus areas of a successful upgrade main challenges and success factors
SAP Technical Quality Management
Collaboration with SAP
More information on E2E400 httpwwwsapcomserviceseducationcatalogglobaltabbedcourseepxcontext=5b5bRUN_SAP|E2E400||||G|5d5d|
SM310 v93
Implementation Projects
with SAP Solution
Manager 71
Duration 4d
Target Group
Project managersleaders
Project team members
Test organizers amp testers
Course Content
Project definition system landscape documentation Project scope design amp
documentation amp Configuration
Organize perform amp document all project-related test activities Roadmaps as project
methodology Reporting Problem messages template management Solution
Documentation Assistant amp Business Process Change Analyzer amp Blueprinting
More information on SMI310 httpstrainingsapcomgbencoursesmi310-implementation-projects-with-sap-solution-manager-classroom-093-g-en
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 14
More Information amp Registration
Certifications
At the end of courses E2E100 E2E200 E2E300 SM100 SM200 SM300
you have the option of taking part in a certification examination to verify your
knowledge or directly at Pearson Vue
Register online today by simply adding the course to your basket
Visit us online
httpwwwsapcomeducatione2e
httptrainingsapcom
Pearson Vue
httpwwwpearsonvuecomsapexamlist
min collection version 93
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 15
Customer Value Statements extract
We utilized SAP Safeguarding to gain skills and expertise from the E2E100 end-to-end root cause analysis
course As a result we are a more proactive support organization through enhanced monitoring of our systems
and enhanced diagnostics capabilities through Wily Introscope and the root cause analysis work center in SAP
Solution Manager With these tools we are able to identify the root cause of potential incidents 50 faster on
average and this enables us to provide more value to our business and reduce downtime
Giancarlo Raicovi Project Manager ndash Banco de Credito del Peru
ldquo
Haruhiko Kuroda Deputy General Managerndash MITSUI amp CO LTD
ldquo Through SAP MaxAttention service we attended the training of E2E100 Root Cause Analysis for the
sake of skilling up because we recognized the importance of the smooth and efficient analyzing the
problem in our portal systems After the training we realized the value of having hands-on training for
our technical operation team Based on valuable information obtained in class we spent time on real-
life exercises where we could put in practice knowledge gained from it As a result we are able to
reduce average times needed for root-cause analysis and problem resolution by at least 20ldquo
ldquoE2E300 Business Process integration amp Automation helped us understand the best practices to support our
business processes with standardized tools It was a beneficial class for our support team
Liher Urbizu Head of Delivery ndash Siemens IT Solutions and Services Thailand
ldquo
Expert Guided
Implementations
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 17
Expert-Guided Implementation ldquoTraining on the Jobrdquo at Its Best
Training practical experience remote consulting
Expert-Guided Implementation is a scheme adding the SAP Solution Manager specific
expertise needed for application configuration to your SAP project team
Day 1 Day 2 Day 3 Day 4 Day 5
SAP expert explains step-by-step
configuration using training materials
2 Execution 2-3 hours on the same day
Participants have direct access
to an SAP expert who directly
supports them remotely if
necessary during the execution
1 Empowering Web session 1-2 hours each day
Participants execute
demonstrated steps within
their own project on their
own SAP Solution
Manager software
3 Expertise on demand during execution
Each day will be the
base for the next
daybdquos empowerment
4 Daily feedback to SAP expert
2 Empowering
3 Empowering
5 Empowering
4 Empowering
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 18
Brief look into a real session
Empowering
Execution
Support
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 19
Project Implementation Using SAP Solution
Manager (Prerequisites)
Service Desk (Prerequisites)
Service Desk for VAR
Solution Documentation (Prerequisites)
Test Management I SAP Test Workbench
Service Level and IT Performance Reporting
(Prerequisites)
Basic Configuration and EarlyWatch Alert for
SAP Business Objects Enterprise
Remote Support Component (RSC)
Available Expert-Guided Implementations 13
Topics for Application Lifecycle Management and
SAP Solution Manager Configuration
Application Lifecycle Management Roadmap Design
(Prerequisites)
Basic Configuration and Update (Prerequisites)
Technical Preparation
Business Process Change Analyzer in SAP Solution
Manager (Prerequisites)
Change Request Management
Configuration Validation
Custom Development Management Cockpit (CDMC)
(Prerequisites)
Data Volume Management Cockpit (Prerequisites)
SAP End-User Experience Monitoring (Prerequisites)
Change Control Management I Enhanced Transport
Management (CTS+) (Prerequisites)
Change Control Management II Quality Gate
Management (Prerequisites)
Job Scheduling Management (Prerequisites)
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 20
Test Management I - SAP Test Workbench
(Prerequisites)
Test Management II - Business Process
Change Analyzer (Prerequisites)
System Monitoring and Reporting
(Prerequisites)
Business Process Monitoring and Stabilization
(Prerequisites)
Job Scheduling Management (Prerequisites)
Change Control Management I Enhanced
Transport Management (CTS+) (Prerequisites)
Change Control Management II Quality Gate
Management (Prerequisites)
Available Expert-Guided Implementations 23
New topics for Application Lifecycle Management
and SAP Solution Manager 71 Configuration
Technical Upgrade to SAP Solution Manager 71
(Prerequisites)
Change Request Management Update 70 to 71
(Prerequisites)
Basic Configuration of SAP Solution Manager 71
(Prerequisites)
Relational Universe Auditing and Best Practice
(Prerequisites)
Incident Problem and Request Management
(Prerequisites)
Roles and Authorization Concept
Business Planning amp Consolidation Microsoft
Platform Version
Project Implementation Using SAP Solution Manager
71
Solution Documentation 71 (Prerequisites)
Application Lifecycle Management Roadmap Design
(Prerequisites)
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 21
Available Expert-Guided Implementations 33
Topics for Self Service Delivery
SAP Enterprise Support Engagement Methodology
Self Service Business Process Analytics and
Improvement (Prerequisites)
Expert Guided Implementation for Self Service Data
Volume Management
Self Service Security Optimization Service
(Prerequisites)
Self Service SQL Statement Tuning (Prerequisites)
Self Service Transport Execution Analysis
(Prerequisites)
Self Service Performance Optimization ST12
Self Service Data Consistency Management
(Prerequisites)
Basic Configuration and EarlyWatch Alert for SAP
Business Objects Business Intelligence 40Solution
Manager 71 (Prerequisites)
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 22
Available Expert-Guided Implementations Prerequisites
Expert-guided implementation does NOT fit in the
following cases
If no knowledge about the administration of SAP
NetWeaver is available
If a complex implementation project of SAP Solution
Manager scenario is planned (for example
integration of third-party tools major adaptations of
basic scenarios defined by SAP)
Technical prerequisites
Installation of SAP Solution Manager as defined
for delivery slot
Connection to SAP network via remote function
call SAPNet - Web Frontend (OSS1-maintained)
S-User in SAP Marketplace with necessary
authorization available
Network connection to the satellite systems which
should be managed by SAP Solution Manager
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 23
Expert-Guided Implementation Benefits amp Goals
Goal
The goal is to execute all relevant implementation steps
during the delivery time of Expert Guided Implementation by
your project team
After the delivery the scenario is ready for productive usage
and your team has the knowledge for using the SAP
Solution Manager scenario
Benefits
Direct configuration of your SAP Solution Manager system
After delivery the implemented scenarios are ready for use
Knowledge transfer to avoid dependence on externals
Execution of all activities in defined time frame
Direct access to SAP Experts
No theoretical class room training instead empowering for
self doing by customer project teams
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 24
Benefit
Utilize Run SAP Partners as multipliers to enable the
market in implementing Solution Manager
Up-skill Run SAP Partners so they can share their
experience with their customers
Run SAP Partners will become knowledgeable of
Enterprise Support offerings
With the use of EGIs as a platform for Solution Manager
enhancements and deltas Run SAP Partners can assist in
the delivery capacity in the marketplace
Increased collaboration with SAP Active Global Support
Expert-Guided Implementation Benefit for Run SAP Partners
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 25
Recommend
Designate one person as point of contact for questions
registration and communication with AGS Partner Manager
Point of contact will register their consultant in desired EGI
session via SAP Registration Form(received after
successful certification from PM)
Point of contact will track the total number of EGI sessions
consumed per year
Send email communication to Run SAP practice regarding
Expert Guided Implementation Sessions with web links
Expert-Guided Implementation Roll-out Process for Run SAP Partners to their Practice
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 26
Expert Guided Implementation for Run SAP Partners
What does it cost No charge for Run SAP Certified Partners
5 EGI Sessions year for Local Certified Run SAP Implementation Partners
10 EGI Sessions year for Global Certified Run SAP Implementation Partners
20 EGI Sessions year for Certified Run SAP Operations Partners
How to order
SAP offers delivery at fixed time slots
Available delivery slots are published on the SAP Service Marketplace
Partners plan projects and register based on project timeline via sending an
email with the SAP EGI registration form to the corresponding Partner
manager
Where to find additional information
External Information
Alias SolutionManager -gt Services -gt Expert Guided
Implementation
Direct Link
httpservicesapcom~formsapnet_SHORTKEY=0110003587000
0717440amp_SCENARIO=01100035870000000202amp
Registration for RunSAP
Partner
Expert Guided Implementation
Dear Partner manager
Please register for the session Expert Guided Implementation in
Region EMEA
Topic Technical Upgrade to SAP Solution Manager 71 (Prerequisites)
Delivery week 12
Start Date 03-19-2012
Language EN
the following partner participant
Partner Name Run SAP Partner XY
Partner Number 11111111
S-User of participant S11111111
e-mail MaxMustermannPartnerXYcom
Best regards
Max Mustermann
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 27
How Do Run SAP Partners Register
EGI Session Delivery Participant
Registration Solution Manager Register via form
Partners register via
registration form
Important to send the
from to your Partner
Manager
KPS sends confirmation
with pre-requisite
documents prior to start
of session
Check available
schedule via
servicesapcom
Alias alm-services
Session is delivered in
2-3 hour online session
Participant has access
to Subject Matter
Expert remotely when
working on their
Solution Manager
system
At the completion of the
session participant is
registered in Education
Training System for
training record tracking
No invoicing is sent
Service
Marketplace
Basic Configuration
Is Achieved
SAP TechEd 2011 -
Hero Campaign
Las Vegas NV The Venetian
September 12-16 2011
Bangalore KTPO
October 19-21 2011
Madrid Feria de Madrid
November 8-10 2011
HERO CAMPAIGN
ndash
SAPreg
TechEd 2011
Become a hero
Stop in at the SAP Active Global Support Hero Campaign in the Community Clubhouse
Learn from Experts to manage your solutions along the application lifecycle with live systems
Work with our SAP Solution Manager 71 Subject Matter Experts to become a ldquoHerordquo
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 30
Framework
LOCATIONS amp Dates
September 12 - 16 2011 ndash Las Vegas US
October 19 - 21 2011 ndash Bangalore India
November 8 ndash 11 2011 Madrid Spain
Staff
SAP‟s SAP Solution Manager 71 matter experts
Run SAP Certified Partner‟s SAP Solution Manager 71 experts
TARGET GROUP
TechEd attendees (partnerscustomers) who have interest in Application Lifecycle Management and the new
SAP Solution Manager 71 release
Goal of 700 (300 Las Vegas 200 India 200 Spain) attendees for the 3 Events together
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 31
Hero Campaign Las Vegas Bangalore Madrid results
983 Attendees
Estimated missed scans per day 20
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 32
Partner Feedback Las Vegas
HP
ldquoI had a great time participating in the Hero Campaign It even was great working a side by
side as well as having great conversations with the SAP experts and the customers at the
Hero Campaign booth ldquo
Gary Manaoat
ldquoThis was a success Thank you for the great opportunityrdquo
Kristine Gersabeck
Keane an NTT DATA Company
bdquoWe have to thank you ton for your support during our booth sessions and providing this
great opportunityldquo
Lakshminarayanan Rengasamy
ldquoThank you for having given us such a great opportunity to participate at the Hero
Campaignrdquo
Narasimhan Arvind
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 33
WIPRO
ldquoThe concept of having partner to contribute in the TechEd booth is a great idea which
helps partners to show case the capability in new products of Solution Manager and also
we feel great and confident while participating in such eventsThe Solution Manager 71
(ldquoBe a Herordquo) booth in Bangalore TechEd was really a great event and we would like to
thank for providing this opportunityldquo
Srinivas Hulsusgud
Optimal Solutions
bdquoIt was very good experience for me to be there in the Hero campaign booth It has given
me an insight to the clients view of SAP products in which angle they are looking
Thanks for providing us the opportunity for being with SAP during the TechEdldquo
Biju Abraham
Partner Feedback Bangalore
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 34
Newsletter Articles about the Hero campaign
Today‟s Customers are facing a lot of complex challenges within their SAP Application Landscape
in various phases of ALM (Application Lifecycle Management)But the question stays always the
same How to succeed in these challenges
Around 1000 customers and partners got an answer to this question at the TechEds Las Vegas
Bangalore and Madrid by visiting the HERO campaign interactive station from the AGS Partner
Management and Training Team We took one live demo system of the single source of truth the
new SAP Solution Manager 71 Mixed it up with experts from SAP and of our Run SAP certified
partner community and let those 1000 participants interact with them to learn how SAP Solution
Manager 71 and the E2E Solution Manager Operations courses give them the opportunity to
succeed
So be aware of 1000 HEROES more around the globe knowing how to leverage from SAP Solution
Manager 71 and the respective trainings So don‟t let your customers miss the great opportunity to
stop by the Hero Campaign at SAP TechEd events next year and to learn more about SAP Solution
Manager 71 with the E2E Solution Manager Operations courses
You can find more information about these curriculums at wwwsapcomeducatione2e
The success of the Hero campaign at the different Events and the overall Results were
promoted in several Newsletters like the AGS and the global Ecosystems and Channels
Newsletters as an example
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 35
Follow Up activities
Hero campaign to be used to
promote end-to-end standards
partner and training program
Information about courses EGIrsquos
standards and partner program sent
via post event email
Non-SAP-employee participant data
was shared with our at the booth
present partners
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 36
Hero campaign Impressions
Las Vegas Bangalore Madrid
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 6
The 2012 upcoming Curriculum based on
Solution Manager 71
E2E040 Managing End-to-End Solution Operations
E2E120 Technical Monitoring in Solution Manager 71 NEW
E2E140 Data Volume Management NEW
E2E220 Test Management Overview
E2E400 Techincal Upgrade Management
E2E500 Custom Code Managment
SMI310 Implementation Projects with Solution Manager
SM100 Solution Manager Operations and Configuration
SM200 ChaRM amp Service Desk Configuration
SM300 Business Process amp Interface Monitoring Config
E2E100 Root Cause Analyse
E2E200 Change Control Management
E2E300 Business Process Operations
with certification exam at the end
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 7
Brief Course Description
E2E040 v93
Run SAP End-to-End
Solution Operations
Overview
Duration 3d
Target Group
Customer IT Management
HostingAMS Partner Management
Implementation Project Managers
Course Content
Run SAP Overview
RunSAP and ASAP Methodology CCoE Overview
Concept of SAP Solution Manager 71
Application Lifecycle Management (ALM)
Integration Validation RunSAP like a factory
More information on E2E040 httpwwwsapcomserviceseducationcatalogglobaltabbedcourseepxcontext=5b5bRUN_SAP|E2E040||||G|5d5d|
E2E060 v84
Customer Center of
Expertise
ldquoImplementing SAP
Quality Managementrdquo
Duration 3d
Target Group
Customer Application Management
Implementation Project Managers
Operations Manager
Course Content
Establishing the Customer CoE ndash Single Source of Truth
Quality Manager for Safeguarding Integration Validation
Quality Manager for Protection of Investment
Quality Manager for Business Continuity
More information on E2E060 httpwwwsapcomserviceseducationcatalogglobaltabbedcourseepxcontext=5b5bRUN_SAP|E2E060||||G|5d5d|
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 8
Brief Course Description
E2E100 v93
Root Cause Analysis
Duration 5d
Certification exam
Target Group
Solution Architects
Application Management Team NetWeaver Operations Team
Business Process Operations Team
Technical Quality Managers Service and Support ConsultantsTechnical Consultant
Course Content
Incident Management Process and Pre-clarification
End to End Change Diagnostics Workload Analysis Trace Analysis Exception
Analysis Data Inconsistency Analysis Client Side Root Cause Analysis
Proving Stabilization of Solution Landscapes with SAP EWA
More information on E2E100 httpwwwsapcomserviceseducationcatalogglobaltabbedcourseepxcontext=5b5bRUN_SAP|E2E100||||G|5d5d|
E2E120 v93
Technical Monitoring in
Solution Manager 71
Duration 3d
Target Group
Solution Architects
System Administrators
Service and Support Consultants
Technical Consultant
Course Content
Monitoring amp Alerting Infrastructure Monitoring Templates System Monitoring Config
Work Mode amp Notification Mgmt Alert Inbox Connection - End-user Experience- BI-
PI-Monitoring Technical Reporting
More information on E2E120 httpstrainingsapcomdeencoursee2e120-technical-monitoring-in-sap-solution-manager-71-classroom-093-g-en
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 9
Brief Course Description
E2E140 v93
Data Volume
Management
Duration 3d
Target Group
Customers who want to understand the peak principles of a Data Volume Management
Methodology
Team-Members in a DVM project
Technical Quality Manager and DVM Architects
Course Content
DVM Methodology Data Object Types Management Requirements Data Management
Concept Data Governance Evaluation amp DVM IT-Planning
Create a DVM Roadmap DVM Work-Center avoid summarize delete and archive
data Continues Improvement and KPI-Measurement (Dashboards)
More information on E2E140 httpstrainingsapcomdeencoursee2e140-data-volume-management-classroom-093-g-en
E2E200 v93
Change Control
Management
Duration 5d
Certification exam
Target Group
Change Managers
System Landscape Architects
System Administrators Development Managers Test and QA Managers Module
Responsible Application Manager Support Manager and members of the customer‟s
SAP competence center (CCC) Partners and System Integrators
Course Content
Solution Documentation Change and Transport System Reporting and Analysis
ToolsCTS Analytics Software Change Strategies Transport Management with SAP
Solution Manager Quality Gate Management Change Request Management
More information on E2E200 httpwwwsapcomserviceseducationcatalogglobaltabbedcourseepxcontext=5b5bRUN_SAP|E2E200||||G|5d5d|
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 10
Brief Course Description
E2E220 v93
Test Management
Overview
Duration 3d
Target Group
Customers who want to get an overview about test options with SAP Solution Manager
Managers who decide on test tools and strategies for SAP and Non-SAP solutions
Members of test teams who will perform tests in projects
Course Content
Test Management Overview ampTest Strategies Configuration of Test Tools in SAP
Solution Manager SAP Test Workbench SAP Testworkbench with Test Automation
Framework Business Process Change Analyzer SAP Test Data Migration Server SAP
Quality Center by HP SAP Test Acceleration amp Optimization IBM Rational
More information on E2E220
httpwwwsapcomserviceseducationcatalogglobaltabbedcourseepxcontext=5b5bRUN_SAP|E2E220||||G|5d5d|
E2E300 v84
Business Process
Integration amp
Automation Mgmt
Duration 5d
Certification exam
Target Group
Partners and system integrators for the run and operations phase
Members of 2nd level Application Support
Course Content
SAP E2E Business Process Integration and Automation Management - motivation and
strategy
Skills processes functionalities and tools in E2E Business Process Integration and
Automation aligned with SAP IT Service and Application Management
Business Process and Interface Monitoring
More information on E2E300 httpwwwsapcomserviceseducationcatalogglobaltabbedcourseepxcontext=5b5bRUN_SAP|E2E300||||G|5d5d|
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 11
Brief Course Description
E2E400 v93
Technical Upgrade
Management
Duration 3d
Target Group
Upgrade project manager
Other project team members with cross-topic responsibility in upgrade projects
SAP IT manager and members of the IT program office
Technical quality managers and solution architects
Course Content
SAP Upgrade amp Maintenance Management Solution Transition Management Upgrade
amp Maintenance Projects Application Adjustments Test Management Business
Downtime Management Collaboration with SAP and SAP Solution Manager
More information on E2E400 httpwwwsapcomserviceseducationcatalogglobaltabbedcourseepxcontext=5b5bRUN_SAP|E2E400||||G|5d5d|
E2E500 v93
Custom Code
Management
Duration 3d
Target Group
Heads of Customer Center of Expertise
Development project leader and IT Manager
Developers Technical Quality Managers and Solution Architects
Course Content
Custom code management Custom Code Lifecycle Management Custom Code
Analyzer Custom Development Management Cockpit Code Inspector Reverse
Business Process Documentation Service Offerings CDMC Additional Activities
Java Custom Code SOA and Custom Code
More information on E2E500 httpwwwsapcomserviceseducationcatalogglobaltabbedcourseepxcontext=5b5bRUN_SAP|E2E500||||G|5d5d|
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 12
Brief Course Description
SM100 v93
Solution Manager
Operations amp
Configuration
Duration 5d
Certifcation exam
Target Group
System Administrators
Technical Consultants
Technical Managers
Course Content
Solution Manager Installation Architecture Sizing
Basic Configuration Authorizations Maintenance Optimizer Maintenance Certificate
Issue amp Task Management Solution Manager Diagnostics EWA Reporting Additional
administrative Tasks Technical Monitoring amp System Monitoring Service Level-
Solution-Technical- Management Reporting
More information on SM100 httpstrainingsapcomdeencoursesm100-sap-solution-manager-operations-and-configuration-classroom-010-g-en
SM200 v91
Change Request
Management amp Service
Desk Configuration
Duration 5d
Certification exam in v93
Target Group
SAP system administrators
System Administration
Course Content
Setup Steps ChaRM amp Service Desk Master Data
Service Desk Process amp Integration with ChaRM
Service Desk Specific Customizing Projects in ChaRM ChaRM Processes
ChaRM Specific Customizing Monitoring Enhanced CTS
More information on SM200 httpstrainingsapcomgbencoursesm200-change-request-management-and-service-desk-configuration-classroom-091-gb-en
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 13
Brief Course Description
SM300 v93
Business Process amp
Interface Monitoring
Configuration
Duration 5d
Certification exam
Target Group
Upgrade Project leader and IT Manager Upgrade Project Lead or Stream Lead
IT Manager and members of the IT Program Office
Technical Quality Managers and Solution Architects
Course Content
Key focus areas of a successful upgrade main challenges and success factors
SAP Technical Quality Management
Collaboration with SAP
More information on E2E400 httpwwwsapcomserviceseducationcatalogglobaltabbedcourseepxcontext=5b5bRUN_SAP|E2E400||||G|5d5d|
SM310 v93
Implementation Projects
with SAP Solution
Manager 71
Duration 4d
Target Group
Project managersleaders
Project team members
Test organizers amp testers
Course Content
Project definition system landscape documentation Project scope design amp
documentation amp Configuration
Organize perform amp document all project-related test activities Roadmaps as project
methodology Reporting Problem messages template management Solution
Documentation Assistant amp Business Process Change Analyzer amp Blueprinting
More information on SMI310 httpstrainingsapcomgbencoursesmi310-implementation-projects-with-sap-solution-manager-classroom-093-g-en
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 14
More Information amp Registration
Certifications
At the end of courses E2E100 E2E200 E2E300 SM100 SM200 SM300
you have the option of taking part in a certification examination to verify your
knowledge or directly at Pearson Vue
Register online today by simply adding the course to your basket
Visit us online
httpwwwsapcomeducatione2e
httptrainingsapcom
Pearson Vue
httpwwwpearsonvuecomsapexamlist
min collection version 93
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 15
Customer Value Statements extract
We utilized SAP Safeguarding to gain skills and expertise from the E2E100 end-to-end root cause analysis
course As a result we are a more proactive support organization through enhanced monitoring of our systems
and enhanced diagnostics capabilities through Wily Introscope and the root cause analysis work center in SAP
Solution Manager With these tools we are able to identify the root cause of potential incidents 50 faster on
average and this enables us to provide more value to our business and reduce downtime
Giancarlo Raicovi Project Manager ndash Banco de Credito del Peru
ldquo
Haruhiko Kuroda Deputy General Managerndash MITSUI amp CO LTD
ldquo Through SAP MaxAttention service we attended the training of E2E100 Root Cause Analysis for the
sake of skilling up because we recognized the importance of the smooth and efficient analyzing the
problem in our portal systems After the training we realized the value of having hands-on training for
our technical operation team Based on valuable information obtained in class we spent time on real-
life exercises where we could put in practice knowledge gained from it As a result we are able to
reduce average times needed for root-cause analysis and problem resolution by at least 20ldquo
ldquoE2E300 Business Process integration amp Automation helped us understand the best practices to support our
business processes with standardized tools It was a beneficial class for our support team
Liher Urbizu Head of Delivery ndash Siemens IT Solutions and Services Thailand
ldquo
Expert Guided
Implementations
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 17
Expert-Guided Implementation ldquoTraining on the Jobrdquo at Its Best
Training practical experience remote consulting
Expert-Guided Implementation is a scheme adding the SAP Solution Manager specific
expertise needed for application configuration to your SAP project team
Day 1 Day 2 Day 3 Day 4 Day 5
SAP expert explains step-by-step
configuration using training materials
2 Execution 2-3 hours on the same day
Participants have direct access
to an SAP expert who directly
supports them remotely if
necessary during the execution
1 Empowering Web session 1-2 hours each day
Participants execute
demonstrated steps within
their own project on their
own SAP Solution
Manager software
3 Expertise on demand during execution
Each day will be the
base for the next
daybdquos empowerment
4 Daily feedback to SAP expert
2 Empowering
3 Empowering
5 Empowering
4 Empowering
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 18
Brief look into a real session
Empowering
Execution
Support
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 19
Project Implementation Using SAP Solution
Manager (Prerequisites)
Service Desk (Prerequisites)
Service Desk for VAR
Solution Documentation (Prerequisites)
Test Management I SAP Test Workbench
Service Level and IT Performance Reporting
(Prerequisites)
Basic Configuration and EarlyWatch Alert for
SAP Business Objects Enterprise
Remote Support Component (RSC)
Available Expert-Guided Implementations 13
Topics for Application Lifecycle Management and
SAP Solution Manager Configuration
Application Lifecycle Management Roadmap Design
(Prerequisites)
Basic Configuration and Update (Prerequisites)
Technical Preparation
Business Process Change Analyzer in SAP Solution
Manager (Prerequisites)
Change Request Management
Configuration Validation
Custom Development Management Cockpit (CDMC)
(Prerequisites)
Data Volume Management Cockpit (Prerequisites)
SAP End-User Experience Monitoring (Prerequisites)
Change Control Management I Enhanced Transport
Management (CTS+) (Prerequisites)
Change Control Management II Quality Gate
Management (Prerequisites)
Job Scheduling Management (Prerequisites)
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 20
Test Management I - SAP Test Workbench
(Prerequisites)
Test Management II - Business Process
Change Analyzer (Prerequisites)
System Monitoring and Reporting
(Prerequisites)
Business Process Monitoring and Stabilization
(Prerequisites)
Job Scheduling Management (Prerequisites)
Change Control Management I Enhanced
Transport Management (CTS+) (Prerequisites)
Change Control Management II Quality Gate
Management (Prerequisites)
Available Expert-Guided Implementations 23
New topics for Application Lifecycle Management
and SAP Solution Manager 71 Configuration
Technical Upgrade to SAP Solution Manager 71
(Prerequisites)
Change Request Management Update 70 to 71
(Prerequisites)
Basic Configuration of SAP Solution Manager 71
(Prerequisites)
Relational Universe Auditing and Best Practice
(Prerequisites)
Incident Problem and Request Management
(Prerequisites)
Roles and Authorization Concept
Business Planning amp Consolidation Microsoft
Platform Version
Project Implementation Using SAP Solution Manager
71
Solution Documentation 71 (Prerequisites)
Application Lifecycle Management Roadmap Design
(Prerequisites)
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 21
Available Expert-Guided Implementations 33
Topics for Self Service Delivery
SAP Enterprise Support Engagement Methodology
Self Service Business Process Analytics and
Improvement (Prerequisites)
Expert Guided Implementation for Self Service Data
Volume Management
Self Service Security Optimization Service
(Prerequisites)
Self Service SQL Statement Tuning (Prerequisites)
Self Service Transport Execution Analysis
(Prerequisites)
Self Service Performance Optimization ST12
Self Service Data Consistency Management
(Prerequisites)
Basic Configuration and EarlyWatch Alert for SAP
Business Objects Business Intelligence 40Solution
Manager 71 (Prerequisites)
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 22
Available Expert-Guided Implementations Prerequisites
Expert-guided implementation does NOT fit in the
following cases
If no knowledge about the administration of SAP
NetWeaver is available
If a complex implementation project of SAP Solution
Manager scenario is planned (for example
integration of third-party tools major adaptations of
basic scenarios defined by SAP)
Technical prerequisites
Installation of SAP Solution Manager as defined
for delivery slot
Connection to SAP network via remote function
call SAPNet - Web Frontend (OSS1-maintained)
S-User in SAP Marketplace with necessary
authorization available
Network connection to the satellite systems which
should be managed by SAP Solution Manager
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 23
Expert-Guided Implementation Benefits amp Goals
Goal
The goal is to execute all relevant implementation steps
during the delivery time of Expert Guided Implementation by
your project team
After the delivery the scenario is ready for productive usage
and your team has the knowledge for using the SAP
Solution Manager scenario
Benefits
Direct configuration of your SAP Solution Manager system
After delivery the implemented scenarios are ready for use
Knowledge transfer to avoid dependence on externals
Execution of all activities in defined time frame
Direct access to SAP Experts
No theoretical class room training instead empowering for
self doing by customer project teams
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 24
Benefit
Utilize Run SAP Partners as multipliers to enable the
market in implementing Solution Manager
Up-skill Run SAP Partners so they can share their
experience with their customers
Run SAP Partners will become knowledgeable of
Enterprise Support offerings
With the use of EGIs as a platform for Solution Manager
enhancements and deltas Run SAP Partners can assist in
the delivery capacity in the marketplace
Increased collaboration with SAP Active Global Support
Expert-Guided Implementation Benefit for Run SAP Partners
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 25
Recommend
Designate one person as point of contact for questions
registration and communication with AGS Partner Manager
Point of contact will register their consultant in desired EGI
session via SAP Registration Form(received after
successful certification from PM)
Point of contact will track the total number of EGI sessions
consumed per year
Send email communication to Run SAP practice regarding
Expert Guided Implementation Sessions with web links
Expert-Guided Implementation Roll-out Process for Run SAP Partners to their Practice
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 26
Expert Guided Implementation for Run SAP Partners
What does it cost No charge for Run SAP Certified Partners
5 EGI Sessions year for Local Certified Run SAP Implementation Partners
10 EGI Sessions year for Global Certified Run SAP Implementation Partners
20 EGI Sessions year for Certified Run SAP Operations Partners
How to order
SAP offers delivery at fixed time slots
Available delivery slots are published on the SAP Service Marketplace
Partners plan projects and register based on project timeline via sending an
email with the SAP EGI registration form to the corresponding Partner
manager
Where to find additional information
External Information
Alias SolutionManager -gt Services -gt Expert Guided
Implementation
Direct Link
httpservicesapcom~formsapnet_SHORTKEY=0110003587000
0717440amp_SCENARIO=01100035870000000202amp
Registration for RunSAP
Partner
Expert Guided Implementation
Dear Partner manager
Please register for the session Expert Guided Implementation in
Region EMEA
Topic Technical Upgrade to SAP Solution Manager 71 (Prerequisites)
Delivery week 12
Start Date 03-19-2012
Language EN
the following partner participant
Partner Name Run SAP Partner XY
Partner Number 11111111
S-User of participant S11111111
e-mail MaxMustermannPartnerXYcom
Best regards
Max Mustermann
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 27
How Do Run SAP Partners Register
EGI Session Delivery Participant
Registration Solution Manager Register via form
Partners register via
registration form
Important to send the
from to your Partner
Manager
KPS sends confirmation
with pre-requisite
documents prior to start
of session
Check available
schedule via
servicesapcom
Alias alm-services
Session is delivered in
2-3 hour online session
Participant has access
to Subject Matter
Expert remotely when
working on their
Solution Manager
system
At the completion of the
session participant is
registered in Education
Training System for
training record tracking
No invoicing is sent
Service
Marketplace
Basic Configuration
Is Achieved
SAP TechEd 2011 -
Hero Campaign
Las Vegas NV The Venetian
September 12-16 2011
Bangalore KTPO
October 19-21 2011
Madrid Feria de Madrid
November 8-10 2011
HERO CAMPAIGN
ndash
SAPreg
TechEd 2011
Become a hero
Stop in at the SAP Active Global Support Hero Campaign in the Community Clubhouse
Learn from Experts to manage your solutions along the application lifecycle with live systems
Work with our SAP Solution Manager 71 Subject Matter Experts to become a ldquoHerordquo
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 30
Framework
LOCATIONS amp Dates
September 12 - 16 2011 ndash Las Vegas US
October 19 - 21 2011 ndash Bangalore India
November 8 ndash 11 2011 Madrid Spain
Staff
SAP‟s SAP Solution Manager 71 matter experts
Run SAP Certified Partner‟s SAP Solution Manager 71 experts
TARGET GROUP
TechEd attendees (partnerscustomers) who have interest in Application Lifecycle Management and the new
SAP Solution Manager 71 release
Goal of 700 (300 Las Vegas 200 India 200 Spain) attendees for the 3 Events together
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 31
Hero Campaign Las Vegas Bangalore Madrid results
983 Attendees
Estimated missed scans per day 20
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 32
Partner Feedback Las Vegas
HP
ldquoI had a great time participating in the Hero Campaign It even was great working a side by
side as well as having great conversations with the SAP experts and the customers at the
Hero Campaign booth ldquo
Gary Manaoat
ldquoThis was a success Thank you for the great opportunityrdquo
Kristine Gersabeck
Keane an NTT DATA Company
bdquoWe have to thank you ton for your support during our booth sessions and providing this
great opportunityldquo
Lakshminarayanan Rengasamy
ldquoThank you for having given us such a great opportunity to participate at the Hero
Campaignrdquo
Narasimhan Arvind
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 33
WIPRO
ldquoThe concept of having partner to contribute in the TechEd booth is a great idea which
helps partners to show case the capability in new products of Solution Manager and also
we feel great and confident while participating in such eventsThe Solution Manager 71
(ldquoBe a Herordquo) booth in Bangalore TechEd was really a great event and we would like to
thank for providing this opportunityldquo
Srinivas Hulsusgud
Optimal Solutions
bdquoIt was very good experience for me to be there in the Hero campaign booth It has given
me an insight to the clients view of SAP products in which angle they are looking
Thanks for providing us the opportunity for being with SAP during the TechEdldquo
Biju Abraham
Partner Feedback Bangalore
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 34
Newsletter Articles about the Hero campaign
Today‟s Customers are facing a lot of complex challenges within their SAP Application Landscape
in various phases of ALM (Application Lifecycle Management)But the question stays always the
same How to succeed in these challenges
Around 1000 customers and partners got an answer to this question at the TechEds Las Vegas
Bangalore and Madrid by visiting the HERO campaign interactive station from the AGS Partner
Management and Training Team We took one live demo system of the single source of truth the
new SAP Solution Manager 71 Mixed it up with experts from SAP and of our Run SAP certified
partner community and let those 1000 participants interact with them to learn how SAP Solution
Manager 71 and the E2E Solution Manager Operations courses give them the opportunity to
succeed
So be aware of 1000 HEROES more around the globe knowing how to leverage from SAP Solution
Manager 71 and the respective trainings So don‟t let your customers miss the great opportunity to
stop by the Hero Campaign at SAP TechEd events next year and to learn more about SAP Solution
Manager 71 with the E2E Solution Manager Operations courses
You can find more information about these curriculums at wwwsapcomeducatione2e
The success of the Hero campaign at the different Events and the overall Results were
promoted in several Newsletters like the AGS and the global Ecosystems and Channels
Newsletters as an example
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 35
Follow Up activities
Hero campaign to be used to
promote end-to-end standards
partner and training program
Information about courses EGIrsquos
standards and partner program sent
via post event email
Non-SAP-employee participant data
was shared with our at the booth
present partners
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 36
Hero campaign Impressions
Las Vegas Bangalore Madrid
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 7
Brief Course Description
E2E040 v93
Run SAP End-to-End
Solution Operations
Overview
Duration 3d
Target Group
Customer IT Management
HostingAMS Partner Management
Implementation Project Managers
Course Content
Run SAP Overview
RunSAP and ASAP Methodology CCoE Overview
Concept of SAP Solution Manager 71
Application Lifecycle Management (ALM)
Integration Validation RunSAP like a factory
More information on E2E040 httpwwwsapcomserviceseducationcatalogglobaltabbedcourseepxcontext=5b5bRUN_SAP|E2E040||||G|5d5d|
E2E060 v84
Customer Center of
Expertise
ldquoImplementing SAP
Quality Managementrdquo
Duration 3d
Target Group
Customer Application Management
Implementation Project Managers
Operations Manager
Course Content
Establishing the Customer CoE ndash Single Source of Truth
Quality Manager for Safeguarding Integration Validation
Quality Manager for Protection of Investment
Quality Manager for Business Continuity
More information on E2E060 httpwwwsapcomserviceseducationcatalogglobaltabbedcourseepxcontext=5b5bRUN_SAP|E2E060||||G|5d5d|
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 8
Brief Course Description
E2E100 v93
Root Cause Analysis
Duration 5d
Certification exam
Target Group
Solution Architects
Application Management Team NetWeaver Operations Team
Business Process Operations Team
Technical Quality Managers Service and Support ConsultantsTechnical Consultant
Course Content
Incident Management Process and Pre-clarification
End to End Change Diagnostics Workload Analysis Trace Analysis Exception
Analysis Data Inconsistency Analysis Client Side Root Cause Analysis
Proving Stabilization of Solution Landscapes with SAP EWA
More information on E2E100 httpwwwsapcomserviceseducationcatalogglobaltabbedcourseepxcontext=5b5bRUN_SAP|E2E100||||G|5d5d|
E2E120 v93
Technical Monitoring in
Solution Manager 71
Duration 3d
Target Group
Solution Architects
System Administrators
Service and Support Consultants
Technical Consultant
Course Content
Monitoring amp Alerting Infrastructure Monitoring Templates System Monitoring Config
Work Mode amp Notification Mgmt Alert Inbox Connection - End-user Experience- BI-
PI-Monitoring Technical Reporting
More information on E2E120 httpstrainingsapcomdeencoursee2e120-technical-monitoring-in-sap-solution-manager-71-classroom-093-g-en
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 9
Brief Course Description
E2E140 v93
Data Volume
Management
Duration 3d
Target Group
Customers who want to understand the peak principles of a Data Volume Management
Methodology
Team-Members in a DVM project
Technical Quality Manager and DVM Architects
Course Content
DVM Methodology Data Object Types Management Requirements Data Management
Concept Data Governance Evaluation amp DVM IT-Planning
Create a DVM Roadmap DVM Work-Center avoid summarize delete and archive
data Continues Improvement and KPI-Measurement (Dashboards)
More information on E2E140 httpstrainingsapcomdeencoursee2e140-data-volume-management-classroom-093-g-en
E2E200 v93
Change Control
Management
Duration 5d
Certification exam
Target Group
Change Managers
System Landscape Architects
System Administrators Development Managers Test and QA Managers Module
Responsible Application Manager Support Manager and members of the customer‟s
SAP competence center (CCC) Partners and System Integrators
Course Content
Solution Documentation Change and Transport System Reporting and Analysis
ToolsCTS Analytics Software Change Strategies Transport Management with SAP
Solution Manager Quality Gate Management Change Request Management
More information on E2E200 httpwwwsapcomserviceseducationcatalogglobaltabbedcourseepxcontext=5b5bRUN_SAP|E2E200||||G|5d5d|
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 10
Brief Course Description
E2E220 v93
Test Management
Overview
Duration 3d
Target Group
Customers who want to get an overview about test options with SAP Solution Manager
Managers who decide on test tools and strategies for SAP and Non-SAP solutions
Members of test teams who will perform tests in projects
Course Content
Test Management Overview ampTest Strategies Configuration of Test Tools in SAP
Solution Manager SAP Test Workbench SAP Testworkbench with Test Automation
Framework Business Process Change Analyzer SAP Test Data Migration Server SAP
Quality Center by HP SAP Test Acceleration amp Optimization IBM Rational
More information on E2E220
httpwwwsapcomserviceseducationcatalogglobaltabbedcourseepxcontext=5b5bRUN_SAP|E2E220||||G|5d5d|
E2E300 v84
Business Process
Integration amp
Automation Mgmt
Duration 5d
Certification exam
Target Group
Partners and system integrators for the run and operations phase
Members of 2nd level Application Support
Course Content
SAP E2E Business Process Integration and Automation Management - motivation and
strategy
Skills processes functionalities and tools in E2E Business Process Integration and
Automation aligned with SAP IT Service and Application Management
Business Process and Interface Monitoring
More information on E2E300 httpwwwsapcomserviceseducationcatalogglobaltabbedcourseepxcontext=5b5bRUN_SAP|E2E300||||G|5d5d|
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 11
Brief Course Description
E2E400 v93
Technical Upgrade
Management
Duration 3d
Target Group
Upgrade project manager
Other project team members with cross-topic responsibility in upgrade projects
SAP IT manager and members of the IT program office
Technical quality managers and solution architects
Course Content
SAP Upgrade amp Maintenance Management Solution Transition Management Upgrade
amp Maintenance Projects Application Adjustments Test Management Business
Downtime Management Collaboration with SAP and SAP Solution Manager
More information on E2E400 httpwwwsapcomserviceseducationcatalogglobaltabbedcourseepxcontext=5b5bRUN_SAP|E2E400||||G|5d5d|
E2E500 v93
Custom Code
Management
Duration 3d
Target Group
Heads of Customer Center of Expertise
Development project leader and IT Manager
Developers Technical Quality Managers and Solution Architects
Course Content
Custom code management Custom Code Lifecycle Management Custom Code
Analyzer Custom Development Management Cockpit Code Inspector Reverse
Business Process Documentation Service Offerings CDMC Additional Activities
Java Custom Code SOA and Custom Code
More information on E2E500 httpwwwsapcomserviceseducationcatalogglobaltabbedcourseepxcontext=5b5bRUN_SAP|E2E500||||G|5d5d|
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 12
Brief Course Description
SM100 v93
Solution Manager
Operations amp
Configuration
Duration 5d
Certifcation exam
Target Group
System Administrators
Technical Consultants
Technical Managers
Course Content
Solution Manager Installation Architecture Sizing
Basic Configuration Authorizations Maintenance Optimizer Maintenance Certificate
Issue amp Task Management Solution Manager Diagnostics EWA Reporting Additional
administrative Tasks Technical Monitoring amp System Monitoring Service Level-
Solution-Technical- Management Reporting
More information on SM100 httpstrainingsapcomdeencoursesm100-sap-solution-manager-operations-and-configuration-classroom-010-g-en
SM200 v91
Change Request
Management amp Service
Desk Configuration
Duration 5d
Certification exam in v93
Target Group
SAP system administrators
System Administration
Course Content
Setup Steps ChaRM amp Service Desk Master Data
Service Desk Process amp Integration with ChaRM
Service Desk Specific Customizing Projects in ChaRM ChaRM Processes
ChaRM Specific Customizing Monitoring Enhanced CTS
More information on SM200 httpstrainingsapcomgbencoursesm200-change-request-management-and-service-desk-configuration-classroom-091-gb-en
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 13
Brief Course Description
SM300 v93
Business Process amp
Interface Monitoring
Configuration
Duration 5d
Certification exam
Target Group
Upgrade Project leader and IT Manager Upgrade Project Lead or Stream Lead
IT Manager and members of the IT Program Office
Technical Quality Managers and Solution Architects
Course Content
Key focus areas of a successful upgrade main challenges and success factors
SAP Technical Quality Management
Collaboration with SAP
More information on E2E400 httpwwwsapcomserviceseducationcatalogglobaltabbedcourseepxcontext=5b5bRUN_SAP|E2E400||||G|5d5d|
SM310 v93
Implementation Projects
with SAP Solution
Manager 71
Duration 4d
Target Group
Project managersleaders
Project team members
Test organizers amp testers
Course Content
Project definition system landscape documentation Project scope design amp
documentation amp Configuration
Organize perform amp document all project-related test activities Roadmaps as project
methodology Reporting Problem messages template management Solution
Documentation Assistant amp Business Process Change Analyzer amp Blueprinting
More information on SMI310 httpstrainingsapcomgbencoursesmi310-implementation-projects-with-sap-solution-manager-classroom-093-g-en
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 14
More Information amp Registration
Certifications
At the end of courses E2E100 E2E200 E2E300 SM100 SM200 SM300
you have the option of taking part in a certification examination to verify your
knowledge or directly at Pearson Vue
Register online today by simply adding the course to your basket
Visit us online
httpwwwsapcomeducatione2e
httptrainingsapcom
Pearson Vue
httpwwwpearsonvuecomsapexamlist
min collection version 93
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 15
Customer Value Statements extract
We utilized SAP Safeguarding to gain skills and expertise from the E2E100 end-to-end root cause analysis
course As a result we are a more proactive support organization through enhanced monitoring of our systems
and enhanced diagnostics capabilities through Wily Introscope and the root cause analysis work center in SAP
Solution Manager With these tools we are able to identify the root cause of potential incidents 50 faster on
average and this enables us to provide more value to our business and reduce downtime
Giancarlo Raicovi Project Manager ndash Banco de Credito del Peru
ldquo
Haruhiko Kuroda Deputy General Managerndash MITSUI amp CO LTD
ldquo Through SAP MaxAttention service we attended the training of E2E100 Root Cause Analysis for the
sake of skilling up because we recognized the importance of the smooth and efficient analyzing the
problem in our portal systems After the training we realized the value of having hands-on training for
our technical operation team Based on valuable information obtained in class we spent time on real-
life exercises where we could put in practice knowledge gained from it As a result we are able to
reduce average times needed for root-cause analysis and problem resolution by at least 20ldquo
ldquoE2E300 Business Process integration amp Automation helped us understand the best practices to support our
business processes with standardized tools It was a beneficial class for our support team
Liher Urbizu Head of Delivery ndash Siemens IT Solutions and Services Thailand
ldquo
Expert Guided
Implementations
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 17
Expert-Guided Implementation ldquoTraining on the Jobrdquo at Its Best
Training practical experience remote consulting
Expert-Guided Implementation is a scheme adding the SAP Solution Manager specific
expertise needed for application configuration to your SAP project team
Day 1 Day 2 Day 3 Day 4 Day 5
SAP expert explains step-by-step
configuration using training materials
2 Execution 2-3 hours on the same day
Participants have direct access
to an SAP expert who directly
supports them remotely if
necessary during the execution
1 Empowering Web session 1-2 hours each day
Participants execute
demonstrated steps within
their own project on their
own SAP Solution
Manager software
3 Expertise on demand during execution
Each day will be the
base for the next
daybdquos empowerment
4 Daily feedback to SAP expert
2 Empowering
3 Empowering
5 Empowering
4 Empowering
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 18
Brief look into a real session
Empowering
Execution
Support
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 19
Project Implementation Using SAP Solution
Manager (Prerequisites)
Service Desk (Prerequisites)
Service Desk for VAR
Solution Documentation (Prerequisites)
Test Management I SAP Test Workbench
Service Level and IT Performance Reporting
(Prerequisites)
Basic Configuration and EarlyWatch Alert for
SAP Business Objects Enterprise
Remote Support Component (RSC)
Available Expert-Guided Implementations 13
Topics for Application Lifecycle Management and
SAP Solution Manager Configuration
Application Lifecycle Management Roadmap Design
(Prerequisites)
Basic Configuration and Update (Prerequisites)
Technical Preparation
Business Process Change Analyzer in SAP Solution
Manager (Prerequisites)
Change Request Management
Configuration Validation
Custom Development Management Cockpit (CDMC)
(Prerequisites)
Data Volume Management Cockpit (Prerequisites)
SAP End-User Experience Monitoring (Prerequisites)
Change Control Management I Enhanced Transport
Management (CTS+) (Prerequisites)
Change Control Management II Quality Gate
Management (Prerequisites)
Job Scheduling Management (Prerequisites)
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 20
Test Management I - SAP Test Workbench
(Prerequisites)
Test Management II - Business Process
Change Analyzer (Prerequisites)
System Monitoring and Reporting
(Prerequisites)
Business Process Monitoring and Stabilization
(Prerequisites)
Job Scheduling Management (Prerequisites)
Change Control Management I Enhanced
Transport Management (CTS+) (Prerequisites)
Change Control Management II Quality Gate
Management (Prerequisites)
Available Expert-Guided Implementations 23
New topics for Application Lifecycle Management
and SAP Solution Manager 71 Configuration
Technical Upgrade to SAP Solution Manager 71
(Prerequisites)
Change Request Management Update 70 to 71
(Prerequisites)
Basic Configuration of SAP Solution Manager 71
(Prerequisites)
Relational Universe Auditing and Best Practice
(Prerequisites)
Incident Problem and Request Management
(Prerequisites)
Roles and Authorization Concept
Business Planning amp Consolidation Microsoft
Platform Version
Project Implementation Using SAP Solution Manager
71
Solution Documentation 71 (Prerequisites)
Application Lifecycle Management Roadmap Design
(Prerequisites)
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 21
Available Expert-Guided Implementations 33
Topics for Self Service Delivery
SAP Enterprise Support Engagement Methodology
Self Service Business Process Analytics and
Improvement (Prerequisites)
Expert Guided Implementation for Self Service Data
Volume Management
Self Service Security Optimization Service
(Prerequisites)
Self Service SQL Statement Tuning (Prerequisites)
Self Service Transport Execution Analysis
(Prerequisites)
Self Service Performance Optimization ST12
Self Service Data Consistency Management
(Prerequisites)
Basic Configuration and EarlyWatch Alert for SAP
Business Objects Business Intelligence 40Solution
Manager 71 (Prerequisites)
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 22
Available Expert-Guided Implementations Prerequisites
Expert-guided implementation does NOT fit in the
following cases
If no knowledge about the administration of SAP
NetWeaver is available
If a complex implementation project of SAP Solution
Manager scenario is planned (for example
integration of third-party tools major adaptations of
basic scenarios defined by SAP)
Technical prerequisites
Installation of SAP Solution Manager as defined
for delivery slot
Connection to SAP network via remote function
call SAPNet - Web Frontend (OSS1-maintained)
S-User in SAP Marketplace with necessary
authorization available
Network connection to the satellite systems which
should be managed by SAP Solution Manager
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 23
Expert-Guided Implementation Benefits amp Goals
Goal
The goal is to execute all relevant implementation steps
during the delivery time of Expert Guided Implementation by
your project team
After the delivery the scenario is ready for productive usage
and your team has the knowledge for using the SAP
Solution Manager scenario
Benefits
Direct configuration of your SAP Solution Manager system
After delivery the implemented scenarios are ready for use
Knowledge transfer to avoid dependence on externals
Execution of all activities in defined time frame
Direct access to SAP Experts
No theoretical class room training instead empowering for
self doing by customer project teams
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 24
Benefit
Utilize Run SAP Partners as multipliers to enable the
market in implementing Solution Manager
Up-skill Run SAP Partners so they can share their
experience with their customers
Run SAP Partners will become knowledgeable of
Enterprise Support offerings
With the use of EGIs as a platform for Solution Manager
enhancements and deltas Run SAP Partners can assist in
the delivery capacity in the marketplace
Increased collaboration with SAP Active Global Support
Expert-Guided Implementation Benefit for Run SAP Partners
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 25
Recommend
Designate one person as point of contact for questions
registration and communication with AGS Partner Manager
Point of contact will register their consultant in desired EGI
session via SAP Registration Form(received after
successful certification from PM)
Point of contact will track the total number of EGI sessions
consumed per year
Send email communication to Run SAP practice regarding
Expert Guided Implementation Sessions with web links
Expert-Guided Implementation Roll-out Process for Run SAP Partners to their Practice
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 26
Expert Guided Implementation for Run SAP Partners
What does it cost No charge for Run SAP Certified Partners
5 EGI Sessions year for Local Certified Run SAP Implementation Partners
10 EGI Sessions year for Global Certified Run SAP Implementation Partners
20 EGI Sessions year for Certified Run SAP Operations Partners
How to order
SAP offers delivery at fixed time slots
Available delivery slots are published on the SAP Service Marketplace
Partners plan projects and register based on project timeline via sending an
email with the SAP EGI registration form to the corresponding Partner
manager
Where to find additional information
External Information
Alias SolutionManager -gt Services -gt Expert Guided
Implementation
Direct Link
httpservicesapcom~formsapnet_SHORTKEY=0110003587000
0717440amp_SCENARIO=01100035870000000202amp
Registration for RunSAP
Partner
Expert Guided Implementation
Dear Partner manager
Please register for the session Expert Guided Implementation in
Region EMEA
Topic Technical Upgrade to SAP Solution Manager 71 (Prerequisites)
Delivery week 12
Start Date 03-19-2012
Language EN
the following partner participant
Partner Name Run SAP Partner XY
Partner Number 11111111
S-User of participant S11111111
e-mail MaxMustermannPartnerXYcom
Best regards
Max Mustermann
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 27
How Do Run SAP Partners Register
EGI Session Delivery Participant
Registration Solution Manager Register via form
Partners register via
registration form
Important to send the
from to your Partner
Manager
KPS sends confirmation
with pre-requisite
documents prior to start
of session
Check available
schedule via
servicesapcom
Alias alm-services
Session is delivered in
2-3 hour online session
Participant has access
to Subject Matter
Expert remotely when
working on their
Solution Manager
system
At the completion of the
session participant is
registered in Education
Training System for
training record tracking
No invoicing is sent
Service
Marketplace
Basic Configuration
Is Achieved
SAP TechEd 2011 -
Hero Campaign
Las Vegas NV The Venetian
September 12-16 2011
Bangalore KTPO
October 19-21 2011
Madrid Feria de Madrid
November 8-10 2011
HERO CAMPAIGN
ndash
SAPreg
TechEd 2011
Become a hero
Stop in at the SAP Active Global Support Hero Campaign in the Community Clubhouse
Learn from Experts to manage your solutions along the application lifecycle with live systems
Work with our SAP Solution Manager 71 Subject Matter Experts to become a ldquoHerordquo
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 30
Framework
LOCATIONS amp Dates
September 12 - 16 2011 ndash Las Vegas US
October 19 - 21 2011 ndash Bangalore India
November 8 ndash 11 2011 Madrid Spain
Staff
SAP‟s SAP Solution Manager 71 matter experts
Run SAP Certified Partner‟s SAP Solution Manager 71 experts
TARGET GROUP
TechEd attendees (partnerscustomers) who have interest in Application Lifecycle Management and the new
SAP Solution Manager 71 release
Goal of 700 (300 Las Vegas 200 India 200 Spain) attendees for the 3 Events together
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 31
Hero Campaign Las Vegas Bangalore Madrid results
983 Attendees
Estimated missed scans per day 20
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 32
Partner Feedback Las Vegas
HP
ldquoI had a great time participating in the Hero Campaign It even was great working a side by
side as well as having great conversations with the SAP experts and the customers at the
Hero Campaign booth ldquo
Gary Manaoat
ldquoThis was a success Thank you for the great opportunityrdquo
Kristine Gersabeck
Keane an NTT DATA Company
bdquoWe have to thank you ton for your support during our booth sessions and providing this
great opportunityldquo
Lakshminarayanan Rengasamy
ldquoThank you for having given us such a great opportunity to participate at the Hero
Campaignrdquo
Narasimhan Arvind
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 33
WIPRO
ldquoThe concept of having partner to contribute in the TechEd booth is a great idea which
helps partners to show case the capability in new products of Solution Manager and also
we feel great and confident while participating in such eventsThe Solution Manager 71
(ldquoBe a Herordquo) booth in Bangalore TechEd was really a great event and we would like to
thank for providing this opportunityldquo
Srinivas Hulsusgud
Optimal Solutions
bdquoIt was very good experience for me to be there in the Hero campaign booth It has given
me an insight to the clients view of SAP products in which angle they are looking
Thanks for providing us the opportunity for being with SAP during the TechEdldquo
Biju Abraham
Partner Feedback Bangalore
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 34
Newsletter Articles about the Hero campaign
Today‟s Customers are facing a lot of complex challenges within their SAP Application Landscape
in various phases of ALM (Application Lifecycle Management)But the question stays always the
same How to succeed in these challenges
Around 1000 customers and partners got an answer to this question at the TechEds Las Vegas
Bangalore and Madrid by visiting the HERO campaign interactive station from the AGS Partner
Management and Training Team We took one live demo system of the single source of truth the
new SAP Solution Manager 71 Mixed it up with experts from SAP and of our Run SAP certified
partner community and let those 1000 participants interact with them to learn how SAP Solution
Manager 71 and the E2E Solution Manager Operations courses give them the opportunity to
succeed
So be aware of 1000 HEROES more around the globe knowing how to leverage from SAP Solution
Manager 71 and the respective trainings So don‟t let your customers miss the great opportunity to
stop by the Hero Campaign at SAP TechEd events next year and to learn more about SAP Solution
Manager 71 with the E2E Solution Manager Operations courses
You can find more information about these curriculums at wwwsapcomeducatione2e
The success of the Hero campaign at the different Events and the overall Results were
promoted in several Newsletters like the AGS and the global Ecosystems and Channels
Newsletters as an example
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 35
Follow Up activities
Hero campaign to be used to
promote end-to-end standards
partner and training program
Information about courses EGIrsquos
standards and partner program sent
via post event email
Non-SAP-employee participant data
was shared with our at the booth
present partners
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 36
Hero campaign Impressions
Las Vegas Bangalore Madrid
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 8
Brief Course Description
E2E100 v93
Root Cause Analysis
Duration 5d
Certification exam
Target Group
Solution Architects
Application Management Team NetWeaver Operations Team
Business Process Operations Team
Technical Quality Managers Service and Support ConsultantsTechnical Consultant
Course Content
Incident Management Process and Pre-clarification
End to End Change Diagnostics Workload Analysis Trace Analysis Exception
Analysis Data Inconsistency Analysis Client Side Root Cause Analysis
Proving Stabilization of Solution Landscapes with SAP EWA
More information on E2E100 httpwwwsapcomserviceseducationcatalogglobaltabbedcourseepxcontext=5b5bRUN_SAP|E2E100||||G|5d5d|
E2E120 v93
Technical Monitoring in
Solution Manager 71
Duration 3d
Target Group
Solution Architects
System Administrators
Service and Support Consultants
Technical Consultant
Course Content
Monitoring amp Alerting Infrastructure Monitoring Templates System Monitoring Config
Work Mode amp Notification Mgmt Alert Inbox Connection - End-user Experience- BI-
PI-Monitoring Technical Reporting
More information on E2E120 httpstrainingsapcomdeencoursee2e120-technical-monitoring-in-sap-solution-manager-71-classroom-093-g-en
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 9
Brief Course Description
E2E140 v93
Data Volume
Management
Duration 3d
Target Group
Customers who want to understand the peak principles of a Data Volume Management
Methodology
Team-Members in a DVM project
Technical Quality Manager and DVM Architects
Course Content
DVM Methodology Data Object Types Management Requirements Data Management
Concept Data Governance Evaluation amp DVM IT-Planning
Create a DVM Roadmap DVM Work-Center avoid summarize delete and archive
data Continues Improvement and KPI-Measurement (Dashboards)
More information on E2E140 httpstrainingsapcomdeencoursee2e140-data-volume-management-classroom-093-g-en
E2E200 v93
Change Control
Management
Duration 5d
Certification exam
Target Group
Change Managers
System Landscape Architects
System Administrators Development Managers Test and QA Managers Module
Responsible Application Manager Support Manager and members of the customer‟s
SAP competence center (CCC) Partners and System Integrators
Course Content
Solution Documentation Change and Transport System Reporting and Analysis
ToolsCTS Analytics Software Change Strategies Transport Management with SAP
Solution Manager Quality Gate Management Change Request Management
More information on E2E200 httpwwwsapcomserviceseducationcatalogglobaltabbedcourseepxcontext=5b5bRUN_SAP|E2E200||||G|5d5d|
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 10
Brief Course Description
E2E220 v93
Test Management
Overview
Duration 3d
Target Group
Customers who want to get an overview about test options with SAP Solution Manager
Managers who decide on test tools and strategies for SAP and Non-SAP solutions
Members of test teams who will perform tests in projects
Course Content
Test Management Overview ampTest Strategies Configuration of Test Tools in SAP
Solution Manager SAP Test Workbench SAP Testworkbench with Test Automation
Framework Business Process Change Analyzer SAP Test Data Migration Server SAP
Quality Center by HP SAP Test Acceleration amp Optimization IBM Rational
More information on E2E220
httpwwwsapcomserviceseducationcatalogglobaltabbedcourseepxcontext=5b5bRUN_SAP|E2E220||||G|5d5d|
E2E300 v84
Business Process
Integration amp
Automation Mgmt
Duration 5d
Certification exam
Target Group
Partners and system integrators for the run and operations phase
Members of 2nd level Application Support
Course Content
SAP E2E Business Process Integration and Automation Management - motivation and
strategy
Skills processes functionalities and tools in E2E Business Process Integration and
Automation aligned with SAP IT Service and Application Management
Business Process and Interface Monitoring
More information on E2E300 httpwwwsapcomserviceseducationcatalogglobaltabbedcourseepxcontext=5b5bRUN_SAP|E2E300||||G|5d5d|
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 11
Brief Course Description
E2E400 v93
Technical Upgrade
Management
Duration 3d
Target Group
Upgrade project manager
Other project team members with cross-topic responsibility in upgrade projects
SAP IT manager and members of the IT program office
Technical quality managers and solution architects
Course Content
SAP Upgrade amp Maintenance Management Solution Transition Management Upgrade
amp Maintenance Projects Application Adjustments Test Management Business
Downtime Management Collaboration with SAP and SAP Solution Manager
More information on E2E400 httpwwwsapcomserviceseducationcatalogglobaltabbedcourseepxcontext=5b5bRUN_SAP|E2E400||||G|5d5d|
E2E500 v93
Custom Code
Management
Duration 3d
Target Group
Heads of Customer Center of Expertise
Development project leader and IT Manager
Developers Technical Quality Managers and Solution Architects
Course Content
Custom code management Custom Code Lifecycle Management Custom Code
Analyzer Custom Development Management Cockpit Code Inspector Reverse
Business Process Documentation Service Offerings CDMC Additional Activities
Java Custom Code SOA and Custom Code
More information on E2E500 httpwwwsapcomserviceseducationcatalogglobaltabbedcourseepxcontext=5b5bRUN_SAP|E2E500||||G|5d5d|
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 12
Brief Course Description
SM100 v93
Solution Manager
Operations amp
Configuration
Duration 5d
Certifcation exam
Target Group
System Administrators
Technical Consultants
Technical Managers
Course Content
Solution Manager Installation Architecture Sizing
Basic Configuration Authorizations Maintenance Optimizer Maintenance Certificate
Issue amp Task Management Solution Manager Diagnostics EWA Reporting Additional
administrative Tasks Technical Monitoring amp System Monitoring Service Level-
Solution-Technical- Management Reporting
More information on SM100 httpstrainingsapcomdeencoursesm100-sap-solution-manager-operations-and-configuration-classroom-010-g-en
SM200 v91
Change Request
Management amp Service
Desk Configuration
Duration 5d
Certification exam in v93
Target Group
SAP system administrators
System Administration
Course Content
Setup Steps ChaRM amp Service Desk Master Data
Service Desk Process amp Integration with ChaRM
Service Desk Specific Customizing Projects in ChaRM ChaRM Processes
ChaRM Specific Customizing Monitoring Enhanced CTS
More information on SM200 httpstrainingsapcomgbencoursesm200-change-request-management-and-service-desk-configuration-classroom-091-gb-en
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 13
Brief Course Description
SM300 v93
Business Process amp
Interface Monitoring
Configuration
Duration 5d
Certification exam
Target Group
Upgrade Project leader and IT Manager Upgrade Project Lead or Stream Lead
IT Manager and members of the IT Program Office
Technical Quality Managers and Solution Architects
Course Content
Key focus areas of a successful upgrade main challenges and success factors
SAP Technical Quality Management
Collaboration with SAP
More information on E2E400 httpwwwsapcomserviceseducationcatalogglobaltabbedcourseepxcontext=5b5bRUN_SAP|E2E400||||G|5d5d|
SM310 v93
Implementation Projects
with SAP Solution
Manager 71
Duration 4d
Target Group
Project managersleaders
Project team members
Test organizers amp testers
Course Content
Project definition system landscape documentation Project scope design amp
documentation amp Configuration
Organize perform amp document all project-related test activities Roadmaps as project
methodology Reporting Problem messages template management Solution
Documentation Assistant amp Business Process Change Analyzer amp Blueprinting
More information on SMI310 httpstrainingsapcomgbencoursesmi310-implementation-projects-with-sap-solution-manager-classroom-093-g-en
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 14
More Information amp Registration
Certifications
At the end of courses E2E100 E2E200 E2E300 SM100 SM200 SM300
you have the option of taking part in a certification examination to verify your
knowledge or directly at Pearson Vue
Register online today by simply adding the course to your basket
Visit us online
httpwwwsapcomeducatione2e
httptrainingsapcom
Pearson Vue
httpwwwpearsonvuecomsapexamlist
min collection version 93
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 15
Customer Value Statements extract
We utilized SAP Safeguarding to gain skills and expertise from the E2E100 end-to-end root cause analysis
course As a result we are a more proactive support organization through enhanced monitoring of our systems
and enhanced diagnostics capabilities through Wily Introscope and the root cause analysis work center in SAP
Solution Manager With these tools we are able to identify the root cause of potential incidents 50 faster on
average and this enables us to provide more value to our business and reduce downtime
Giancarlo Raicovi Project Manager ndash Banco de Credito del Peru
ldquo
Haruhiko Kuroda Deputy General Managerndash MITSUI amp CO LTD
ldquo Through SAP MaxAttention service we attended the training of E2E100 Root Cause Analysis for the
sake of skilling up because we recognized the importance of the smooth and efficient analyzing the
problem in our portal systems After the training we realized the value of having hands-on training for
our technical operation team Based on valuable information obtained in class we spent time on real-
life exercises where we could put in practice knowledge gained from it As a result we are able to
reduce average times needed for root-cause analysis and problem resolution by at least 20ldquo
ldquoE2E300 Business Process integration amp Automation helped us understand the best practices to support our
business processes with standardized tools It was a beneficial class for our support team
Liher Urbizu Head of Delivery ndash Siemens IT Solutions and Services Thailand
ldquo
Expert Guided
Implementations
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 17
Expert-Guided Implementation ldquoTraining on the Jobrdquo at Its Best
Training practical experience remote consulting
Expert-Guided Implementation is a scheme adding the SAP Solution Manager specific
expertise needed for application configuration to your SAP project team
Day 1 Day 2 Day 3 Day 4 Day 5
SAP expert explains step-by-step
configuration using training materials
2 Execution 2-3 hours on the same day
Participants have direct access
to an SAP expert who directly
supports them remotely if
necessary during the execution
1 Empowering Web session 1-2 hours each day
Participants execute
demonstrated steps within
their own project on their
own SAP Solution
Manager software
3 Expertise on demand during execution
Each day will be the
base for the next
daybdquos empowerment
4 Daily feedback to SAP expert
2 Empowering
3 Empowering
5 Empowering
4 Empowering
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 18
Brief look into a real session
Empowering
Execution
Support
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 19
Project Implementation Using SAP Solution
Manager (Prerequisites)
Service Desk (Prerequisites)
Service Desk for VAR
Solution Documentation (Prerequisites)
Test Management I SAP Test Workbench
Service Level and IT Performance Reporting
(Prerequisites)
Basic Configuration and EarlyWatch Alert for
SAP Business Objects Enterprise
Remote Support Component (RSC)
Available Expert-Guided Implementations 13
Topics for Application Lifecycle Management and
SAP Solution Manager Configuration
Application Lifecycle Management Roadmap Design
(Prerequisites)
Basic Configuration and Update (Prerequisites)
Technical Preparation
Business Process Change Analyzer in SAP Solution
Manager (Prerequisites)
Change Request Management
Configuration Validation
Custom Development Management Cockpit (CDMC)
(Prerequisites)
Data Volume Management Cockpit (Prerequisites)
SAP End-User Experience Monitoring (Prerequisites)
Change Control Management I Enhanced Transport
Management (CTS+) (Prerequisites)
Change Control Management II Quality Gate
Management (Prerequisites)
Job Scheduling Management (Prerequisites)
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 20
Test Management I - SAP Test Workbench
(Prerequisites)
Test Management II - Business Process
Change Analyzer (Prerequisites)
System Monitoring and Reporting
(Prerequisites)
Business Process Monitoring and Stabilization
(Prerequisites)
Job Scheduling Management (Prerequisites)
Change Control Management I Enhanced
Transport Management (CTS+) (Prerequisites)
Change Control Management II Quality Gate
Management (Prerequisites)
Available Expert-Guided Implementations 23
New topics for Application Lifecycle Management
and SAP Solution Manager 71 Configuration
Technical Upgrade to SAP Solution Manager 71
(Prerequisites)
Change Request Management Update 70 to 71
(Prerequisites)
Basic Configuration of SAP Solution Manager 71
(Prerequisites)
Relational Universe Auditing and Best Practice
(Prerequisites)
Incident Problem and Request Management
(Prerequisites)
Roles and Authorization Concept
Business Planning amp Consolidation Microsoft
Platform Version
Project Implementation Using SAP Solution Manager
71
Solution Documentation 71 (Prerequisites)
Application Lifecycle Management Roadmap Design
(Prerequisites)
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 21
Available Expert-Guided Implementations 33
Topics for Self Service Delivery
SAP Enterprise Support Engagement Methodology
Self Service Business Process Analytics and
Improvement (Prerequisites)
Expert Guided Implementation for Self Service Data
Volume Management
Self Service Security Optimization Service
(Prerequisites)
Self Service SQL Statement Tuning (Prerequisites)
Self Service Transport Execution Analysis
(Prerequisites)
Self Service Performance Optimization ST12
Self Service Data Consistency Management
(Prerequisites)
Basic Configuration and EarlyWatch Alert for SAP
Business Objects Business Intelligence 40Solution
Manager 71 (Prerequisites)
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 22
Available Expert-Guided Implementations Prerequisites
Expert-guided implementation does NOT fit in the
following cases
If no knowledge about the administration of SAP
NetWeaver is available
If a complex implementation project of SAP Solution
Manager scenario is planned (for example
integration of third-party tools major adaptations of
basic scenarios defined by SAP)
Technical prerequisites
Installation of SAP Solution Manager as defined
for delivery slot
Connection to SAP network via remote function
call SAPNet - Web Frontend (OSS1-maintained)
S-User in SAP Marketplace with necessary
authorization available
Network connection to the satellite systems which
should be managed by SAP Solution Manager
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 23
Expert-Guided Implementation Benefits amp Goals
Goal
The goal is to execute all relevant implementation steps
during the delivery time of Expert Guided Implementation by
your project team
After the delivery the scenario is ready for productive usage
and your team has the knowledge for using the SAP
Solution Manager scenario
Benefits
Direct configuration of your SAP Solution Manager system
After delivery the implemented scenarios are ready for use
Knowledge transfer to avoid dependence on externals
Execution of all activities in defined time frame
Direct access to SAP Experts
No theoretical class room training instead empowering for
self doing by customer project teams
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 24
Benefit
Utilize Run SAP Partners as multipliers to enable the
market in implementing Solution Manager
Up-skill Run SAP Partners so they can share their
experience with their customers
Run SAP Partners will become knowledgeable of
Enterprise Support offerings
With the use of EGIs as a platform for Solution Manager
enhancements and deltas Run SAP Partners can assist in
the delivery capacity in the marketplace
Increased collaboration with SAP Active Global Support
Expert-Guided Implementation Benefit for Run SAP Partners
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 25
Recommend
Designate one person as point of contact for questions
registration and communication with AGS Partner Manager
Point of contact will register their consultant in desired EGI
session via SAP Registration Form(received after
successful certification from PM)
Point of contact will track the total number of EGI sessions
consumed per year
Send email communication to Run SAP practice regarding
Expert Guided Implementation Sessions with web links
Expert-Guided Implementation Roll-out Process for Run SAP Partners to their Practice
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 26
Expert Guided Implementation for Run SAP Partners
What does it cost No charge for Run SAP Certified Partners
5 EGI Sessions year for Local Certified Run SAP Implementation Partners
10 EGI Sessions year for Global Certified Run SAP Implementation Partners
20 EGI Sessions year for Certified Run SAP Operations Partners
How to order
SAP offers delivery at fixed time slots
Available delivery slots are published on the SAP Service Marketplace
Partners plan projects and register based on project timeline via sending an
email with the SAP EGI registration form to the corresponding Partner
manager
Where to find additional information
External Information
Alias SolutionManager -gt Services -gt Expert Guided
Implementation
Direct Link
httpservicesapcom~formsapnet_SHORTKEY=0110003587000
0717440amp_SCENARIO=01100035870000000202amp
Registration for RunSAP
Partner
Expert Guided Implementation
Dear Partner manager
Please register for the session Expert Guided Implementation in
Region EMEA
Topic Technical Upgrade to SAP Solution Manager 71 (Prerequisites)
Delivery week 12
Start Date 03-19-2012
Language EN
the following partner participant
Partner Name Run SAP Partner XY
Partner Number 11111111
S-User of participant S11111111
e-mail MaxMustermannPartnerXYcom
Best regards
Max Mustermann
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 27
How Do Run SAP Partners Register
EGI Session Delivery Participant
Registration Solution Manager Register via form
Partners register via
registration form
Important to send the
from to your Partner
Manager
KPS sends confirmation
with pre-requisite
documents prior to start
of session
Check available
schedule via
servicesapcom
Alias alm-services
Session is delivered in
2-3 hour online session
Participant has access
to Subject Matter
Expert remotely when
working on their
Solution Manager
system
At the completion of the
session participant is
registered in Education
Training System for
training record tracking
No invoicing is sent
Service
Marketplace
Basic Configuration
Is Achieved
SAP TechEd 2011 -
Hero Campaign
Las Vegas NV The Venetian
September 12-16 2011
Bangalore KTPO
October 19-21 2011
Madrid Feria de Madrid
November 8-10 2011
HERO CAMPAIGN
ndash
SAPreg
TechEd 2011
Become a hero
Stop in at the SAP Active Global Support Hero Campaign in the Community Clubhouse
Learn from Experts to manage your solutions along the application lifecycle with live systems
Work with our SAP Solution Manager 71 Subject Matter Experts to become a ldquoHerordquo
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 30
Framework
LOCATIONS amp Dates
September 12 - 16 2011 ndash Las Vegas US
October 19 - 21 2011 ndash Bangalore India
November 8 ndash 11 2011 Madrid Spain
Staff
SAP‟s SAP Solution Manager 71 matter experts
Run SAP Certified Partner‟s SAP Solution Manager 71 experts
TARGET GROUP
TechEd attendees (partnerscustomers) who have interest in Application Lifecycle Management and the new
SAP Solution Manager 71 release
Goal of 700 (300 Las Vegas 200 India 200 Spain) attendees for the 3 Events together
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 31
Hero Campaign Las Vegas Bangalore Madrid results
983 Attendees
Estimated missed scans per day 20
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 32
Partner Feedback Las Vegas
HP
ldquoI had a great time participating in the Hero Campaign It even was great working a side by
side as well as having great conversations with the SAP experts and the customers at the
Hero Campaign booth ldquo
Gary Manaoat
ldquoThis was a success Thank you for the great opportunityrdquo
Kristine Gersabeck
Keane an NTT DATA Company
bdquoWe have to thank you ton for your support during our booth sessions and providing this
great opportunityldquo
Lakshminarayanan Rengasamy
ldquoThank you for having given us such a great opportunity to participate at the Hero
Campaignrdquo
Narasimhan Arvind
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 33
WIPRO
ldquoThe concept of having partner to contribute in the TechEd booth is a great idea which
helps partners to show case the capability in new products of Solution Manager and also
we feel great and confident while participating in such eventsThe Solution Manager 71
(ldquoBe a Herordquo) booth in Bangalore TechEd was really a great event and we would like to
thank for providing this opportunityldquo
Srinivas Hulsusgud
Optimal Solutions
bdquoIt was very good experience for me to be there in the Hero campaign booth It has given
me an insight to the clients view of SAP products in which angle they are looking
Thanks for providing us the opportunity for being with SAP during the TechEdldquo
Biju Abraham
Partner Feedback Bangalore
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 34
Newsletter Articles about the Hero campaign
Today‟s Customers are facing a lot of complex challenges within their SAP Application Landscape
in various phases of ALM (Application Lifecycle Management)But the question stays always the
same How to succeed in these challenges
Around 1000 customers and partners got an answer to this question at the TechEds Las Vegas
Bangalore and Madrid by visiting the HERO campaign interactive station from the AGS Partner
Management and Training Team We took one live demo system of the single source of truth the
new SAP Solution Manager 71 Mixed it up with experts from SAP and of our Run SAP certified
partner community and let those 1000 participants interact with them to learn how SAP Solution
Manager 71 and the E2E Solution Manager Operations courses give them the opportunity to
succeed
So be aware of 1000 HEROES more around the globe knowing how to leverage from SAP Solution
Manager 71 and the respective trainings So don‟t let your customers miss the great opportunity to
stop by the Hero Campaign at SAP TechEd events next year and to learn more about SAP Solution
Manager 71 with the E2E Solution Manager Operations courses
You can find more information about these curriculums at wwwsapcomeducatione2e
The success of the Hero campaign at the different Events and the overall Results were
promoted in several Newsletters like the AGS and the global Ecosystems and Channels
Newsletters as an example
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 35
Follow Up activities
Hero campaign to be used to
promote end-to-end standards
partner and training program
Information about courses EGIrsquos
standards and partner program sent
via post event email
Non-SAP-employee participant data
was shared with our at the booth
present partners
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 36
Hero campaign Impressions
Las Vegas Bangalore Madrid
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 9
Brief Course Description
E2E140 v93
Data Volume
Management
Duration 3d
Target Group
Customers who want to understand the peak principles of a Data Volume Management
Methodology
Team-Members in a DVM project
Technical Quality Manager and DVM Architects
Course Content
DVM Methodology Data Object Types Management Requirements Data Management
Concept Data Governance Evaluation amp DVM IT-Planning
Create a DVM Roadmap DVM Work-Center avoid summarize delete and archive
data Continues Improvement and KPI-Measurement (Dashboards)
More information on E2E140 httpstrainingsapcomdeencoursee2e140-data-volume-management-classroom-093-g-en
E2E200 v93
Change Control
Management
Duration 5d
Certification exam
Target Group
Change Managers
System Landscape Architects
System Administrators Development Managers Test and QA Managers Module
Responsible Application Manager Support Manager and members of the customer‟s
SAP competence center (CCC) Partners and System Integrators
Course Content
Solution Documentation Change and Transport System Reporting and Analysis
ToolsCTS Analytics Software Change Strategies Transport Management with SAP
Solution Manager Quality Gate Management Change Request Management
More information on E2E200 httpwwwsapcomserviceseducationcatalogglobaltabbedcourseepxcontext=5b5bRUN_SAP|E2E200||||G|5d5d|
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 10
Brief Course Description
E2E220 v93
Test Management
Overview
Duration 3d
Target Group
Customers who want to get an overview about test options with SAP Solution Manager
Managers who decide on test tools and strategies for SAP and Non-SAP solutions
Members of test teams who will perform tests in projects
Course Content
Test Management Overview ampTest Strategies Configuration of Test Tools in SAP
Solution Manager SAP Test Workbench SAP Testworkbench with Test Automation
Framework Business Process Change Analyzer SAP Test Data Migration Server SAP
Quality Center by HP SAP Test Acceleration amp Optimization IBM Rational
More information on E2E220
httpwwwsapcomserviceseducationcatalogglobaltabbedcourseepxcontext=5b5bRUN_SAP|E2E220||||G|5d5d|
E2E300 v84
Business Process
Integration amp
Automation Mgmt
Duration 5d
Certification exam
Target Group
Partners and system integrators for the run and operations phase
Members of 2nd level Application Support
Course Content
SAP E2E Business Process Integration and Automation Management - motivation and
strategy
Skills processes functionalities and tools in E2E Business Process Integration and
Automation aligned with SAP IT Service and Application Management
Business Process and Interface Monitoring
More information on E2E300 httpwwwsapcomserviceseducationcatalogglobaltabbedcourseepxcontext=5b5bRUN_SAP|E2E300||||G|5d5d|
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 11
Brief Course Description
E2E400 v93
Technical Upgrade
Management
Duration 3d
Target Group
Upgrade project manager
Other project team members with cross-topic responsibility in upgrade projects
SAP IT manager and members of the IT program office
Technical quality managers and solution architects
Course Content
SAP Upgrade amp Maintenance Management Solution Transition Management Upgrade
amp Maintenance Projects Application Adjustments Test Management Business
Downtime Management Collaboration with SAP and SAP Solution Manager
More information on E2E400 httpwwwsapcomserviceseducationcatalogglobaltabbedcourseepxcontext=5b5bRUN_SAP|E2E400||||G|5d5d|
E2E500 v93
Custom Code
Management
Duration 3d
Target Group
Heads of Customer Center of Expertise
Development project leader and IT Manager
Developers Technical Quality Managers and Solution Architects
Course Content
Custom code management Custom Code Lifecycle Management Custom Code
Analyzer Custom Development Management Cockpit Code Inspector Reverse
Business Process Documentation Service Offerings CDMC Additional Activities
Java Custom Code SOA and Custom Code
More information on E2E500 httpwwwsapcomserviceseducationcatalogglobaltabbedcourseepxcontext=5b5bRUN_SAP|E2E500||||G|5d5d|
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 12
Brief Course Description
SM100 v93
Solution Manager
Operations amp
Configuration
Duration 5d
Certifcation exam
Target Group
System Administrators
Technical Consultants
Technical Managers
Course Content
Solution Manager Installation Architecture Sizing
Basic Configuration Authorizations Maintenance Optimizer Maintenance Certificate
Issue amp Task Management Solution Manager Diagnostics EWA Reporting Additional
administrative Tasks Technical Monitoring amp System Monitoring Service Level-
Solution-Technical- Management Reporting
More information on SM100 httpstrainingsapcomdeencoursesm100-sap-solution-manager-operations-and-configuration-classroom-010-g-en
SM200 v91
Change Request
Management amp Service
Desk Configuration
Duration 5d
Certification exam in v93
Target Group
SAP system administrators
System Administration
Course Content
Setup Steps ChaRM amp Service Desk Master Data
Service Desk Process amp Integration with ChaRM
Service Desk Specific Customizing Projects in ChaRM ChaRM Processes
ChaRM Specific Customizing Monitoring Enhanced CTS
More information on SM200 httpstrainingsapcomgbencoursesm200-change-request-management-and-service-desk-configuration-classroom-091-gb-en
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 13
Brief Course Description
SM300 v93
Business Process amp
Interface Monitoring
Configuration
Duration 5d
Certification exam
Target Group
Upgrade Project leader and IT Manager Upgrade Project Lead or Stream Lead
IT Manager and members of the IT Program Office
Technical Quality Managers and Solution Architects
Course Content
Key focus areas of a successful upgrade main challenges and success factors
SAP Technical Quality Management
Collaboration with SAP
More information on E2E400 httpwwwsapcomserviceseducationcatalogglobaltabbedcourseepxcontext=5b5bRUN_SAP|E2E400||||G|5d5d|
SM310 v93
Implementation Projects
with SAP Solution
Manager 71
Duration 4d
Target Group
Project managersleaders
Project team members
Test organizers amp testers
Course Content
Project definition system landscape documentation Project scope design amp
documentation amp Configuration
Organize perform amp document all project-related test activities Roadmaps as project
methodology Reporting Problem messages template management Solution
Documentation Assistant amp Business Process Change Analyzer amp Blueprinting
More information on SMI310 httpstrainingsapcomgbencoursesmi310-implementation-projects-with-sap-solution-manager-classroom-093-g-en
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 14
More Information amp Registration
Certifications
At the end of courses E2E100 E2E200 E2E300 SM100 SM200 SM300
you have the option of taking part in a certification examination to verify your
knowledge or directly at Pearson Vue
Register online today by simply adding the course to your basket
Visit us online
httpwwwsapcomeducatione2e
httptrainingsapcom
Pearson Vue
httpwwwpearsonvuecomsapexamlist
min collection version 93
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 15
Customer Value Statements extract
We utilized SAP Safeguarding to gain skills and expertise from the E2E100 end-to-end root cause analysis
course As a result we are a more proactive support organization through enhanced monitoring of our systems
and enhanced diagnostics capabilities through Wily Introscope and the root cause analysis work center in SAP
Solution Manager With these tools we are able to identify the root cause of potential incidents 50 faster on
average and this enables us to provide more value to our business and reduce downtime
Giancarlo Raicovi Project Manager ndash Banco de Credito del Peru
ldquo
Haruhiko Kuroda Deputy General Managerndash MITSUI amp CO LTD
ldquo Through SAP MaxAttention service we attended the training of E2E100 Root Cause Analysis for the
sake of skilling up because we recognized the importance of the smooth and efficient analyzing the
problem in our portal systems After the training we realized the value of having hands-on training for
our technical operation team Based on valuable information obtained in class we spent time on real-
life exercises where we could put in practice knowledge gained from it As a result we are able to
reduce average times needed for root-cause analysis and problem resolution by at least 20ldquo
ldquoE2E300 Business Process integration amp Automation helped us understand the best practices to support our
business processes with standardized tools It was a beneficial class for our support team
Liher Urbizu Head of Delivery ndash Siemens IT Solutions and Services Thailand
ldquo
Expert Guided
Implementations
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 17
Expert-Guided Implementation ldquoTraining on the Jobrdquo at Its Best
Training practical experience remote consulting
Expert-Guided Implementation is a scheme adding the SAP Solution Manager specific
expertise needed for application configuration to your SAP project team
Day 1 Day 2 Day 3 Day 4 Day 5
SAP expert explains step-by-step
configuration using training materials
2 Execution 2-3 hours on the same day
Participants have direct access
to an SAP expert who directly
supports them remotely if
necessary during the execution
1 Empowering Web session 1-2 hours each day
Participants execute
demonstrated steps within
their own project on their
own SAP Solution
Manager software
3 Expertise on demand during execution
Each day will be the
base for the next
daybdquos empowerment
4 Daily feedback to SAP expert
2 Empowering
3 Empowering
5 Empowering
4 Empowering
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 18
Brief look into a real session
Empowering
Execution
Support
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 19
Project Implementation Using SAP Solution
Manager (Prerequisites)
Service Desk (Prerequisites)
Service Desk for VAR
Solution Documentation (Prerequisites)
Test Management I SAP Test Workbench
Service Level and IT Performance Reporting
(Prerequisites)
Basic Configuration and EarlyWatch Alert for
SAP Business Objects Enterprise
Remote Support Component (RSC)
Available Expert-Guided Implementations 13
Topics for Application Lifecycle Management and
SAP Solution Manager Configuration
Application Lifecycle Management Roadmap Design
(Prerequisites)
Basic Configuration and Update (Prerequisites)
Technical Preparation
Business Process Change Analyzer in SAP Solution
Manager (Prerequisites)
Change Request Management
Configuration Validation
Custom Development Management Cockpit (CDMC)
(Prerequisites)
Data Volume Management Cockpit (Prerequisites)
SAP End-User Experience Monitoring (Prerequisites)
Change Control Management I Enhanced Transport
Management (CTS+) (Prerequisites)
Change Control Management II Quality Gate
Management (Prerequisites)
Job Scheduling Management (Prerequisites)
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 20
Test Management I - SAP Test Workbench
(Prerequisites)
Test Management II - Business Process
Change Analyzer (Prerequisites)
System Monitoring and Reporting
(Prerequisites)
Business Process Monitoring and Stabilization
(Prerequisites)
Job Scheduling Management (Prerequisites)
Change Control Management I Enhanced
Transport Management (CTS+) (Prerequisites)
Change Control Management II Quality Gate
Management (Prerequisites)
Available Expert-Guided Implementations 23
New topics for Application Lifecycle Management
and SAP Solution Manager 71 Configuration
Technical Upgrade to SAP Solution Manager 71
(Prerequisites)
Change Request Management Update 70 to 71
(Prerequisites)
Basic Configuration of SAP Solution Manager 71
(Prerequisites)
Relational Universe Auditing and Best Practice
(Prerequisites)
Incident Problem and Request Management
(Prerequisites)
Roles and Authorization Concept
Business Planning amp Consolidation Microsoft
Platform Version
Project Implementation Using SAP Solution Manager
71
Solution Documentation 71 (Prerequisites)
Application Lifecycle Management Roadmap Design
(Prerequisites)
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 21
Available Expert-Guided Implementations 33
Topics for Self Service Delivery
SAP Enterprise Support Engagement Methodology
Self Service Business Process Analytics and
Improvement (Prerequisites)
Expert Guided Implementation for Self Service Data
Volume Management
Self Service Security Optimization Service
(Prerequisites)
Self Service SQL Statement Tuning (Prerequisites)
Self Service Transport Execution Analysis
(Prerequisites)
Self Service Performance Optimization ST12
Self Service Data Consistency Management
(Prerequisites)
Basic Configuration and EarlyWatch Alert for SAP
Business Objects Business Intelligence 40Solution
Manager 71 (Prerequisites)
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 22
Available Expert-Guided Implementations Prerequisites
Expert-guided implementation does NOT fit in the
following cases
If no knowledge about the administration of SAP
NetWeaver is available
If a complex implementation project of SAP Solution
Manager scenario is planned (for example
integration of third-party tools major adaptations of
basic scenarios defined by SAP)
Technical prerequisites
Installation of SAP Solution Manager as defined
for delivery slot
Connection to SAP network via remote function
call SAPNet - Web Frontend (OSS1-maintained)
S-User in SAP Marketplace with necessary
authorization available
Network connection to the satellite systems which
should be managed by SAP Solution Manager
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 23
Expert-Guided Implementation Benefits amp Goals
Goal
The goal is to execute all relevant implementation steps
during the delivery time of Expert Guided Implementation by
your project team
After the delivery the scenario is ready for productive usage
and your team has the knowledge for using the SAP
Solution Manager scenario
Benefits
Direct configuration of your SAP Solution Manager system
After delivery the implemented scenarios are ready for use
Knowledge transfer to avoid dependence on externals
Execution of all activities in defined time frame
Direct access to SAP Experts
No theoretical class room training instead empowering for
self doing by customer project teams
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 24
Benefit
Utilize Run SAP Partners as multipliers to enable the
market in implementing Solution Manager
Up-skill Run SAP Partners so they can share their
experience with their customers
Run SAP Partners will become knowledgeable of
Enterprise Support offerings
With the use of EGIs as a platform for Solution Manager
enhancements and deltas Run SAP Partners can assist in
the delivery capacity in the marketplace
Increased collaboration with SAP Active Global Support
Expert-Guided Implementation Benefit for Run SAP Partners
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 25
Recommend
Designate one person as point of contact for questions
registration and communication with AGS Partner Manager
Point of contact will register their consultant in desired EGI
session via SAP Registration Form(received after
successful certification from PM)
Point of contact will track the total number of EGI sessions
consumed per year
Send email communication to Run SAP practice regarding
Expert Guided Implementation Sessions with web links
Expert-Guided Implementation Roll-out Process for Run SAP Partners to their Practice
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 26
Expert Guided Implementation for Run SAP Partners
What does it cost No charge for Run SAP Certified Partners
5 EGI Sessions year for Local Certified Run SAP Implementation Partners
10 EGI Sessions year for Global Certified Run SAP Implementation Partners
20 EGI Sessions year for Certified Run SAP Operations Partners
How to order
SAP offers delivery at fixed time slots
Available delivery slots are published on the SAP Service Marketplace
Partners plan projects and register based on project timeline via sending an
email with the SAP EGI registration form to the corresponding Partner
manager
Where to find additional information
External Information
Alias SolutionManager -gt Services -gt Expert Guided
Implementation
Direct Link
httpservicesapcom~formsapnet_SHORTKEY=0110003587000
0717440amp_SCENARIO=01100035870000000202amp
Registration for RunSAP
Partner
Expert Guided Implementation
Dear Partner manager
Please register for the session Expert Guided Implementation in
Region EMEA
Topic Technical Upgrade to SAP Solution Manager 71 (Prerequisites)
Delivery week 12
Start Date 03-19-2012
Language EN
the following partner participant
Partner Name Run SAP Partner XY
Partner Number 11111111
S-User of participant S11111111
e-mail MaxMustermannPartnerXYcom
Best regards
Max Mustermann
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 27
How Do Run SAP Partners Register
EGI Session Delivery Participant
Registration Solution Manager Register via form
Partners register via
registration form
Important to send the
from to your Partner
Manager
KPS sends confirmation
with pre-requisite
documents prior to start
of session
Check available
schedule via
servicesapcom
Alias alm-services
Session is delivered in
2-3 hour online session
Participant has access
to Subject Matter
Expert remotely when
working on their
Solution Manager
system
At the completion of the
session participant is
registered in Education
Training System for
training record tracking
No invoicing is sent
Service
Marketplace
Basic Configuration
Is Achieved
SAP TechEd 2011 -
Hero Campaign
Las Vegas NV The Venetian
September 12-16 2011
Bangalore KTPO
October 19-21 2011
Madrid Feria de Madrid
November 8-10 2011
HERO CAMPAIGN
ndash
SAPreg
TechEd 2011
Become a hero
Stop in at the SAP Active Global Support Hero Campaign in the Community Clubhouse
Learn from Experts to manage your solutions along the application lifecycle with live systems
Work with our SAP Solution Manager 71 Subject Matter Experts to become a ldquoHerordquo
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 30
Framework
LOCATIONS amp Dates
September 12 - 16 2011 ndash Las Vegas US
October 19 - 21 2011 ndash Bangalore India
November 8 ndash 11 2011 Madrid Spain
Staff
SAP‟s SAP Solution Manager 71 matter experts
Run SAP Certified Partner‟s SAP Solution Manager 71 experts
TARGET GROUP
TechEd attendees (partnerscustomers) who have interest in Application Lifecycle Management and the new
SAP Solution Manager 71 release
Goal of 700 (300 Las Vegas 200 India 200 Spain) attendees for the 3 Events together
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 31
Hero Campaign Las Vegas Bangalore Madrid results
983 Attendees
Estimated missed scans per day 20
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 32
Partner Feedback Las Vegas
HP
ldquoI had a great time participating in the Hero Campaign It even was great working a side by
side as well as having great conversations with the SAP experts and the customers at the
Hero Campaign booth ldquo
Gary Manaoat
ldquoThis was a success Thank you for the great opportunityrdquo
Kristine Gersabeck
Keane an NTT DATA Company
bdquoWe have to thank you ton for your support during our booth sessions and providing this
great opportunityldquo
Lakshminarayanan Rengasamy
ldquoThank you for having given us such a great opportunity to participate at the Hero
Campaignrdquo
Narasimhan Arvind
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 33
WIPRO
ldquoThe concept of having partner to contribute in the TechEd booth is a great idea which
helps partners to show case the capability in new products of Solution Manager and also
we feel great and confident while participating in such eventsThe Solution Manager 71
(ldquoBe a Herordquo) booth in Bangalore TechEd was really a great event and we would like to
thank for providing this opportunityldquo
Srinivas Hulsusgud
Optimal Solutions
bdquoIt was very good experience for me to be there in the Hero campaign booth It has given
me an insight to the clients view of SAP products in which angle they are looking
Thanks for providing us the opportunity for being with SAP during the TechEdldquo
Biju Abraham
Partner Feedback Bangalore
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 34
Newsletter Articles about the Hero campaign
Today‟s Customers are facing a lot of complex challenges within their SAP Application Landscape
in various phases of ALM (Application Lifecycle Management)But the question stays always the
same How to succeed in these challenges
Around 1000 customers and partners got an answer to this question at the TechEds Las Vegas
Bangalore and Madrid by visiting the HERO campaign interactive station from the AGS Partner
Management and Training Team We took one live demo system of the single source of truth the
new SAP Solution Manager 71 Mixed it up with experts from SAP and of our Run SAP certified
partner community and let those 1000 participants interact with them to learn how SAP Solution
Manager 71 and the E2E Solution Manager Operations courses give them the opportunity to
succeed
So be aware of 1000 HEROES more around the globe knowing how to leverage from SAP Solution
Manager 71 and the respective trainings So don‟t let your customers miss the great opportunity to
stop by the Hero Campaign at SAP TechEd events next year and to learn more about SAP Solution
Manager 71 with the E2E Solution Manager Operations courses
You can find more information about these curriculums at wwwsapcomeducatione2e
The success of the Hero campaign at the different Events and the overall Results were
promoted in several Newsletters like the AGS and the global Ecosystems and Channels
Newsletters as an example
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 35
Follow Up activities
Hero campaign to be used to
promote end-to-end standards
partner and training program
Information about courses EGIrsquos
standards and partner program sent
via post event email
Non-SAP-employee participant data
was shared with our at the booth
present partners
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 36
Hero campaign Impressions
Las Vegas Bangalore Madrid
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 10
Brief Course Description
E2E220 v93
Test Management
Overview
Duration 3d
Target Group
Customers who want to get an overview about test options with SAP Solution Manager
Managers who decide on test tools and strategies for SAP and Non-SAP solutions
Members of test teams who will perform tests in projects
Course Content
Test Management Overview ampTest Strategies Configuration of Test Tools in SAP
Solution Manager SAP Test Workbench SAP Testworkbench with Test Automation
Framework Business Process Change Analyzer SAP Test Data Migration Server SAP
Quality Center by HP SAP Test Acceleration amp Optimization IBM Rational
More information on E2E220
httpwwwsapcomserviceseducationcatalogglobaltabbedcourseepxcontext=5b5bRUN_SAP|E2E220||||G|5d5d|
E2E300 v84
Business Process
Integration amp
Automation Mgmt
Duration 5d
Certification exam
Target Group
Partners and system integrators for the run and operations phase
Members of 2nd level Application Support
Course Content
SAP E2E Business Process Integration and Automation Management - motivation and
strategy
Skills processes functionalities and tools in E2E Business Process Integration and
Automation aligned with SAP IT Service and Application Management
Business Process and Interface Monitoring
More information on E2E300 httpwwwsapcomserviceseducationcatalogglobaltabbedcourseepxcontext=5b5bRUN_SAP|E2E300||||G|5d5d|
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 11
Brief Course Description
E2E400 v93
Technical Upgrade
Management
Duration 3d
Target Group
Upgrade project manager
Other project team members with cross-topic responsibility in upgrade projects
SAP IT manager and members of the IT program office
Technical quality managers and solution architects
Course Content
SAP Upgrade amp Maintenance Management Solution Transition Management Upgrade
amp Maintenance Projects Application Adjustments Test Management Business
Downtime Management Collaboration with SAP and SAP Solution Manager
More information on E2E400 httpwwwsapcomserviceseducationcatalogglobaltabbedcourseepxcontext=5b5bRUN_SAP|E2E400||||G|5d5d|
E2E500 v93
Custom Code
Management
Duration 3d
Target Group
Heads of Customer Center of Expertise
Development project leader and IT Manager
Developers Technical Quality Managers and Solution Architects
Course Content
Custom code management Custom Code Lifecycle Management Custom Code
Analyzer Custom Development Management Cockpit Code Inspector Reverse
Business Process Documentation Service Offerings CDMC Additional Activities
Java Custom Code SOA and Custom Code
More information on E2E500 httpwwwsapcomserviceseducationcatalogglobaltabbedcourseepxcontext=5b5bRUN_SAP|E2E500||||G|5d5d|
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 12
Brief Course Description
SM100 v93
Solution Manager
Operations amp
Configuration
Duration 5d
Certifcation exam
Target Group
System Administrators
Technical Consultants
Technical Managers
Course Content
Solution Manager Installation Architecture Sizing
Basic Configuration Authorizations Maintenance Optimizer Maintenance Certificate
Issue amp Task Management Solution Manager Diagnostics EWA Reporting Additional
administrative Tasks Technical Monitoring amp System Monitoring Service Level-
Solution-Technical- Management Reporting
More information on SM100 httpstrainingsapcomdeencoursesm100-sap-solution-manager-operations-and-configuration-classroom-010-g-en
SM200 v91
Change Request
Management amp Service
Desk Configuration
Duration 5d
Certification exam in v93
Target Group
SAP system administrators
System Administration
Course Content
Setup Steps ChaRM amp Service Desk Master Data
Service Desk Process amp Integration with ChaRM
Service Desk Specific Customizing Projects in ChaRM ChaRM Processes
ChaRM Specific Customizing Monitoring Enhanced CTS
More information on SM200 httpstrainingsapcomgbencoursesm200-change-request-management-and-service-desk-configuration-classroom-091-gb-en
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 13
Brief Course Description
SM300 v93
Business Process amp
Interface Monitoring
Configuration
Duration 5d
Certification exam
Target Group
Upgrade Project leader and IT Manager Upgrade Project Lead or Stream Lead
IT Manager and members of the IT Program Office
Technical Quality Managers and Solution Architects
Course Content
Key focus areas of a successful upgrade main challenges and success factors
SAP Technical Quality Management
Collaboration with SAP
More information on E2E400 httpwwwsapcomserviceseducationcatalogglobaltabbedcourseepxcontext=5b5bRUN_SAP|E2E400||||G|5d5d|
SM310 v93
Implementation Projects
with SAP Solution
Manager 71
Duration 4d
Target Group
Project managersleaders
Project team members
Test organizers amp testers
Course Content
Project definition system landscape documentation Project scope design amp
documentation amp Configuration
Organize perform amp document all project-related test activities Roadmaps as project
methodology Reporting Problem messages template management Solution
Documentation Assistant amp Business Process Change Analyzer amp Blueprinting
More information on SMI310 httpstrainingsapcomgbencoursesmi310-implementation-projects-with-sap-solution-manager-classroom-093-g-en
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 14
More Information amp Registration
Certifications
At the end of courses E2E100 E2E200 E2E300 SM100 SM200 SM300
you have the option of taking part in a certification examination to verify your
knowledge or directly at Pearson Vue
Register online today by simply adding the course to your basket
Visit us online
httpwwwsapcomeducatione2e
httptrainingsapcom
Pearson Vue
httpwwwpearsonvuecomsapexamlist
min collection version 93
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 15
Customer Value Statements extract
We utilized SAP Safeguarding to gain skills and expertise from the E2E100 end-to-end root cause analysis
course As a result we are a more proactive support organization through enhanced monitoring of our systems
and enhanced diagnostics capabilities through Wily Introscope and the root cause analysis work center in SAP
Solution Manager With these tools we are able to identify the root cause of potential incidents 50 faster on
average and this enables us to provide more value to our business and reduce downtime
Giancarlo Raicovi Project Manager ndash Banco de Credito del Peru
ldquo
Haruhiko Kuroda Deputy General Managerndash MITSUI amp CO LTD
ldquo Through SAP MaxAttention service we attended the training of E2E100 Root Cause Analysis for the
sake of skilling up because we recognized the importance of the smooth and efficient analyzing the
problem in our portal systems After the training we realized the value of having hands-on training for
our technical operation team Based on valuable information obtained in class we spent time on real-
life exercises where we could put in practice knowledge gained from it As a result we are able to
reduce average times needed for root-cause analysis and problem resolution by at least 20ldquo
ldquoE2E300 Business Process integration amp Automation helped us understand the best practices to support our
business processes with standardized tools It was a beneficial class for our support team
Liher Urbizu Head of Delivery ndash Siemens IT Solutions and Services Thailand
ldquo
Expert Guided
Implementations
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 17
Expert-Guided Implementation ldquoTraining on the Jobrdquo at Its Best
Training practical experience remote consulting
Expert-Guided Implementation is a scheme adding the SAP Solution Manager specific
expertise needed for application configuration to your SAP project team
Day 1 Day 2 Day 3 Day 4 Day 5
SAP expert explains step-by-step
configuration using training materials
2 Execution 2-3 hours on the same day
Participants have direct access
to an SAP expert who directly
supports them remotely if
necessary during the execution
1 Empowering Web session 1-2 hours each day
Participants execute
demonstrated steps within
their own project on their
own SAP Solution
Manager software
3 Expertise on demand during execution
Each day will be the
base for the next
daybdquos empowerment
4 Daily feedback to SAP expert
2 Empowering
3 Empowering
5 Empowering
4 Empowering
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 18
Brief look into a real session
Empowering
Execution
Support
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 19
Project Implementation Using SAP Solution
Manager (Prerequisites)
Service Desk (Prerequisites)
Service Desk for VAR
Solution Documentation (Prerequisites)
Test Management I SAP Test Workbench
Service Level and IT Performance Reporting
(Prerequisites)
Basic Configuration and EarlyWatch Alert for
SAP Business Objects Enterprise
Remote Support Component (RSC)
Available Expert-Guided Implementations 13
Topics for Application Lifecycle Management and
SAP Solution Manager Configuration
Application Lifecycle Management Roadmap Design
(Prerequisites)
Basic Configuration and Update (Prerequisites)
Technical Preparation
Business Process Change Analyzer in SAP Solution
Manager (Prerequisites)
Change Request Management
Configuration Validation
Custom Development Management Cockpit (CDMC)
(Prerequisites)
Data Volume Management Cockpit (Prerequisites)
SAP End-User Experience Monitoring (Prerequisites)
Change Control Management I Enhanced Transport
Management (CTS+) (Prerequisites)
Change Control Management II Quality Gate
Management (Prerequisites)
Job Scheduling Management (Prerequisites)
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 20
Test Management I - SAP Test Workbench
(Prerequisites)
Test Management II - Business Process
Change Analyzer (Prerequisites)
System Monitoring and Reporting
(Prerequisites)
Business Process Monitoring and Stabilization
(Prerequisites)
Job Scheduling Management (Prerequisites)
Change Control Management I Enhanced
Transport Management (CTS+) (Prerequisites)
Change Control Management II Quality Gate
Management (Prerequisites)
Available Expert-Guided Implementations 23
New topics for Application Lifecycle Management
and SAP Solution Manager 71 Configuration
Technical Upgrade to SAP Solution Manager 71
(Prerequisites)
Change Request Management Update 70 to 71
(Prerequisites)
Basic Configuration of SAP Solution Manager 71
(Prerequisites)
Relational Universe Auditing and Best Practice
(Prerequisites)
Incident Problem and Request Management
(Prerequisites)
Roles and Authorization Concept
Business Planning amp Consolidation Microsoft
Platform Version
Project Implementation Using SAP Solution Manager
71
Solution Documentation 71 (Prerequisites)
Application Lifecycle Management Roadmap Design
(Prerequisites)
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 21
Available Expert-Guided Implementations 33
Topics for Self Service Delivery
SAP Enterprise Support Engagement Methodology
Self Service Business Process Analytics and
Improvement (Prerequisites)
Expert Guided Implementation for Self Service Data
Volume Management
Self Service Security Optimization Service
(Prerequisites)
Self Service SQL Statement Tuning (Prerequisites)
Self Service Transport Execution Analysis
(Prerequisites)
Self Service Performance Optimization ST12
Self Service Data Consistency Management
(Prerequisites)
Basic Configuration and EarlyWatch Alert for SAP
Business Objects Business Intelligence 40Solution
Manager 71 (Prerequisites)
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 22
Available Expert-Guided Implementations Prerequisites
Expert-guided implementation does NOT fit in the
following cases
If no knowledge about the administration of SAP
NetWeaver is available
If a complex implementation project of SAP Solution
Manager scenario is planned (for example
integration of third-party tools major adaptations of
basic scenarios defined by SAP)
Technical prerequisites
Installation of SAP Solution Manager as defined
for delivery slot
Connection to SAP network via remote function
call SAPNet - Web Frontend (OSS1-maintained)
S-User in SAP Marketplace with necessary
authorization available
Network connection to the satellite systems which
should be managed by SAP Solution Manager
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 23
Expert-Guided Implementation Benefits amp Goals
Goal
The goal is to execute all relevant implementation steps
during the delivery time of Expert Guided Implementation by
your project team
After the delivery the scenario is ready for productive usage
and your team has the knowledge for using the SAP
Solution Manager scenario
Benefits
Direct configuration of your SAP Solution Manager system
After delivery the implemented scenarios are ready for use
Knowledge transfer to avoid dependence on externals
Execution of all activities in defined time frame
Direct access to SAP Experts
No theoretical class room training instead empowering for
self doing by customer project teams
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 24
Benefit
Utilize Run SAP Partners as multipliers to enable the
market in implementing Solution Manager
Up-skill Run SAP Partners so they can share their
experience with their customers
Run SAP Partners will become knowledgeable of
Enterprise Support offerings
With the use of EGIs as a platform for Solution Manager
enhancements and deltas Run SAP Partners can assist in
the delivery capacity in the marketplace
Increased collaboration with SAP Active Global Support
Expert-Guided Implementation Benefit for Run SAP Partners
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 25
Recommend
Designate one person as point of contact for questions
registration and communication with AGS Partner Manager
Point of contact will register their consultant in desired EGI
session via SAP Registration Form(received after
successful certification from PM)
Point of contact will track the total number of EGI sessions
consumed per year
Send email communication to Run SAP practice regarding
Expert Guided Implementation Sessions with web links
Expert-Guided Implementation Roll-out Process for Run SAP Partners to their Practice
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 26
Expert Guided Implementation for Run SAP Partners
What does it cost No charge for Run SAP Certified Partners
5 EGI Sessions year for Local Certified Run SAP Implementation Partners
10 EGI Sessions year for Global Certified Run SAP Implementation Partners
20 EGI Sessions year for Certified Run SAP Operations Partners
How to order
SAP offers delivery at fixed time slots
Available delivery slots are published on the SAP Service Marketplace
Partners plan projects and register based on project timeline via sending an
email with the SAP EGI registration form to the corresponding Partner
manager
Where to find additional information
External Information
Alias SolutionManager -gt Services -gt Expert Guided
Implementation
Direct Link
httpservicesapcom~formsapnet_SHORTKEY=0110003587000
0717440amp_SCENARIO=01100035870000000202amp
Registration for RunSAP
Partner
Expert Guided Implementation
Dear Partner manager
Please register for the session Expert Guided Implementation in
Region EMEA
Topic Technical Upgrade to SAP Solution Manager 71 (Prerequisites)
Delivery week 12
Start Date 03-19-2012
Language EN
the following partner participant
Partner Name Run SAP Partner XY
Partner Number 11111111
S-User of participant S11111111
e-mail MaxMustermannPartnerXYcom
Best regards
Max Mustermann
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 27
How Do Run SAP Partners Register
EGI Session Delivery Participant
Registration Solution Manager Register via form
Partners register via
registration form
Important to send the
from to your Partner
Manager
KPS sends confirmation
with pre-requisite
documents prior to start
of session
Check available
schedule via
servicesapcom
Alias alm-services
Session is delivered in
2-3 hour online session
Participant has access
to Subject Matter
Expert remotely when
working on their
Solution Manager
system
At the completion of the
session participant is
registered in Education
Training System for
training record tracking
No invoicing is sent
Service
Marketplace
Basic Configuration
Is Achieved
SAP TechEd 2011 -
Hero Campaign
Las Vegas NV The Venetian
September 12-16 2011
Bangalore KTPO
October 19-21 2011
Madrid Feria de Madrid
November 8-10 2011
HERO CAMPAIGN
ndash
SAPreg
TechEd 2011
Become a hero
Stop in at the SAP Active Global Support Hero Campaign in the Community Clubhouse
Learn from Experts to manage your solutions along the application lifecycle with live systems
Work with our SAP Solution Manager 71 Subject Matter Experts to become a ldquoHerordquo
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 30
Framework
LOCATIONS amp Dates
September 12 - 16 2011 ndash Las Vegas US
October 19 - 21 2011 ndash Bangalore India
November 8 ndash 11 2011 Madrid Spain
Staff
SAP‟s SAP Solution Manager 71 matter experts
Run SAP Certified Partner‟s SAP Solution Manager 71 experts
TARGET GROUP
TechEd attendees (partnerscustomers) who have interest in Application Lifecycle Management and the new
SAP Solution Manager 71 release
Goal of 700 (300 Las Vegas 200 India 200 Spain) attendees for the 3 Events together
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 31
Hero Campaign Las Vegas Bangalore Madrid results
983 Attendees
Estimated missed scans per day 20
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 32
Partner Feedback Las Vegas
HP
ldquoI had a great time participating in the Hero Campaign It even was great working a side by
side as well as having great conversations with the SAP experts and the customers at the
Hero Campaign booth ldquo
Gary Manaoat
ldquoThis was a success Thank you for the great opportunityrdquo
Kristine Gersabeck
Keane an NTT DATA Company
bdquoWe have to thank you ton for your support during our booth sessions and providing this
great opportunityldquo
Lakshminarayanan Rengasamy
ldquoThank you for having given us such a great opportunity to participate at the Hero
Campaignrdquo
Narasimhan Arvind
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 33
WIPRO
ldquoThe concept of having partner to contribute in the TechEd booth is a great idea which
helps partners to show case the capability in new products of Solution Manager and also
we feel great and confident while participating in such eventsThe Solution Manager 71
(ldquoBe a Herordquo) booth in Bangalore TechEd was really a great event and we would like to
thank for providing this opportunityldquo
Srinivas Hulsusgud
Optimal Solutions
bdquoIt was very good experience for me to be there in the Hero campaign booth It has given
me an insight to the clients view of SAP products in which angle they are looking
Thanks for providing us the opportunity for being with SAP during the TechEdldquo
Biju Abraham
Partner Feedback Bangalore
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 34
Newsletter Articles about the Hero campaign
Today‟s Customers are facing a lot of complex challenges within their SAP Application Landscape
in various phases of ALM (Application Lifecycle Management)But the question stays always the
same How to succeed in these challenges
Around 1000 customers and partners got an answer to this question at the TechEds Las Vegas
Bangalore and Madrid by visiting the HERO campaign interactive station from the AGS Partner
Management and Training Team We took one live demo system of the single source of truth the
new SAP Solution Manager 71 Mixed it up with experts from SAP and of our Run SAP certified
partner community and let those 1000 participants interact with them to learn how SAP Solution
Manager 71 and the E2E Solution Manager Operations courses give them the opportunity to
succeed
So be aware of 1000 HEROES more around the globe knowing how to leverage from SAP Solution
Manager 71 and the respective trainings So don‟t let your customers miss the great opportunity to
stop by the Hero Campaign at SAP TechEd events next year and to learn more about SAP Solution
Manager 71 with the E2E Solution Manager Operations courses
You can find more information about these curriculums at wwwsapcomeducatione2e
The success of the Hero campaign at the different Events and the overall Results were
promoted in several Newsletters like the AGS and the global Ecosystems and Channels
Newsletters as an example
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 35
Follow Up activities
Hero campaign to be used to
promote end-to-end standards
partner and training program
Information about courses EGIrsquos
standards and partner program sent
via post event email
Non-SAP-employee participant data
was shared with our at the booth
present partners
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 36
Hero campaign Impressions
Las Vegas Bangalore Madrid
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 11
Brief Course Description
E2E400 v93
Technical Upgrade
Management
Duration 3d
Target Group
Upgrade project manager
Other project team members with cross-topic responsibility in upgrade projects
SAP IT manager and members of the IT program office
Technical quality managers and solution architects
Course Content
SAP Upgrade amp Maintenance Management Solution Transition Management Upgrade
amp Maintenance Projects Application Adjustments Test Management Business
Downtime Management Collaboration with SAP and SAP Solution Manager
More information on E2E400 httpwwwsapcomserviceseducationcatalogglobaltabbedcourseepxcontext=5b5bRUN_SAP|E2E400||||G|5d5d|
E2E500 v93
Custom Code
Management
Duration 3d
Target Group
Heads of Customer Center of Expertise
Development project leader and IT Manager
Developers Technical Quality Managers and Solution Architects
Course Content
Custom code management Custom Code Lifecycle Management Custom Code
Analyzer Custom Development Management Cockpit Code Inspector Reverse
Business Process Documentation Service Offerings CDMC Additional Activities
Java Custom Code SOA and Custom Code
More information on E2E500 httpwwwsapcomserviceseducationcatalogglobaltabbedcourseepxcontext=5b5bRUN_SAP|E2E500||||G|5d5d|
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 12
Brief Course Description
SM100 v93
Solution Manager
Operations amp
Configuration
Duration 5d
Certifcation exam
Target Group
System Administrators
Technical Consultants
Technical Managers
Course Content
Solution Manager Installation Architecture Sizing
Basic Configuration Authorizations Maintenance Optimizer Maintenance Certificate
Issue amp Task Management Solution Manager Diagnostics EWA Reporting Additional
administrative Tasks Technical Monitoring amp System Monitoring Service Level-
Solution-Technical- Management Reporting
More information on SM100 httpstrainingsapcomdeencoursesm100-sap-solution-manager-operations-and-configuration-classroom-010-g-en
SM200 v91
Change Request
Management amp Service
Desk Configuration
Duration 5d
Certification exam in v93
Target Group
SAP system administrators
System Administration
Course Content
Setup Steps ChaRM amp Service Desk Master Data
Service Desk Process amp Integration with ChaRM
Service Desk Specific Customizing Projects in ChaRM ChaRM Processes
ChaRM Specific Customizing Monitoring Enhanced CTS
More information on SM200 httpstrainingsapcomgbencoursesm200-change-request-management-and-service-desk-configuration-classroom-091-gb-en
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 13
Brief Course Description
SM300 v93
Business Process amp
Interface Monitoring
Configuration
Duration 5d
Certification exam
Target Group
Upgrade Project leader and IT Manager Upgrade Project Lead or Stream Lead
IT Manager and members of the IT Program Office
Technical Quality Managers and Solution Architects
Course Content
Key focus areas of a successful upgrade main challenges and success factors
SAP Technical Quality Management
Collaboration with SAP
More information on E2E400 httpwwwsapcomserviceseducationcatalogglobaltabbedcourseepxcontext=5b5bRUN_SAP|E2E400||||G|5d5d|
SM310 v93
Implementation Projects
with SAP Solution
Manager 71
Duration 4d
Target Group
Project managersleaders
Project team members
Test organizers amp testers
Course Content
Project definition system landscape documentation Project scope design amp
documentation amp Configuration
Organize perform amp document all project-related test activities Roadmaps as project
methodology Reporting Problem messages template management Solution
Documentation Assistant amp Business Process Change Analyzer amp Blueprinting
More information on SMI310 httpstrainingsapcomgbencoursesmi310-implementation-projects-with-sap-solution-manager-classroom-093-g-en
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 14
More Information amp Registration
Certifications
At the end of courses E2E100 E2E200 E2E300 SM100 SM200 SM300
you have the option of taking part in a certification examination to verify your
knowledge or directly at Pearson Vue
Register online today by simply adding the course to your basket
Visit us online
httpwwwsapcomeducatione2e
httptrainingsapcom
Pearson Vue
httpwwwpearsonvuecomsapexamlist
min collection version 93
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 15
Customer Value Statements extract
We utilized SAP Safeguarding to gain skills and expertise from the E2E100 end-to-end root cause analysis
course As a result we are a more proactive support organization through enhanced monitoring of our systems
and enhanced diagnostics capabilities through Wily Introscope and the root cause analysis work center in SAP
Solution Manager With these tools we are able to identify the root cause of potential incidents 50 faster on
average and this enables us to provide more value to our business and reduce downtime
Giancarlo Raicovi Project Manager ndash Banco de Credito del Peru
ldquo
Haruhiko Kuroda Deputy General Managerndash MITSUI amp CO LTD
ldquo Through SAP MaxAttention service we attended the training of E2E100 Root Cause Analysis for the
sake of skilling up because we recognized the importance of the smooth and efficient analyzing the
problem in our portal systems After the training we realized the value of having hands-on training for
our technical operation team Based on valuable information obtained in class we spent time on real-
life exercises where we could put in practice knowledge gained from it As a result we are able to
reduce average times needed for root-cause analysis and problem resolution by at least 20ldquo
ldquoE2E300 Business Process integration amp Automation helped us understand the best practices to support our
business processes with standardized tools It was a beneficial class for our support team
Liher Urbizu Head of Delivery ndash Siemens IT Solutions and Services Thailand
ldquo
Expert Guided
Implementations
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 17
Expert-Guided Implementation ldquoTraining on the Jobrdquo at Its Best
Training practical experience remote consulting
Expert-Guided Implementation is a scheme adding the SAP Solution Manager specific
expertise needed for application configuration to your SAP project team
Day 1 Day 2 Day 3 Day 4 Day 5
SAP expert explains step-by-step
configuration using training materials
2 Execution 2-3 hours on the same day
Participants have direct access
to an SAP expert who directly
supports them remotely if
necessary during the execution
1 Empowering Web session 1-2 hours each day
Participants execute
demonstrated steps within
their own project on their
own SAP Solution
Manager software
3 Expertise on demand during execution
Each day will be the
base for the next
daybdquos empowerment
4 Daily feedback to SAP expert
2 Empowering
3 Empowering
5 Empowering
4 Empowering
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 18
Brief look into a real session
Empowering
Execution
Support
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 19
Project Implementation Using SAP Solution
Manager (Prerequisites)
Service Desk (Prerequisites)
Service Desk for VAR
Solution Documentation (Prerequisites)
Test Management I SAP Test Workbench
Service Level and IT Performance Reporting
(Prerequisites)
Basic Configuration and EarlyWatch Alert for
SAP Business Objects Enterprise
Remote Support Component (RSC)
Available Expert-Guided Implementations 13
Topics for Application Lifecycle Management and
SAP Solution Manager Configuration
Application Lifecycle Management Roadmap Design
(Prerequisites)
Basic Configuration and Update (Prerequisites)
Technical Preparation
Business Process Change Analyzer in SAP Solution
Manager (Prerequisites)
Change Request Management
Configuration Validation
Custom Development Management Cockpit (CDMC)
(Prerequisites)
Data Volume Management Cockpit (Prerequisites)
SAP End-User Experience Monitoring (Prerequisites)
Change Control Management I Enhanced Transport
Management (CTS+) (Prerequisites)
Change Control Management II Quality Gate
Management (Prerequisites)
Job Scheduling Management (Prerequisites)
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 20
Test Management I - SAP Test Workbench
(Prerequisites)
Test Management II - Business Process
Change Analyzer (Prerequisites)
System Monitoring and Reporting
(Prerequisites)
Business Process Monitoring and Stabilization
(Prerequisites)
Job Scheduling Management (Prerequisites)
Change Control Management I Enhanced
Transport Management (CTS+) (Prerequisites)
Change Control Management II Quality Gate
Management (Prerequisites)
Available Expert-Guided Implementations 23
New topics for Application Lifecycle Management
and SAP Solution Manager 71 Configuration
Technical Upgrade to SAP Solution Manager 71
(Prerequisites)
Change Request Management Update 70 to 71
(Prerequisites)
Basic Configuration of SAP Solution Manager 71
(Prerequisites)
Relational Universe Auditing and Best Practice
(Prerequisites)
Incident Problem and Request Management
(Prerequisites)
Roles and Authorization Concept
Business Planning amp Consolidation Microsoft
Platform Version
Project Implementation Using SAP Solution Manager
71
Solution Documentation 71 (Prerequisites)
Application Lifecycle Management Roadmap Design
(Prerequisites)
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 21
Available Expert-Guided Implementations 33
Topics for Self Service Delivery
SAP Enterprise Support Engagement Methodology
Self Service Business Process Analytics and
Improvement (Prerequisites)
Expert Guided Implementation for Self Service Data
Volume Management
Self Service Security Optimization Service
(Prerequisites)
Self Service SQL Statement Tuning (Prerequisites)
Self Service Transport Execution Analysis
(Prerequisites)
Self Service Performance Optimization ST12
Self Service Data Consistency Management
(Prerequisites)
Basic Configuration and EarlyWatch Alert for SAP
Business Objects Business Intelligence 40Solution
Manager 71 (Prerequisites)
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 22
Available Expert-Guided Implementations Prerequisites
Expert-guided implementation does NOT fit in the
following cases
If no knowledge about the administration of SAP
NetWeaver is available
If a complex implementation project of SAP Solution
Manager scenario is planned (for example
integration of third-party tools major adaptations of
basic scenarios defined by SAP)
Technical prerequisites
Installation of SAP Solution Manager as defined
for delivery slot
Connection to SAP network via remote function
call SAPNet - Web Frontend (OSS1-maintained)
S-User in SAP Marketplace with necessary
authorization available
Network connection to the satellite systems which
should be managed by SAP Solution Manager
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 23
Expert-Guided Implementation Benefits amp Goals
Goal
The goal is to execute all relevant implementation steps
during the delivery time of Expert Guided Implementation by
your project team
After the delivery the scenario is ready for productive usage
and your team has the knowledge for using the SAP
Solution Manager scenario
Benefits
Direct configuration of your SAP Solution Manager system
After delivery the implemented scenarios are ready for use
Knowledge transfer to avoid dependence on externals
Execution of all activities in defined time frame
Direct access to SAP Experts
No theoretical class room training instead empowering for
self doing by customer project teams
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 24
Benefit
Utilize Run SAP Partners as multipliers to enable the
market in implementing Solution Manager
Up-skill Run SAP Partners so they can share their
experience with their customers
Run SAP Partners will become knowledgeable of
Enterprise Support offerings
With the use of EGIs as a platform for Solution Manager
enhancements and deltas Run SAP Partners can assist in
the delivery capacity in the marketplace
Increased collaboration with SAP Active Global Support
Expert-Guided Implementation Benefit for Run SAP Partners
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 25
Recommend
Designate one person as point of contact for questions
registration and communication with AGS Partner Manager
Point of contact will register their consultant in desired EGI
session via SAP Registration Form(received after
successful certification from PM)
Point of contact will track the total number of EGI sessions
consumed per year
Send email communication to Run SAP practice regarding
Expert Guided Implementation Sessions with web links
Expert-Guided Implementation Roll-out Process for Run SAP Partners to their Practice
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 26
Expert Guided Implementation for Run SAP Partners
What does it cost No charge for Run SAP Certified Partners
5 EGI Sessions year for Local Certified Run SAP Implementation Partners
10 EGI Sessions year for Global Certified Run SAP Implementation Partners
20 EGI Sessions year for Certified Run SAP Operations Partners
How to order
SAP offers delivery at fixed time slots
Available delivery slots are published on the SAP Service Marketplace
Partners plan projects and register based on project timeline via sending an
email with the SAP EGI registration form to the corresponding Partner
manager
Where to find additional information
External Information
Alias SolutionManager -gt Services -gt Expert Guided
Implementation
Direct Link
httpservicesapcom~formsapnet_SHORTKEY=0110003587000
0717440amp_SCENARIO=01100035870000000202amp
Registration for RunSAP
Partner
Expert Guided Implementation
Dear Partner manager
Please register for the session Expert Guided Implementation in
Region EMEA
Topic Technical Upgrade to SAP Solution Manager 71 (Prerequisites)
Delivery week 12
Start Date 03-19-2012
Language EN
the following partner participant
Partner Name Run SAP Partner XY
Partner Number 11111111
S-User of participant S11111111
e-mail MaxMustermannPartnerXYcom
Best regards
Max Mustermann
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 27
How Do Run SAP Partners Register
EGI Session Delivery Participant
Registration Solution Manager Register via form
Partners register via
registration form
Important to send the
from to your Partner
Manager
KPS sends confirmation
with pre-requisite
documents prior to start
of session
Check available
schedule via
servicesapcom
Alias alm-services
Session is delivered in
2-3 hour online session
Participant has access
to Subject Matter
Expert remotely when
working on their
Solution Manager
system
At the completion of the
session participant is
registered in Education
Training System for
training record tracking
No invoicing is sent
Service
Marketplace
Basic Configuration
Is Achieved
SAP TechEd 2011 -
Hero Campaign
Las Vegas NV The Venetian
September 12-16 2011
Bangalore KTPO
October 19-21 2011
Madrid Feria de Madrid
November 8-10 2011
HERO CAMPAIGN
ndash
SAPreg
TechEd 2011
Become a hero
Stop in at the SAP Active Global Support Hero Campaign in the Community Clubhouse
Learn from Experts to manage your solutions along the application lifecycle with live systems
Work with our SAP Solution Manager 71 Subject Matter Experts to become a ldquoHerordquo
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 30
Framework
LOCATIONS amp Dates
September 12 - 16 2011 ndash Las Vegas US
October 19 - 21 2011 ndash Bangalore India
November 8 ndash 11 2011 Madrid Spain
Staff
SAP‟s SAP Solution Manager 71 matter experts
Run SAP Certified Partner‟s SAP Solution Manager 71 experts
TARGET GROUP
TechEd attendees (partnerscustomers) who have interest in Application Lifecycle Management and the new
SAP Solution Manager 71 release
Goal of 700 (300 Las Vegas 200 India 200 Spain) attendees for the 3 Events together
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 31
Hero Campaign Las Vegas Bangalore Madrid results
983 Attendees
Estimated missed scans per day 20
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 32
Partner Feedback Las Vegas
HP
ldquoI had a great time participating in the Hero Campaign It even was great working a side by
side as well as having great conversations with the SAP experts and the customers at the
Hero Campaign booth ldquo
Gary Manaoat
ldquoThis was a success Thank you for the great opportunityrdquo
Kristine Gersabeck
Keane an NTT DATA Company
bdquoWe have to thank you ton for your support during our booth sessions and providing this
great opportunityldquo
Lakshminarayanan Rengasamy
ldquoThank you for having given us such a great opportunity to participate at the Hero
Campaignrdquo
Narasimhan Arvind
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 33
WIPRO
ldquoThe concept of having partner to contribute in the TechEd booth is a great idea which
helps partners to show case the capability in new products of Solution Manager and also
we feel great and confident while participating in such eventsThe Solution Manager 71
(ldquoBe a Herordquo) booth in Bangalore TechEd was really a great event and we would like to
thank for providing this opportunityldquo
Srinivas Hulsusgud
Optimal Solutions
bdquoIt was very good experience for me to be there in the Hero campaign booth It has given
me an insight to the clients view of SAP products in which angle they are looking
Thanks for providing us the opportunity for being with SAP during the TechEdldquo
Biju Abraham
Partner Feedback Bangalore
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 34
Newsletter Articles about the Hero campaign
Today‟s Customers are facing a lot of complex challenges within their SAP Application Landscape
in various phases of ALM (Application Lifecycle Management)But the question stays always the
same How to succeed in these challenges
Around 1000 customers and partners got an answer to this question at the TechEds Las Vegas
Bangalore and Madrid by visiting the HERO campaign interactive station from the AGS Partner
Management and Training Team We took one live demo system of the single source of truth the
new SAP Solution Manager 71 Mixed it up with experts from SAP and of our Run SAP certified
partner community and let those 1000 participants interact with them to learn how SAP Solution
Manager 71 and the E2E Solution Manager Operations courses give them the opportunity to
succeed
So be aware of 1000 HEROES more around the globe knowing how to leverage from SAP Solution
Manager 71 and the respective trainings So don‟t let your customers miss the great opportunity to
stop by the Hero Campaign at SAP TechEd events next year and to learn more about SAP Solution
Manager 71 with the E2E Solution Manager Operations courses
You can find more information about these curriculums at wwwsapcomeducatione2e
The success of the Hero campaign at the different Events and the overall Results were
promoted in several Newsletters like the AGS and the global Ecosystems and Channels
Newsletters as an example
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 35
Follow Up activities
Hero campaign to be used to
promote end-to-end standards
partner and training program
Information about courses EGIrsquos
standards and partner program sent
via post event email
Non-SAP-employee participant data
was shared with our at the booth
present partners
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 36
Hero campaign Impressions
Las Vegas Bangalore Madrid
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 12
Brief Course Description
SM100 v93
Solution Manager
Operations amp
Configuration
Duration 5d
Certifcation exam
Target Group
System Administrators
Technical Consultants
Technical Managers
Course Content
Solution Manager Installation Architecture Sizing
Basic Configuration Authorizations Maintenance Optimizer Maintenance Certificate
Issue amp Task Management Solution Manager Diagnostics EWA Reporting Additional
administrative Tasks Technical Monitoring amp System Monitoring Service Level-
Solution-Technical- Management Reporting
More information on SM100 httpstrainingsapcomdeencoursesm100-sap-solution-manager-operations-and-configuration-classroom-010-g-en
SM200 v91
Change Request
Management amp Service
Desk Configuration
Duration 5d
Certification exam in v93
Target Group
SAP system administrators
System Administration
Course Content
Setup Steps ChaRM amp Service Desk Master Data
Service Desk Process amp Integration with ChaRM
Service Desk Specific Customizing Projects in ChaRM ChaRM Processes
ChaRM Specific Customizing Monitoring Enhanced CTS
More information on SM200 httpstrainingsapcomgbencoursesm200-change-request-management-and-service-desk-configuration-classroom-091-gb-en
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 13
Brief Course Description
SM300 v93
Business Process amp
Interface Monitoring
Configuration
Duration 5d
Certification exam
Target Group
Upgrade Project leader and IT Manager Upgrade Project Lead or Stream Lead
IT Manager and members of the IT Program Office
Technical Quality Managers and Solution Architects
Course Content
Key focus areas of a successful upgrade main challenges and success factors
SAP Technical Quality Management
Collaboration with SAP
More information on E2E400 httpwwwsapcomserviceseducationcatalogglobaltabbedcourseepxcontext=5b5bRUN_SAP|E2E400||||G|5d5d|
SM310 v93
Implementation Projects
with SAP Solution
Manager 71
Duration 4d
Target Group
Project managersleaders
Project team members
Test organizers amp testers
Course Content
Project definition system landscape documentation Project scope design amp
documentation amp Configuration
Organize perform amp document all project-related test activities Roadmaps as project
methodology Reporting Problem messages template management Solution
Documentation Assistant amp Business Process Change Analyzer amp Blueprinting
More information on SMI310 httpstrainingsapcomgbencoursesmi310-implementation-projects-with-sap-solution-manager-classroom-093-g-en
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 14
More Information amp Registration
Certifications
At the end of courses E2E100 E2E200 E2E300 SM100 SM200 SM300
you have the option of taking part in a certification examination to verify your
knowledge or directly at Pearson Vue
Register online today by simply adding the course to your basket
Visit us online
httpwwwsapcomeducatione2e
httptrainingsapcom
Pearson Vue
httpwwwpearsonvuecomsapexamlist
min collection version 93
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 15
Customer Value Statements extract
We utilized SAP Safeguarding to gain skills and expertise from the E2E100 end-to-end root cause analysis
course As a result we are a more proactive support organization through enhanced monitoring of our systems
and enhanced diagnostics capabilities through Wily Introscope and the root cause analysis work center in SAP
Solution Manager With these tools we are able to identify the root cause of potential incidents 50 faster on
average and this enables us to provide more value to our business and reduce downtime
Giancarlo Raicovi Project Manager ndash Banco de Credito del Peru
ldquo
Haruhiko Kuroda Deputy General Managerndash MITSUI amp CO LTD
ldquo Through SAP MaxAttention service we attended the training of E2E100 Root Cause Analysis for the
sake of skilling up because we recognized the importance of the smooth and efficient analyzing the
problem in our portal systems After the training we realized the value of having hands-on training for
our technical operation team Based on valuable information obtained in class we spent time on real-
life exercises where we could put in practice knowledge gained from it As a result we are able to
reduce average times needed for root-cause analysis and problem resolution by at least 20ldquo
ldquoE2E300 Business Process integration amp Automation helped us understand the best practices to support our
business processes with standardized tools It was a beneficial class for our support team
Liher Urbizu Head of Delivery ndash Siemens IT Solutions and Services Thailand
ldquo
Expert Guided
Implementations
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 17
Expert-Guided Implementation ldquoTraining on the Jobrdquo at Its Best
Training practical experience remote consulting
Expert-Guided Implementation is a scheme adding the SAP Solution Manager specific
expertise needed for application configuration to your SAP project team
Day 1 Day 2 Day 3 Day 4 Day 5
SAP expert explains step-by-step
configuration using training materials
2 Execution 2-3 hours on the same day
Participants have direct access
to an SAP expert who directly
supports them remotely if
necessary during the execution
1 Empowering Web session 1-2 hours each day
Participants execute
demonstrated steps within
their own project on their
own SAP Solution
Manager software
3 Expertise on demand during execution
Each day will be the
base for the next
daybdquos empowerment
4 Daily feedback to SAP expert
2 Empowering
3 Empowering
5 Empowering
4 Empowering
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 18
Brief look into a real session
Empowering
Execution
Support
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 19
Project Implementation Using SAP Solution
Manager (Prerequisites)
Service Desk (Prerequisites)
Service Desk for VAR
Solution Documentation (Prerequisites)
Test Management I SAP Test Workbench
Service Level and IT Performance Reporting
(Prerequisites)
Basic Configuration and EarlyWatch Alert for
SAP Business Objects Enterprise
Remote Support Component (RSC)
Available Expert-Guided Implementations 13
Topics for Application Lifecycle Management and
SAP Solution Manager Configuration
Application Lifecycle Management Roadmap Design
(Prerequisites)
Basic Configuration and Update (Prerequisites)
Technical Preparation
Business Process Change Analyzer in SAP Solution
Manager (Prerequisites)
Change Request Management
Configuration Validation
Custom Development Management Cockpit (CDMC)
(Prerequisites)
Data Volume Management Cockpit (Prerequisites)
SAP End-User Experience Monitoring (Prerequisites)
Change Control Management I Enhanced Transport
Management (CTS+) (Prerequisites)
Change Control Management II Quality Gate
Management (Prerequisites)
Job Scheduling Management (Prerequisites)
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 20
Test Management I - SAP Test Workbench
(Prerequisites)
Test Management II - Business Process
Change Analyzer (Prerequisites)
System Monitoring and Reporting
(Prerequisites)
Business Process Monitoring and Stabilization
(Prerequisites)
Job Scheduling Management (Prerequisites)
Change Control Management I Enhanced
Transport Management (CTS+) (Prerequisites)
Change Control Management II Quality Gate
Management (Prerequisites)
Available Expert-Guided Implementations 23
New topics for Application Lifecycle Management
and SAP Solution Manager 71 Configuration
Technical Upgrade to SAP Solution Manager 71
(Prerequisites)
Change Request Management Update 70 to 71
(Prerequisites)
Basic Configuration of SAP Solution Manager 71
(Prerequisites)
Relational Universe Auditing and Best Practice
(Prerequisites)
Incident Problem and Request Management
(Prerequisites)
Roles and Authorization Concept
Business Planning amp Consolidation Microsoft
Platform Version
Project Implementation Using SAP Solution Manager
71
Solution Documentation 71 (Prerequisites)
Application Lifecycle Management Roadmap Design
(Prerequisites)
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 21
Available Expert-Guided Implementations 33
Topics for Self Service Delivery
SAP Enterprise Support Engagement Methodology
Self Service Business Process Analytics and
Improvement (Prerequisites)
Expert Guided Implementation for Self Service Data
Volume Management
Self Service Security Optimization Service
(Prerequisites)
Self Service SQL Statement Tuning (Prerequisites)
Self Service Transport Execution Analysis
(Prerequisites)
Self Service Performance Optimization ST12
Self Service Data Consistency Management
(Prerequisites)
Basic Configuration and EarlyWatch Alert for SAP
Business Objects Business Intelligence 40Solution
Manager 71 (Prerequisites)
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 22
Available Expert-Guided Implementations Prerequisites
Expert-guided implementation does NOT fit in the
following cases
If no knowledge about the administration of SAP
NetWeaver is available
If a complex implementation project of SAP Solution
Manager scenario is planned (for example
integration of third-party tools major adaptations of
basic scenarios defined by SAP)
Technical prerequisites
Installation of SAP Solution Manager as defined
for delivery slot
Connection to SAP network via remote function
call SAPNet - Web Frontend (OSS1-maintained)
S-User in SAP Marketplace with necessary
authorization available
Network connection to the satellite systems which
should be managed by SAP Solution Manager
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 23
Expert-Guided Implementation Benefits amp Goals
Goal
The goal is to execute all relevant implementation steps
during the delivery time of Expert Guided Implementation by
your project team
After the delivery the scenario is ready for productive usage
and your team has the knowledge for using the SAP
Solution Manager scenario
Benefits
Direct configuration of your SAP Solution Manager system
After delivery the implemented scenarios are ready for use
Knowledge transfer to avoid dependence on externals
Execution of all activities in defined time frame
Direct access to SAP Experts
No theoretical class room training instead empowering for
self doing by customer project teams
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 24
Benefit
Utilize Run SAP Partners as multipliers to enable the
market in implementing Solution Manager
Up-skill Run SAP Partners so they can share their
experience with their customers
Run SAP Partners will become knowledgeable of
Enterprise Support offerings
With the use of EGIs as a platform for Solution Manager
enhancements and deltas Run SAP Partners can assist in
the delivery capacity in the marketplace
Increased collaboration with SAP Active Global Support
Expert-Guided Implementation Benefit for Run SAP Partners
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 25
Recommend
Designate one person as point of contact for questions
registration and communication with AGS Partner Manager
Point of contact will register their consultant in desired EGI
session via SAP Registration Form(received after
successful certification from PM)
Point of contact will track the total number of EGI sessions
consumed per year
Send email communication to Run SAP practice regarding
Expert Guided Implementation Sessions with web links
Expert-Guided Implementation Roll-out Process for Run SAP Partners to their Practice
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 26
Expert Guided Implementation for Run SAP Partners
What does it cost No charge for Run SAP Certified Partners
5 EGI Sessions year for Local Certified Run SAP Implementation Partners
10 EGI Sessions year for Global Certified Run SAP Implementation Partners
20 EGI Sessions year for Certified Run SAP Operations Partners
How to order
SAP offers delivery at fixed time slots
Available delivery slots are published on the SAP Service Marketplace
Partners plan projects and register based on project timeline via sending an
email with the SAP EGI registration form to the corresponding Partner
manager
Where to find additional information
External Information
Alias SolutionManager -gt Services -gt Expert Guided
Implementation
Direct Link
httpservicesapcom~formsapnet_SHORTKEY=0110003587000
0717440amp_SCENARIO=01100035870000000202amp
Registration for RunSAP
Partner
Expert Guided Implementation
Dear Partner manager
Please register for the session Expert Guided Implementation in
Region EMEA
Topic Technical Upgrade to SAP Solution Manager 71 (Prerequisites)
Delivery week 12
Start Date 03-19-2012
Language EN
the following partner participant
Partner Name Run SAP Partner XY
Partner Number 11111111
S-User of participant S11111111
e-mail MaxMustermannPartnerXYcom
Best regards
Max Mustermann
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 27
How Do Run SAP Partners Register
EGI Session Delivery Participant
Registration Solution Manager Register via form
Partners register via
registration form
Important to send the
from to your Partner
Manager
KPS sends confirmation
with pre-requisite
documents prior to start
of session
Check available
schedule via
servicesapcom
Alias alm-services
Session is delivered in
2-3 hour online session
Participant has access
to Subject Matter
Expert remotely when
working on their
Solution Manager
system
At the completion of the
session participant is
registered in Education
Training System for
training record tracking
No invoicing is sent
Service
Marketplace
Basic Configuration
Is Achieved
SAP TechEd 2011 -
Hero Campaign
Las Vegas NV The Venetian
September 12-16 2011
Bangalore KTPO
October 19-21 2011
Madrid Feria de Madrid
November 8-10 2011
HERO CAMPAIGN
ndash
SAPreg
TechEd 2011
Become a hero
Stop in at the SAP Active Global Support Hero Campaign in the Community Clubhouse
Learn from Experts to manage your solutions along the application lifecycle with live systems
Work with our SAP Solution Manager 71 Subject Matter Experts to become a ldquoHerordquo
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 30
Framework
LOCATIONS amp Dates
September 12 - 16 2011 ndash Las Vegas US
October 19 - 21 2011 ndash Bangalore India
November 8 ndash 11 2011 Madrid Spain
Staff
SAP‟s SAP Solution Manager 71 matter experts
Run SAP Certified Partner‟s SAP Solution Manager 71 experts
TARGET GROUP
TechEd attendees (partnerscustomers) who have interest in Application Lifecycle Management and the new
SAP Solution Manager 71 release
Goal of 700 (300 Las Vegas 200 India 200 Spain) attendees for the 3 Events together
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 31
Hero Campaign Las Vegas Bangalore Madrid results
983 Attendees
Estimated missed scans per day 20
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 32
Partner Feedback Las Vegas
HP
ldquoI had a great time participating in the Hero Campaign It even was great working a side by
side as well as having great conversations with the SAP experts and the customers at the
Hero Campaign booth ldquo
Gary Manaoat
ldquoThis was a success Thank you for the great opportunityrdquo
Kristine Gersabeck
Keane an NTT DATA Company
bdquoWe have to thank you ton for your support during our booth sessions and providing this
great opportunityldquo
Lakshminarayanan Rengasamy
ldquoThank you for having given us such a great opportunity to participate at the Hero
Campaignrdquo
Narasimhan Arvind
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 33
WIPRO
ldquoThe concept of having partner to contribute in the TechEd booth is a great idea which
helps partners to show case the capability in new products of Solution Manager and also
we feel great and confident while participating in such eventsThe Solution Manager 71
(ldquoBe a Herordquo) booth in Bangalore TechEd was really a great event and we would like to
thank for providing this opportunityldquo
Srinivas Hulsusgud
Optimal Solutions
bdquoIt was very good experience for me to be there in the Hero campaign booth It has given
me an insight to the clients view of SAP products in which angle they are looking
Thanks for providing us the opportunity for being with SAP during the TechEdldquo
Biju Abraham
Partner Feedback Bangalore
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 34
Newsletter Articles about the Hero campaign
Today‟s Customers are facing a lot of complex challenges within their SAP Application Landscape
in various phases of ALM (Application Lifecycle Management)But the question stays always the
same How to succeed in these challenges
Around 1000 customers and partners got an answer to this question at the TechEds Las Vegas
Bangalore and Madrid by visiting the HERO campaign interactive station from the AGS Partner
Management and Training Team We took one live demo system of the single source of truth the
new SAP Solution Manager 71 Mixed it up with experts from SAP and of our Run SAP certified
partner community and let those 1000 participants interact with them to learn how SAP Solution
Manager 71 and the E2E Solution Manager Operations courses give them the opportunity to
succeed
So be aware of 1000 HEROES more around the globe knowing how to leverage from SAP Solution
Manager 71 and the respective trainings So don‟t let your customers miss the great opportunity to
stop by the Hero Campaign at SAP TechEd events next year and to learn more about SAP Solution
Manager 71 with the E2E Solution Manager Operations courses
You can find more information about these curriculums at wwwsapcomeducatione2e
The success of the Hero campaign at the different Events and the overall Results were
promoted in several Newsletters like the AGS and the global Ecosystems and Channels
Newsletters as an example
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 35
Follow Up activities
Hero campaign to be used to
promote end-to-end standards
partner and training program
Information about courses EGIrsquos
standards and partner program sent
via post event email
Non-SAP-employee participant data
was shared with our at the booth
present partners
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 36
Hero campaign Impressions
Las Vegas Bangalore Madrid
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 13
Brief Course Description
SM300 v93
Business Process amp
Interface Monitoring
Configuration
Duration 5d
Certification exam
Target Group
Upgrade Project leader and IT Manager Upgrade Project Lead or Stream Lead
IT Manager and members of the IT Program Office
Technical Quality Managers and Solution Architects
Course Content
Key focus areas of a successful upgrade main challenges and success factors
SAP Technical Quality Management
Collaboration with SAP
More information on E2E400 httpwwwsapcomserviceseducationcatalogglobaltabbedcourseepxcontext=5b5bRUN_SAP|E2E400||||G|5d5d|
SM310 v93
Implementation Projects
with SAP Solution
Manager 71
Duration 4d
Target Group
Project managersleaders
Project team members
Test organizers amp testers
Course Content
Project definition system landscape documentation Project scope design amp
documentation amp Configuration
Organize perform amp document all project-related test activities Roadmaps as project
methodology Reporting Problem messages template management Solution
Documentation Assistant amp Business Process Change Analyzer amp Blueprinting
More information on SMI310 httpstrainingsapcomgbencoursesmi310-implementation-projects-with-sap-solution-manager-classroom-093-g-en
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 14
More Information amp Registration
Certifications
At the end of courses E2E100 E2E200 E2E300 SM100 SM200 SM300
you have the option of taking part in a certification examination to verify your
knowledge or directly at Pearson Vue
Register online today by simply adding the course to your basket
Visit us online
httpwwwsapcomeducatione2e
httptrainingsapcom
Pearson Vue
httpwwwpearsonvuecomsapexamlist
min collection version 93
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 15
Customer Value Statements extract
We utilized SAP Safeguarding to gain skills and expertise from the E2E100 end-to-end root cause analysis
course As a result we are a more proactive support organization through enhanced monitoring of our systems
and enhanced diagnostics capabilities through Wily Introscope and the root cause analysis work center in SAP
Solution Manager With these tools we are able to identify the root cause of potential incidents 50 faster on
average and this enables us to provide more value to our business and reduce downtime
Giancarlo Raicovi Project Manager ndash Banco de Credito del Peru
ldquo
Haruhiko Kuroda Deputy General Managerndash MITSUI amp CO LTD
ldquo Through SAP MaxAttention service we attended the training of E2E100 Root Cause Analysis for the
sake of skilling up because we recognized the importance of the smooth and efficient analyzing the
problem in our portal systems After the training we realized the value of having hands-on training for
our technical operation team Based on valuable information obtained in class we spent time on real-
life exercises where we could put in practice knowledge gained from it As a result we are able to
reduce average times needed for root-cause analysis and problem resolution by at least 20ldquo
ldquoE2E300 Business Process integration amp Automation helped us understand the best practices to support our
business processes with standardized tools It was a beneficial class for our support team
Liher Urbizu Head of Delivery ndash Siemens IT Solutions and Services Thailand
ldquo
Expert Guided
Implementations
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 17
Expert-Guided Implementation ldquoTraining on the Jobrdquo at Its Best
Training practical experience remote consulting
Expert-Guided Implementation is a scheme adding the SAP Solution Manager specific
expertise needed for application configuration to your SAP project team
Day 1 Day 2 Day 3 Day 4 Day 5
SAP expert explains step-by-step
configuration using training materials
2 Execution 2-3 hours on the same day
Participants have direct access
to an SAP expert who directly
supports them remotely if
necessary during the execution
1 Empowering Web session 1-2 hours each day
Participants execute
demonstrated steps within
their own project on their
own SAP Solution
Manager software
3 Expertise on demand during execution
Each day will be the
base for the next
daybdquos empowerment
4 Daily feedback to SAP expert
2 Empowering
3 Empowering
5 Empowering
4 Empowering
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 18
Brief look into a real session
Empowering
Execution
Support
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 19
Project Implementation Using SAP Solution
Manager (Prerequisites)
Service Desk (Prerequisites)
Service Desk for VAR
Solution Documentation (Prerequisites)
Test Management I SAP Test Workbench
Service Level and IT Performance Reporting
(Prerequisites)
Basic Configuration and EarlyWatch Alert for
SAP Business Objects Enterprise
Remote Support Component (RSC)
Available Expert-Guided Implementations 13
Topics for Application Lifecycle Management and
SAP Solution Manager Configuration
Application Lifecycle Management Roadmap Design
(Prerequisites)
Basic Configuration and Update (Prerequisites)
Technical Preparation
Business Process Change Analyzer in SAP Solution
Manager (Prerequisites)
Change Request Management
Configuration Validation
Custom Development Management Cockpit (CDMC)
(Prerequisites)
Data Volume Management Cockpit (Prerequisites)
SAP End-User Experience Monitoring (Prerequisites)
Change Control Management I Enhanced Transport
Management (CTS+) (Prerequisites)
Change Control Management II Quality Gate
Management (Prerequisites)
Job Scheduling Management (Prerequisites)
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 20
Test Management I - SAP Test Workbench
(Prerequisites)
Test Management II - Business Process
Change Analyzer (Prerequisites)
System Monitoring and Reporting
(Prerequisites)
Business Process Monitoring and Stabilization
(Prerequisites)
Job Scheduling Management (Prerequisites)
Change Control Management I Enhanced
Transport Management (CTS+) (Prerequisites)
Change Control Management II Quality Gate
Management (Prerequisites)
Available Expert-Guided Implementations 23
New topics for Application Lifecycle Management
and SAP Solution Manager 71 Configuration
Technical Upgrade to SAP Solution Manager 71
(Prerequisites)
Change Request Management Update 70 to 71
(Prerequisites)
Basic Configuration of SAP Solution Manager 71
(Prerequisites)
Relational Universe Auditing and Best Practice
(Prerequisites)
Incident Problem and Request Management
(Prerequisites)
Roles and Authorization Concept
Business Planning amp Consolidation Microsoft
Platform Version
Project Implementation Using SAP Solution Manager
71
Solution Documentation 71 (Prerequisites)
Application Lifecycle Management Roadmap Design
(Prerequisites)
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 21
Available Expert-Guided Implementations 33
Topics for Self Service Delivery
SAP Enterprise Support Engagement Methodology
Self Service Business Process Analytics and
Improvement (Prerequisites)
Expert Guided Implementation for Self Service Data
Volume Management
Self Service Security Optimization Service
(Prerequisites)
Self Service SQL Statement Tuning (Prerequisites)
Self Service Transport Execution Analysis
(Prerequisites)
Self Service Performance Optimization ST12
Self Service Data Consistency Management
(Prerequisites)
Basic Configuration and EarlyWatch Alert for SAP
Business Objects Business Intelligence 40Solution
Manager 71 (Prerequisites)
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 22
Available Expert-Guided Implementations Prerequisites
Expert-guided implementation does NOT fit in the
following cases
If no knowledge about the administration of SAP
NetWeaver is available
If a complex implementation project of SAP Solution
Manager scenario is planned (for example
integration of third-party tools major adaptations of
basic scenarios defined by SAP)
Technical prerequisites
Installation of SAP Solution Manager as defined
for delivery slot
Connection to SAP network via remote function
call SAPNet - Web Frontend (OSS1-maintained)
S-User in SAP Marketplace with necessary
authorization available
Network connection to the satellite systems which
should be managed by SAP Solution Manager
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 23
Expert-Guided Implementation Benefits amp Goals
Goal
The goal is to execute all relevant implementation steps
during the delivery time of Expert Guided Implementation by
your project team
After the delivery the scenario is ready for productive usage
and your team has the knowledge for using the SAP
Solution Manager scenario
Benefits
Direct configuration of your SAP Solution Manager system
After delivery the implemented scenarios are ready for use
Knowledge transfer to avoid dependence on externals
Execution of all activities in defined time frame
Direct access to SAP Experts
No theoretical class room training instead empowering for
self doing by customer project teams
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 24
Benefit
Utilize Run SAP Partners as multipliers to enable the
market in implementing Solution Manager
Up-skill Run SAP Partners so they can share their
experience with their customers
Run SAP Partners will become knowledgeable of
Enterprise Support offerings
With the use of EGIs as a platform for Solution Manager
enhancements and deltas Run SAP Partners can assist in
the delivery capacity in the marketplace
Increased collaboration with SAP Active Global Support
Expert-Guided Implementation Benefit for Run SAP Partners
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 25
Recommend
Designate one person as point of contact for questions
registration and communication with AGS Partner Manager
Point of contact will register their consultant in desired EGI
session via SAP Registration Form(received after
successful certification from PM)
Point of contact will track the total number of EGI sessions
consumed per year
Send email communication to Run SAP practice regarding
Expert Guided Implementation Sessions with web links
Expert-Guided Implementation Roll-out Process for Run SAP Partners to their Practice
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 26
Expert Guided Implementation for Run SAP Partners
What does it cost No charge for Run SAP Certified Partners
5 EGI Sessions year for Local Certified Run SAP Implementation Partners
10 EGI Sessions year for Global Certified Run SAP Implementation Partners
20 EGI Sessions year for Certified Run SAP Operations Partners
How to order
SAP offers delivery at fixed time slots
Available delivery slots are published on the SAP Service Marketplace
Partners plan projects and register based on project timeline via sending an
email with the SAP EGI registration form to the corresponding Partner
manager
Where to find additional information
External Information
Alias SolutionManager -gt Services -gt Expert Guided
Implementation
Direct Link
httpservicesapcom~formsapnet_SHORTKEY=0110003587000
0717440amp_SCENARIO=01100035870000000202amp
Registration for RunSAP
Partner
Expert Guided Implementation
Dear Partner manager
Please register for the session Expert Guided Implementation in
Region EMEA
Topic Technical Upgrade to SAP Solution Manager 71 (Prerequisites)
Delivery week 12
Start Date 03-19-2012
Language EN
the following partner participant
Partner Name Run SAP Partner XY
Partner Number 11111111
S-User of participant S11111111
e-mail MaxMustermannPartnerXYcom
Best regards
Max Mustermann
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 27
How Do Run SAP Partners Register
EGI Session Delivery Participant
Registration Solution Manager Register via form
Partners register via
registration form
Important to send the
from to your Partner
Manager
KPS sends confirmation
with pre-requisite
documents prior to start
of session
Check available
schedule via
servicesapcom
Alias alm-services
Session is delivered in
2-3 hour online session
Participant has access
to Subject Matter
Expert remotely when
working on their
Solution Manager
system
At the completion of the
session participant is
registered in Education
Training System for
training record tracking
No invoicing is sent
Service
Marketplace
Basic Configuration
Is Achieved
SAP TechEd 2011 -
Hero Campaign
Las Vegas NV The Venetian
September 12-16 2011
Bangalore KTPO
October 19-21 2011
Madrid Feria de Madrid
November 8-10 2011
HERO CAMPAIGN
ndash
SAPreg
TechEd 2011
Become a hero
Stop in at the SAP Active Global Support Hero Campaign in the Community Clubhouse
Learn from Experts to manage your solutions along the application lifecycle with live systems
Work with our SAP Solution Manager 71 Subject Matter Experts to become a ldquoHerordquo
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 30
Framework
LOCATIONS amp Dates
September 12 - 16 2011 ndash Las Vegas US
October 19 - 21 2011 ndash Bangalore India
November 8 ndash 11 2011 Madrid Spain
Staff
SAP‟s SAP Solution Manager 71 matter experts
Run SAP Certified Partner‟s SAP Solution Manager 71 experts
TARGET GROUP
TechEd attendees (partnerscustomers) who have interest in Application Lifecycle Management and the new
SAP Solution Manager 71 release
Goal of 700 (300 Las Vegas 200 India 200 Spain) attendees for the 3 Events together
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 31
Hero Campaign Las Vegas Bangalore Madrid results
983 Attendees
Estimated missed scans per day 20
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 32
Partner Feedback Las Vegas
HP
ldquoI had a great time participating in the Hero Campaign It even was great working a side by
side as well as having great conversations with the SAP experts and the customers at the
Hero Campaign booth ldquo
Gary Manaoat
ldquoThis was a success Thank you for the great opportunityrdquo
Kristine Gersabeck
Keane an NTT DATA Company
bdquoWe have to thank you ton for your support during our booth sessions and providing this
great opportunityldquo
Lakshminarayanan Rengasamy
ldquoThank you for having given us such a great opportunity to participate at the Hero
Campaignrdquo
Narasimhan Arvind
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 33
WIPRO
ldquoThe concept of having partner to contribute in the TechEd booth is a great idea which
helps partners to show case the capability in new products of Solution Manager and also
we feel great and confident while participating in such eventsThe Solution Manager 71
(ldquoBe a Herordquo) booth in Bangalore TechEd was really a great event and we would like to
thank for providing this opportunityldquo
Srinivas Hulsusgud
Optimal Solutions
bdquoIt was very good experience for me to be there in the Hero campaign booth It has given
me an insight to the clients view of SAP products in which angle they are looking
Thanks for providing us the opportunity for being with SAP during the TechEdldquo
Biju Abraham
Partner Feedback Bangalore
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 34
Newsletter Articles about the Hero campaign
Today‟s Customers are facing a lot of complex challenges within their SAP Application Landscape
in various phases of ALM (Application Lifecycle Management)But the question stays always the
same How to succeed in these challenges
Around 1000 customers and partners got an answer to this question at the TechEds Las Vegas
Bangalore and Madrid by visiting the HERO campaign interactive station from the AGS Partner
Management and Training Team We took one live demo system of the single source of truth the
new SAP Solution Manager 71 Mixed it up with experts from SAP and of our Run SAP certified
partner community and let those 1000 participants interact with them to learn how SAP Solution
Manager 71 and the E2E Solution Manager Operations courses give them the opportunity to
succeed
So be aware of 1000 HEROES more around the globe knowing how to leverage from SAP Solution
Manager 71 and the respective trainings So don‟t let your customers miss the great opportunity to
stop by the Hero Campaign at SAP TechEd events next year and to learn more about SAP Solution
Manager 71 with the E2E Solution Manager Operations courses
You can find more information about these curriculums at wwwsapcomeducatione2e
The success of the Hero campaign at the different Events and the overall Results were
promoted in several Newsletters like the AGS and the global Ecosystems and Channels
Newsletters as an example
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 35
Follow Up activities
Hero campaign to be used to
promote end-to-end standards
partner and training program
Information about courses EGIrsquos
standards and partner program sent
via post event email
Non-SAP-employee participant data
was shared with our at the booth
present partners
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 36
Hero campaign Impressions
Las Vegas Bangalore Madrid
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 14
More Information amp Registration
Certifications
At the end of courses E2E100 E2E200 E2E300 SM100 SM200 SM300
you have the option of taking part in a certification examination to verify your
knowledge or directly at Pearson Vue
Register online today by simply adding the course to your basket
Visit us online
httpwwwsapcomeducatione2e
httptrainingsapcom
Pearson Vue
httpwwwpearsonvuecomsapexamlist
min collection version 93
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 15
Customer Value Statements extract
We utilized SAP Safeguarding to gain skills and expertise from the E2E100 end-to-end root cause analysis
course As a result we are a more proactive support organization through enhanced monitoring of our systems
and enhanced diagnostics capabilities through Wily Introscope and the root cause analysis work center in SAP
Solution Manager With these tools we are able to identify the root cause of potential incidents 50 faster on
average and this enables us to provide more value to our business and reduce downtime
Giancarlo Raicovi Project Manager ndash Banco de Credito del Peru
ldquo
Haruhiko Kuroda Deputy General Managerndash MITSUI amp CO LTD
ldquo Through SAP MaxAttention service we attended the training of E2E100 Root Cause Analysis for the
sake of skilling up because we recognized the importance of the smooth and efficient analyzing the
problem in our portal systems After the training we realized the value of having hands-on training for
our technical operation team Based on valuable information obtained in class we spent time on real-
life exercises where we could put in practice knowledge gained from it As a result we are able to
reduce average times needed for root-cause analysis and problem resolution by at least 20ldquo
ldquoE2E300 Business Process integration amp Automation helped us understand the best practices to support our
business processes with standardized tools It was a beneficial class for our support team
Liher Urbizu Head of Delivery ndash Siemens IT Solutions and Services Thailand
ldquo
Expert Guided
Implementations
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 17
Expert-Guided Implementation ldquoTraining on the Jobrdquo at Its Best
Training practical experience remote consulting
Expert-Guided Implementation is a scheme adding the SAP Solution Manager specific
expertise needed for application configuration to your SAP project team
Day 1 Day 2 Day 3 Day 4 Day 5
SAP expert explains step-by-step
configuration using training materials
2 Execution 2-3 hours on the same day
Participants have direct access
to an SAP expert who directly
supports them remotely if
necessary during the execution
1 Empowering Web session 1-2 hours each day
Participants execute
demonstrated steps within
their own project on their
own SAP Solution
Manager software
3 Expertise on demand during execution
Each day will be the
base for the next
daybdquos empowerment
4 Daily feedback to SAP expert
2 Empowering
3 Empowering
5 Empowering
4 Empowering
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 18
Brief look into a real session
Empowering
Execution
Support
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 19
Project Implementation Using SAP Solution
Manager (Prerequisites)
Service Desk (Prerequisites)
Service Desk for VAR
Solution Documentation (Prerequisites)
Test Management I SAP Test Workbench
Service Level and IT Performance Reporting
(Prerequisites)
Basic Configuration and EarlyWatch Alert for
SAP Business Objects Enterprise
Remote Support Component (RSC)
Available Expert-Guided Implementations 13
Topics for Application Lifecycle Management and
SAP Solution Manager Configuration
Application Lifecycle Management Roadmap Design
(Prerequisites)
Basic Configuration and Update (Prerequisites)
Technical Preparation
Business Process Change Analyzer in SAP Solution
Manager (Prerequisites)
Change Request Management
Configuration Validation
Custom Development Management Cockpit (CDMC)
(Prerequisites)
Data Volume Management Cockpit (Prerequisites)
SAP End-User Experience Monitoring (Prerequisites)
Change Control Management I Enhanced Transport
Management (CTS+) (Prerequisites)
Change Control Management II Quality Gate
Management (Prerequisites)
Job Scheduling Management (Prerequisites)
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 20
Test Management I - SAP Test Workbench
(Prerequisites)
Test Management II - Business Process
Change Analyzer (Prerequisites)
System Monitoring and Reporting
(Prerequisites)
Business Process Monitoring and Stabilization
(Prerequisites)
Job Scheduling Management (Prerequisites)
Change Control Management I Enhanced
Transport Management (CTS+) (Prerequisites)
Change Control Management II Quality Gate
Management (Prerequisites)
Available Expert-Guided Implementations 23
New topics for Application Lifecycle Management
and SAP Solution Manager 71 Configuration
Technical Upgrade to SAP Solution Manager 71
(Prerequisites)
Change Request Management Update 70 to 71
(Prerequisites)
Basic Configuration of SAP Solution Manager 71
(Prerequisites)
Relational Universe Auditing and Best Practice
(Prerequisites)
Incident Problem and Request Management
(Prerequisites)
Roles and Authorization Concept
Business Planning amp Consolidation Microsoft
Platform Version
Project Implementation Using SAP Solution Manager
71
Solution Documentation 71 (Prerequisites)
Application Lifecycle Management Roadmap Design
(Prerequisites)
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 21
Available Expert-Guided Implementations 33
Topics for Self Service Delivery
SAP Enterprise Support Engagement Methodology
Self Service Business Process Analytics and
Improvement (Prerequisites)
Expert Guided Implementation for Self Service Data
Volume Management
Self Service Security Optimization Service
(Prerequisites)
Self Service SQL Statement Tuning (Prerequisites)
Self Service Transport Execution Analysis
(Prerequisites)
Self Service Performance Optimization ST12
Self Service Data Consistency Management
(Prerequisites)
Basic Configuration and EarlyWatch Alert for SAP
Business Objects Business Intelligence 40Solution
Manager 71 (Prerequisites)
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 22
Available Expert-Guided Implementations Prerequisites
Expert-guided implementation does NOT fit in the
following cases
If no knowledge about the administration of SAP
NetWeaver is available
If a complex implementation project of SAP Solution
Manager scenario is planned (for example
integration of third-party tools major adaptations of
basic scenarios defined by SAP)
Technical prerequisites
Installation of SAP Solution Manager as defined
for delivery slot
Connection to SAP network via remote function
call SAPNet - Web Frontend (OSS1-maintained)
S-User in SAP Marketplace with necessary
authorization available
Network connection to the satellite systems which
should be managed by SAP Solution Manager
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 23
Expert-Guided Implementation Benefits amp Goals
Goal
The goal is to execute all relevant implementation steps
during the delivery time of Expert Guided Implementation by
your project team
After the delivery the scenario is ready for productive usage
and your team has the knowledge for using the SAP
Solution Manager scenario
Benefits
Direct configuration of your SAP Solution Manager system
After delivery the implemented scenarios are ready for use
Knowledge transfer to avoid dependence on externals
Execution of all activities in defined time frame
Direct access to SAP Experts
No theoretical class room training instead empowering for
self doing by customer project teams
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 24
Benefit
Utilize Run SAP Partners as multipliers to enable the
market in implementing Solution Manager
Up-skill Run SAP Partners so they can share their
experience with their customers
Run SAP Partners will become knowledgeable of
Enterprise Support offerings
With the use of EGIs as a platform for Solution Manager
enhancements and deltas Run SAP Partners can assist in
the delivery capacity in the marketplace
Increased collaboration with SAP Active Global Support
Expert-Guided Implementation Benefit for Run SAP Partners
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 25
Recommend
Designate one person as point of contact for questions
registration and communication with AGS Partner Manager
Point of contact will register their consultant in desired EGI
session via SAP Registration Form(received after
successful certification from PM)
Point of contact will track the total number of EGI sessions
consumed per year
Send email communication to Run SAP practice regarding
Expert Guided Implementation Sessions with web links
Expert-Guided Implementation Roll-out Process for Run SAP Partners to their Practice
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 26
Expert Guided Implementation for Run SAP Partners
What does it cost No charge for Run SAP Certified Partners
5 EGI Sessions year for Local Certified Run SAP Implementation Partners
10 EGI Sessions year for Global Certified Run SAP Implementation Partners
20 EGI Sessions year for Certified Run SAP Operations Partners
How to order
SAP offers delivery at fixed time slots
Available delivery slots are published on the SAP Service Marketplace
Partners plan projects and register based on project timeline via sending an
email with the SAP EGI registration form to the corresponding Partner
manager
Where to find additional information
External Information
Alias SolutionManager -gt Services -gt Expert Guided
Implementation
Direct Link
httpservicesapcom~formsapnet_SHORTKEY=0110003587000
0717440amp_SCENARIO=01100035870000000202amp
Registration for RunSAP
Partner
Expert Guided Implementation
Dear Partner manager
Please register for the session Expert Guided Implementation in
Region EMEA
Topic Technical Upgrade to SAP Solution Manager 71 (Prerequisites)
Delivery week 12
Start Date 03-19-2012
Language EN
the following partner participant
Partner Name Run SAP Partner XY
Partner Number 11111111
S-User of participant S11111111
e-mail MaxMustermannPartnerXYcom
Best regards
Max Mustermann
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 27
How Do Run SAP Partners Register
EGI Session Delivery Participant
Registration Solution Manager Register via form
Partners register via
registration form
Important to send the
from to your Partner
Manager
KPS sends confirmation
with pre-requisite
documents prior to start
of session
Check available
schedule via
servicesapcom
Alias alm-services
Session is delivered in
2-3 hour online session
Participant has access
to Subject Matter
Expert remotely when
working on their
Solution Manager
system
At the completion of the
session participant is
registered in Education
Training System for
training record tracking
No invoicing is sent
Service
Marketplace
Basic Configuration
Is Achieved
SAP TechEd 2011 -
Hero Campaign
Las Vegas NV The Venetian
September 12-16 2011
Bangalore KTPO
October 19-21 2011
Madrid Feria de Madrid
November 8-10 2011
HERO CAMPAIGN
ndash
SAPreg
TechEd 2011
Become a hero
Stop in at the SAP Active Global Support Hero Campaign in the Community Clubhouse
Learn from Experts to manage your solutions along the application lifecycle with live systems
Work with our SAP Solution Manager 71 Subject Matter Experts to become a ldquoHerordquo
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 30
Framework
LOCATIONS amp Dates
September 12 - 16 2011 ndash Las Vegas US
October 19 - 21 2011 ndash Bangalore India
November 8 ndash 11 2011 Madrid Spain
Staff
SAP‟s SAP Solution Manager 71 matter experts
Run SAP Certified Partner‟s SAP Solution Manager 71 experts
TARGET GROUP
TechEd attendees (partnerscustomers) who have interest in Application Lifecycle Management and the new
SAP Solution Manager 71 release
Goal of 700 (300 Las Vegas 200 India 200 Spain) attendees for the 3 Events together
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 31
Hero Campaign Las Vegas Bangalore Madrid results
983 Attendees
Estimated missed scans per day 20
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 32
Partner Feedback Las Vegas
HP
ldquoI had a great time participating in the Hero Campaign It even was great working a side by
side as well as having great conversations with the SAP experts and the customers at the
Hero Campaign booth ldquo
Gary Manaoat
ldquoThis was a success Thank you for the great opportunityrdquo
Kristine Gersabeck
Keane an NTT DATA Company
bdquoWe have to thank you ton for your support during our booth sessions and providing this
great opportunityldquo
Lakshminarayanan Rengasamy
ldquoThank you for having given us such a great opportunity to participate at the Hero
Campaignrdquo
Narasimhan Arvind
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 33
WIPRO
ldquoThe concept of having partner to contribute in the TechEd booth is a great idea which
helps partners to show case the capability in new products of Solution Manager and also
we feel great and confident while participating in such eventsThe Solution Manager 71
(ldquoBe a Herordquo) booth in Bangalore TechEd was really a great event and we would like to
thank for providing this opportunityldquo
Srinivas Hulsusgud
Optimal Solutions
bdquoIt was very good experience for me to be there in the Hero campaign booth It has given
me an insight to the clients view of SAP products in which angle they are looking
Thanks for providing us the opportunity for being with SAP during the TechEdldquo
Biju Abraham
Partner Feedback Bangalore
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 34
Newsletter Articles about the Hero campaign
Today‟s Customers are facing a lot of complex challenges within their SAP Application Landscape
in various phases of ALM (Application Lifecycle Management)But the question stays always the
same How to succeed in these challenges
Around 1000 customers and partners got an answer to this question at the TechEds Las Vegas
Bangalore and Madrid by visiting the HERO campaign interactive station from the AGS Partner
Management and Training Team We took one live demo system of the single source of truth the
new SAP Solution Manager 71 Mixed it up with experts from SAP and of our Run SAP certified
partner community and let those 1000 participants interact with them to learn how SAP Solution
Manager 71 and the E2E Solution Manager Operations courses give them the opportunity to
succeed
So be aware of 1000 HEROES more around the globe knowing how to leverage from SAP Solution
Manager 71 and the respective trainings So don‟t let your customers miss the great opportunity to
stop by the Hero Campaign at SAP TechEd events next year and to learn more about SAP Solution
Manager 71 with the E2E Solution Manager Operations courses
You can find more information about these curriculums at wwwsapcomeducatione2e
The success of the Hero campaign at the different Events and the overall Results were
promoted in several Newsletters like the AGS and the global Ecosystems and Channels
Newsletters as an example
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 35
Follow Up activities
Hero campaign to be used to
promote end-to-end standards
partner and training program
Information about courses EGIrsquos
standards and partner program sent
via post event email
Non-SAP-employee participant data
was shared with our at the booth
present partners
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 36
Hero campaign Impressions
Las Vegas Bangalore Madrid
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 15
Customer Value Statements extract
We utilized SAP Safeguarding to gain skills and expertise from the E2E100 end-to-end root cause analysis
course As a result we are a more proactive support organization through enhanced monitoring of our systems
and enhanced diagnostics capabilities through Wily Introscope and the root cause analysis work center in SAP
Solution Manager With these tools we are able to identify the root cause of potential incidents 50 faster on
average and this enables us to provide more value to our business and reduce downtime
Giancarlo Raicovi Project Manager ndash Banco de Credito del Peru
ldquo
Haruhiko Kuroda Deputy General Managerndash MITSUI amp CO LTD
ldquo Through SAP MaxAttention service we attended the training of E2E100 Root Cause Analysis for the
sake of skilling up because we recognized the importance of the smooth and efficient analyzing the
problem in our portal systems After the training we realized the value of having hands-on training for
our technical operation team Based on valuable information obtained in class we spent time on real-
life exercises where we could put in practice knowledge gained from it As a result we are able to
reduce average times needed for root-cause analysis and problem resolution by at least 20ldquo
ldquoE2E300 Business Process integration amp Automation helped us understand the best practices to support our
business processes with standardized tools It was a beneficial class for our support team
Liher Urbizu Head of Delivery ndash Siemens IT Solutions and Services Thailand
ldquo
Expert Guided
Implementations
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 17
Expert-Guided Implementation ldquoTraining on the Jobrdquo at Its Best
Training practical experience remote consulting
Expert-Guided Implementation is a scheme adding the SAP Solution Manager specific
expertise needed for application configuration to your SAP project team
Day 1 Day 2 Day 3 Day 4 Day 5
SAP expert explains step-by-step
configuration using training materials
2 Execution 2-3 hours on the same day
Participants have direct access
to an SAP expert who directly
supports them remotely if
necessary during the execution
1 Empowering Web session 1-2 hours each day
Participants execute
demonstrated steps within
their own project on their
own SAP Solution
Manager software
3 Expertise on demand during execution
Each day will be the
base for the next
daybdquos empowerment
4 Daily feedback to SAP expert
2 Empowering
3 Empowering
5 Empowering
4 Empowering
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 18
Brief look into a real session
Empowering
Execution
Support
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 19
Project Implementation Using SAP Solution
Manager (Prerequisites)
Service Desk (Prerequisites)
Service Desk for VAR
Solution Documentation (Prerequisites)
Test Management I SAP Test Workbench
Service Level and IT Performance Reporting
(Prerequisites)
Basic Configuration and EarlyWatch Alert for
SAP Business Objects Enterprise
Remote Support Component (RSC)
Available Expert-Guided Implementations 13
Topics for Application Lifecycle Management and
SAP Solution Manager Configuration
Application Lifecycle Management Roadmap Design
(Prerequisites)
Basic Configuration and Update (Prerequisites)
Technical Preparation
Business Process Change Analyzer in SAP Solution
Manager (Prerequisites)
Change Request Management
Configuration Validation
Custom Development Management Cockpit (CDMC)
(Prerequisites)
Data Volume Management Cockpit (Prerequisites)
SAP End-User Experience Monitoring (Prerequisites)
Change Control Management I Enhanced Transport
Management (CTS+) (Prerequisites)
Change Control Management II Quality Gate
Management (Prerequisites)
Job Scheduling Management (Prerequisites)
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 20
Test Management I - SAP Test Workbench
(Prerequisites)
Test Management II - Business Process
Change Analyzer (Prerequisites)
System Monitoring and Reporting
(Prerequisites)
Business Process Monitoring and Stabilization
(Prerequisites)
Job Scheduling Management (Prerequisites)
Change Control Management I Enhanced
Transport Management (CTS+) (Prerequisites)
Change Control Management II Quality Gate
Management (Prerequisites)
Available Expert-Guided Implementations 23
New topics for Application Lifecycle Management
and SAP Solution Manager 71 Configuration
Technical Upgrade to SAP Solution Manager 71
(Prerequisites)
Change Request Management Update 70 to 71
(Prerequisites)
Basic Configuration of SAP Solution Manager 71
(Prerequisites)
Relational Universe Auditing and Best Practice
(Prerequisites)
Incident Problem and Request Management
(Prerequisites)
Roles and Authorization Concept
Business Planning amp Consolidation Microsoft
Platform Version
Project Implementation Using SAP Solution Manager
71
Solution Documentation 71 (Prerequisites)
Application Lifecycle Management Roadmap Design
(Prerequisites)
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 21
Available Expert-Guided Implementations 33
Topics for Self Service Delivery
SAP Enterprise Support Engagement Methodology
Self Service Business Process Analytics and
Improvement (Prerequisites)
Expert Guided Implementation for Self Service Data
Volume Management
Self Service Security Optimization Service
(Prerequisites)
Self Service SQL Statement Tuning (Prerequisites)
Self Service Transport Execution Analysis
(Prerequisites)
Self Service Performance Optimization ST12
Self Service Data Consistency Management
(Prerequisites)
Basic Configuration and EarlyWatch Alert for SAP
Business Objects Business Intelligence 40Solution
Manager 71 (Prerequisites)
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 22
Available Expert-Guided Implementations Prerequisites
Expert-guided implementation does NOT fit in the
following cases
If no knowledge about the administration of SAP
NetWeaver is available
If a complex implementation project of SAP Solution
Manager scenario is planned (for example
integration of third-party tools major adaptations of
basic scenarios defined by SAP)
Technical prerequisites
Installation of SAP Solution Manager as defined
for delivery slot
Connection to SAP network via remote function
call SAPNet - Web Frontend (OSS1-maintained)
S-User in SAP Marketplace with necessary
authorization available
Network connection to the satellite systems which
should be managed by SAP Solution Manager
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 23
Expert-Guided Implementation Benefits amp Goals
Goal
The goal is to execute all relevant implementation steps
during the delivery time of Expert Guided Implementation by
your project team
After the delivery the scenario is ready for productive usage
and your team has the knowledge for using the SAP
Solution Manager scenario
Benefits
Direct configuration of your SAP Solution Manager system
After delivery the implemented scenarios are ready for use
Knowledge transfer to avoid dependence on externals
Execution of all activities in defined time frame
Direct access to SAP Experts
No theoretical class room training instead empowering for
self doing by customer project teams
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 24
Benefit
Utilize Run SAP Partners as multipliers to enable the
market in implementing Solution Manager
Up-skill Run SAP Partners so they can share their
experience with their customers
Run SAP Partners will become knowledgeable of
Enterprise Support offerings
With the use of EGIs as a platform for Solution Manager
enhancements and deltas Run SAP Partners can assist in
the delivery capacity in the marketplace
Increased collaboration with SAP Active Global Support
Expert-Guided Implementation Benefit for Run SAP Partners
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 25
Recommend
Designate one person as point of contact for questions
registration and communication with AGS Partner Manager
Point of contact will register their consultant in desired EGI
session via SAP Registration Form(received after
successful certification from PM)
Point of contact will track the total number of EGI sessions
consumed per year
Send email communication to Run SAP practice regarding
Expert Guided Implementation Sessions with web links
Expert-Guided Implementation Roll-out Process for Run SAP Partners to their Practice
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 26
Expert Guided Implementation for Run SAP Partners
What does it cost No charge for Run SAP Certified Partners
5 EGI Sessions year for Local Certified Run SAP Implementation Partners
10 EGI Sessions year for Global Certified Run SAP Implementation Partners
20 EGI Sessions year for Certified Run SAP Operations Partners
How to order
SAP offers delivery at fixed time slots
Available delivery slots are published on the SAP Service Marketplace
Partners plan projects and register based on project timeline via sending an
email with the SAP EGI registration form to the corresponding Partner
manager
Where to find additional information
External Information
Alias SolutionManager -gt Services -gt Expert Guided
Implementation
Direct Link
httpservicesapcom~formsapnet_SHORTKEY=0110003587000
0717440amp_SCENARIO=01100035870000000202amp
Registration for RunSAP
Partner
Expert Guided Implementation
Dear Partner manager
Please register for the session Expert Guided Implementation in
Region EMEA
Topic Technical Upgrade to SAP Solution Manager 71 (Prerequisites)
Delivery week 12
Start Date 03-19-2012
Language EN
the following partner participant
Partner Name Run SAP Partner XY
Partner Number 11111111
S-User of participant S11111111
e-mail MaxMustermannPartnerXYcom
Best regards
Max Mustermann
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 27
How Do Run SAP Partners Register
EGI Session Delivery Participant
Registration Solution Manager Register via form
Partners register via
registration form
Important to send the
from to your Partner
Manager
KPS sends confirmation
with pre-requisite
documents prior to start
of session
Check available
schedule via
servicesapcom
Alias alm-services
Session is delivered in
2-3 hour online session
Participant has access
to Subject Matter
Expert remotely when
working on their
Solution Manager
system
At the completion of the
session participant is
registered in Education
Training System for
training record tracking
No invoicing is sent
Service
Marketplace
Basic Configuration
Is Achieved
SAP TechEd 2011 -
Hero Campaign
Las Vegas NV The Venetian
September 12-16 2011
Bangalore KTPO
October 19-21 2011
Madrid Feria de Madrid
November 8-10 2011
HERO CAMPAIGN
ndash
SAPreg
TechEd 2011
Become a hero
Stop in at the SAP Active Global Support Hero Campaign in the Community Clubhouse
Learn from Experts to manage your solutions along the application lifecycle with live systems
Work with our SAP Solution Manager 71 Subject Matter Experts to become a ldquoHerordquo
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 30
Framework
LOCATIONS amp Dates
September 12 - 16 2011 ndash Las Vegas US
October 19 - 21 2011 ndash Bangalore India
November 8 ndash 11 2011 Madrid Spain
Staff
SAP‟s SAP Solution Manager 71 matter experts
Run SAP Certified Partner‟s SAP Solution Manager 71 experts
TARGET GROUP
TechEd attendees (partnerscustomers) who have interest in Application Lifecycle Management and the new
SAP Solution Manager 71 release
Goal of 700 (300 Las Vegas 200 India 200 Spain) attendees for the 3 Events together
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 31
Hero Campaign Las Vegas Bangalore Madrid results
983 Attendees
Estimated missed scans per day 20
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 32
Partner Feedback Las Vegas
HP
ldquoI had a great time participating in the Hero Campaign It even was great working a side by
side as well as having great conversations with the SAP experts and the customers at the
Hero Campaign booth ldquo
Gary Manaoat
ldquoThis was a success Thank you for the great opportunityrdquo
Kristine Gersabeck
Keane an NTT DATA Company
bdquoWe have to thank you ton for your support during our booth sessions and providing this
great opportunityldquo
Lakshminarayanan Rengasamy
ldquoThank you for having given us such a great opportunity to participate at the Hero
Campaignrdquo
Narasimhan Arvind
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 33
WIPRO
ldquoThe concept of having partner to contribute in the TechEd booth is a great idea which
helps partners to show case the capability in new products of Solution Manager and also
we feel great and confident while participating in such eventsThe Solution Manager 71
(ldquoBe a Herordquo) booth in Bangalore TechEd was really a great event and we would like to
thank for providing this opportunityldquo
Srinivas Hulsusgud
Optimal Solutions
bdquoIt was very good experience for me to be there in the Hero campaign booth It has given
me an insight to the clients view of SAP products in which angle they are looking
Thanks for providing us the opportunity for being with SAP during the TechEdldquo
Biju Abraham
Partner Feedback Bangalore
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 34
Newsletter Articles about the Hero campaign
Today‟s Customers are facing a lot of complex challenges within their SAP Application Landscape
in various phases of ALM (Application Lifecycle Management)But the question stays always the
same How to succeed in these challenges
Around 1000 customers and partners got an answer to this question at the TechEds Las Vegas
Bangalore and Madrid by visiting the HERO campaign interactive station from the AGS Partner
Management and Training Team We took one live demo system of the single source of truth the
new SAP Solution Manager 71 Mixed it up with experts from SAP and of our Run SAP certified
partner community and let those 1000 participants interact with them to learn how SAP Solution
Manager 71 and the E2E Solution Manager Operations courses give them the opportunity to
succeed
So be aware of 1000 HEROES more around the globe knowing how to leverage from SAP Solution
Manager 71 and the respective trainings So don‟t let your customers miss the great opportunity to
stop by the Hero Campaign at SAP TechEd events next year and to learn more about SAP Solution
Manager 71 with the E2E Solution Manager Operations courses
You can find more information about these curriculums at wwwsapcomeducatione2e
The success of the Hero campaign at the different Events and the overall Results were
promoted in several Newsletters like the AGS and the global Ecosystems and Channels
Newsletters as an example
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 35
Follow Up activities
Hero campaign to be used to
promote end-to-end standards
partner and training program
Information about courses EGIrsquos
standards and partner program sent
via post event email
Non-SAP-employee participant data
was shared with our at the booth
present partners
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 36
Hero campaign Impressions
Las Vegas Bangalore Madrid
Expert Guided
Implementations
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 17
Expert-Guided Implementation ldquoTraining on the Jobrdquo at Its Best
Training practical experience remote consulting
Expert-Guided Implementation is a scheme adding the SAP Solution Manager specific
expertise needed for application configuration to your SAP project team
Day 1 Day 2 Day 3 Day 4 Day 5
SAP expert explains step-by-step
configuration using training materials
2 Execution 2-3 hours on the same day
Participants have direct access
to an SAP expert who directly
supports them remotely if
necessary during the execution
1 Empowering Web session 1-2 hours each day
Participants execute
demonstrated steps within
their own project on their
own SAP Solution
Manager software
3 Expertise on demand during execution
Each day will be the
base for the next
daybdquos empowerment
4 Daily feedback to SAP expert
2 Empowering
3 Empowering
5 Empowering
4 Empowering
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 18
Brief look into a real session
Empowering
Execution
Support
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 19
Project Implementation Using SAP Solution
Manager (Prerequisites)
Service Desk (Prerequisites)
Service Desk for VAR
Solution Documentation (Prerequisites)
Test Management I SAP Test Workbench
Service Level and IT Performance Reporting
(Prerequisites)
Basic Configuration and EarlyWatch Alert for
SAP Business Objects Enterprise
Remote Support Component (RSC)
Available Expert-Guided Implementations 13
Topics for Application Lifecycle Management and
SAP Solution Manager Configuration
Application Lifecycle Management Roadmap Design
(Prerequisites)
Basic Configuration and Update (Prerequisites)
Technical Preparation
Business Process Change Analyzer in SAP Solution
Manager (Prerequisites)
Change Request Management
Configuration Validation
Custom Development Management Cockpit (CDMC)
(Prerequisites)
Data Volume Management Cockpit (Prerequisites)
SAP End-User Experience Monitoring (Prerequisites)
Change Control Management I Enhanced Transport
Management (CTS+) (Prerequisites)
Change Control Management II Quality Gate
Management (Prerequisites)
Job Scheduling Management (Prerequisites)
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 20
Test Management I - SAP Test Workbench
(Prerequisites)
Test Management II - Business Process
Change Analyzer (Prerequisites)
System Monitoring and Reporting
(Prerequisites)
Business Process Monitoring and Stabilization
(Prerequisites)
Job Scheduling Management (Prerequisites)
Change Control Management I Enhanced
Transport Management (CTS+) (Prerequisites)
Change Control Management II Quality Gate
Management (Prerequisites)
Available Expert-Guided Implementations 23
New topics for Application Lifecycle Management
and SAP Solution Manager 71 Configuration
Technical Upgrade to SAP Solution Manager 71
(Prerequisites)
Change Request Management Update 70 to 71
(Prerequisites)
Basic Configuration of SAP Solution Manager 71
(Prerequisites)
Relational Universe Auditing and Best Practice
(Prerequisites)
Incident Problem and Request Management
(Prerequisites)
Roles and Authorization Concept
Business Planning amp Consolidation Microsoft
Platform Version
Project Implementation Using SAP Solution Manager
71
Solution Documentation 71 (Prerequisites)
Application Lifecycle Management Roadmap Design
(Prerequisites)
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 21
Available Expert-Guided Implementations 33
Topics for Self Service Delivery
SAP Enterprise Support Engagement Methodology
Self Service Business Process Analytics and
Improvement (Prerequisites)
Expert Guided Implementation for Self Service Data
Volume Management
Self Service Security Optimization Service
(Prerequisites)
Self Service SQL Statement Tuning (Prerequisites)
Self Service Transport Execution Analysis
(Prerequisites)
Self Service Performance Optimization ST12
Self Service Data Consistency Management
(Prerequisites)
Basic Configuration and EarlyWatch Alert for SAP
Business Objects Business Intelligence 40Solution
Manager 71 (Prerequisites)
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 22
Available Expert-Guided Implementations Prerequisites
Expert-guided implementation does NOT fit in the
following cases
If no knowledge about the administration of SAP
NetWeaver is available
If a complex implementation project of SAP Solution
Manager scenario is planned (for example
integration of third-party tools major adaptations of
basic scenarios defined by SAP)
Technical prerequisites
Installation of SAP Solution Manager as defined
for delivery slot
Connection to SAP network via remote function
call SAPNet - Web Frontend (OSS1-maintained)
S-User in SAP Marketplace with necessary
authorization available
Network connection to the satellite systems which
should be managed by SAP Solution Manager
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 23
Expert-Guided Implementation Benefits amp Goals
Goal
The goal is to execute all relevant implementation steps
during the delivery time of Expert Guided Implementation by
your project team
After the delivery the scenario is ready for productive usage
and your team has the knowledge for using the SAP
Solution Manager scenario
Benefits
Direct configuration of your SAP Solution Manager system
After delivery the implemented scenarios are ready for use
Knowledge transfer to avoid dependence on externals
Execution of all activities in defined time frame
Direct access to SAP Experts
No theoretical class room training instead empowering for
self doing by customer project teams
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 24
Benefit
Utilize Run SAP Partners as multipliers to enable the
market in implementing Solution Manager
Up-skill Run SAP Partners so they can share their
experience with their customers
Run SAP Partners will become knowledgeable of
Enterprise Support offerings
With the use of EGIs as a platform for Solution Manager
enhancements and deltas Run SAP Partners can assist in
the delivery capacity in the marketplace
Increased collaboration with SAP Active Global Support
Expert-Guided Implementation Benefit for Run SAP Partners
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 25
Recommend
Designate one person as point of contact for questions
registration and communication with AGS Partner Manager
Point of contact will register their consultant in desired EGI
session via SAP Registration Form(received after
successful certification from PM)
Point of contact will track the total number of EGI sessions
consumed per year
Send email communication to Run SAP practice regarding
Expert Guided Implementation Sessions with web links
Expert-Guided Implementation Roll-out Process for Run SAP Partners to their Practice
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 26
Expert Guided Implementation for Run SAP Partners
What does it cost No charge for Run SAP Certified Partners
5 EGI Sessions year for Local Certified Run SAP Implementation Partners
10 EGI Sessions year for Global Certified Run SAP Implementation Partners
20 EGI Sessions year for Certified Run SAP Operations Partners
How to order
SAP offers delivery at fixed time slots
Available delivery slots are published on the SAP Service Marketplace
Partners plan projects and register based on project timeline via sending an
email with the SAP EGI registration form to the corresponding Partner
manager
Where to find additional information
External Information
Alias SolutionManager -gt Services -gt Expert Guided
Implementation
Direct Link
httpservicesapcom~formsapnet_SHORTKEY=0110003587000
0717440amp_SCENARIO=01100035870000000202amp
Registration for RunSAP
Partner
Expert Guided Implementation
Dear Partner manager
Please register for the session Expert Guided Implementation in
Region EMEA
Topic Technical Upgrade to SAP Solution Manager 71 (Prerequisites)
Delivery week 12
Start Date 03-19-2012
Language EN
the following partner participant
Partner Name Run SAP Partner XY
Partner Number 11111111
S-User of participant S11111111
e-mail MaxMustermannPartnerXYcom
Best regards
Max Mustermann
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 27
How Do Run SAP Partners Register
EGI Session Delivery Participant
Registration Solution Manager Register via form
Partners register via
registration form
Important to send the
from to your Partner
Manager
KPS sends confirmation
with pre-requisite
documents prior to start
of session
Check available
schedule via
servicesapcom
Alias alm-services
Session is delivered in
2-3 hour online session
Participant has access
to Subject Matter
Expert remotely when
working on their
Solution Manager
system
At the completion of the
session participant is
registered in Education
Training System for
training record tracking
No invoicing is sent
Service
Marketplace
Basic Configuration
Is Achieved
SAP TechEd 2011 -
Hero Campaign
Las Vegas NV The Venetian
September 12-16 2011
Bangalore KTPO
October 19-21 2011
Madrid Feria de Madrid
November 8-10 2011
HERO CAMPAIGN
ndash
SAPreg
TechEd 2011
Become a hero
Stop in at the SAP Active Global Support Hero Campaign in the Community Clubhouse
Learn from Experts to manage your solutions along the application lifecycle with live systems
Work with our SAP Solution Manager 71 Subject Matter Experts to become a ldquoHerordquo
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 30
Framework
LOCATIONS amp Dates
September 12 - 16 2011 ndash Las Vegas US
October 19 - 21 2011 ndash Bangalore India
November 8 ndash 11 2011 Madrid Spain
Staff
SAP‟s SAP Solution Manager 71 matter experts
Run SAP Certified Partner‟s SAP Solution Manager 71 experts
TARGET GROUP
TechEd attendees (partnerscustomers) who have interest in Application Lifecycle Management and the new
SAP Solution Manager 71 release
Goal of 700 (300 Las Vegas 200 India 200 Spain) attendees for the 3 Events together
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 31
Hero Campaign Las Vegas Bangalore Madrid results
983 Attendees
Estimated missed scans per day 20
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 32
Partner Feedback Las Vegas
HP
ldquoI had a great time participating in the Hero Campaign It even was great working a side by
side as well as having great conversations with the SAP experts and the customers at the
Hero Campaign booth ldquo
Gary Manaoat
ldquoThis was a success Thank you for the great opportunityrdquo
Kristine Gersabeck
Keane an NTT DATA Company
bdquoWe have to thank you ton for your support during our booth sessions and providing this
great opportunityldquo
Lakshminarayanan Rengasamy
ldquoThank you for having given us such a great opportunity to participate at the Hero
Campaignrdquo
Narasimhan Arvind
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 33
WIPRO
ldquoThe concept of having partner to contribute in the TechEd booth is a great idea which
helps partners to show case the capability in new products of Solution Manager and also
we feel great and confident while participating in such eventsThe Solution Manager 71
(ldquoBe a Herordquo) booth in Bangalore TechEd was really a great event and we would like to
thank for providing this opportunityldquo
Srinivas Hulsusgud
Optimal Solutions
bdquoIt was very good experience for me to be there in the Hero campaign booth It has given
me an insight to the clients view of SAP products in which angle they are looking
Thanks for providing us the opportunity for being with SAP during the TechEdldquo
Biju Abraham
Partner Feedback Bangalore
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 34
Newsletter Articles about the Hero campaign
Today‟s Customers are facing a lot of complex challenges within their SAP Application Landscape
in various phases of ALM (Application Lifecycle Management)But the question stays always the
same How to succeed in these challenges
Around 1000 customers and partners got an answer to this question at the TechEds Las Vegas
Bangalore and Madrid by visiting the HERO campaign interactive station from the AGS Partner
Management and Training Team We took one live demo system of the single source of truth the
new SAP Solution Manager 71 Mixed it up with experts from SAP and of our Run SAP certified
partner community and let those 1000 participants interact with them to learn how SAP Solution
Manager 71 and the E2E Solution Manager Operations courses give them the opportunity to
succeed
So be aware of 1000 HEROES more around the globe knowing how to leverage from SAP Solution
Manager 71 and the respective trainings So don‟t let your customers miss the great opportunity to
stop by the Hero Campaign at SAP TechEd events next year and to learn more about SAP Solution
Manager 71 with the E2E Solution Manager Operations courses
You can find more information about these curriculums at wwwsapcomeducatione2e
The success of the Hero campaign at the different Events and the overall Results were
promoted in several Newsletters like the AGS and the global Ecosystems and Channels
Newsletters as an example
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 35
Follow Up activities
Hero campaign to be used to
promote end-to-end standards
partner and training program
Information about courses EGIrsquos
standards and partner program sent
via post event email
Non-SAP-employee participant data
was shared with our at the booth
present partners
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 36
Hero campaign Impressions
Las Vegas Bangalore Madrid
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 17
Expert-Guided Implementation ldquoTraining on the Jobrdquo at Its Best
Training practical experience remote consulting
Expert-Guided Implementation is a scheme adding the SAP Solution Manager specific
expertise needed for application configuration to your SAP project team
Day 1 Day 2 Day 3 Day 4 Day 5
SAP expert explains step-by-step
configuration using training materials
2 Execution 2-3 hours on the same day
Participants have direct access
to an SAP expert who directly
supports them remotely if
necessary during the execution
1 Empowering Web session 1-2 hours each day
Participants execute
demonstrated steps within
their own project on their
own SAP Solution
Manager software
3 Expertise on demand during execution
Each day will be the
base for the next
daybdquos empowerment
4 Daily feedback to SAP expert
2 Empowering
3 Empowering
5 Empowering
4 Empowering
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 18
Brief look into a real session
Empowering
Execution
Support
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 19
Project Implementation Using SAP Solution
Manager (Prerequisites)
Service Desk (Prerequisites)
Service Desk for VAR
Solution Documentation (Prerequisites)
Test Management I SAP Test Workbench
Service Level and IT Performance Reporting
(Prerequisites)
Basic Configuration and EarlyWatch Alert for
SAP Business Objects Enterprise
Remote Support Component (RSC)
Available Expert-Guided Implementations 13
Topics for Application Lifecycle Management and
SAP Solution Manager Configuration
Application Lifecycle Management Roadmap Design
(Prerequisites)
Basic Configuration and Update (Prerequisites)
Technical Preparation
Business Process Change Analyzer in SAP Solution
Manager (Prerequisites)
Change Request Management
Configuration Validation
Custom Development Management Cockpit (CDMC)
(Prerequisites)
Data Volume Management Cockpit (Prerequisites)
SAP End-User Experience Monitoring (Prerequisites)
Change Control Management I Enhanced Transport
Management (CTS+) (Prerequisites)
Change Control Management II Quality Gate
Management (Prerequisites)
Job Scheduling Management (Prerequisites)
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 20
Test Management I - SAP Test Workbench
(Prerequisites)
Test Management II - Business Process
Change Analyzer (Prerequisites)
System Monitoring and Reporting
(Prerequisites)
Business Process Monitoring and Stabilization
(Prerequisites)
Job Scheduling Management (Prerequisites)
Change Control Management I Enhanced
Transport Management (CTS+) (Prerequisites)
Change Control Management II Quality Gate
Management (Prerequisites)
Available Expert-Guided Implementations 23
New topics for Application Lifecycle Management
and SAP Solution Manager 71 Configuration
Technical Upgrade to SAP Solution Manager 71
(Prerequisites)
Change Request Management Update 70 to 71
(Prerequisites)
Basic Configuration of SAP Solution Manager 71
(Prerequisites)
Relational Universe Auditing and Best Practice
(Prerequisites)
Incident Problem and Request Management
(Prerequisites)
Roles and Authorization Concept
Business Planning amp Consolidation Microsoft
Platform Version
Project Implementation Using SAP Solution Manager
71
Solution Documentation 71 (Prerequisites)
Application Lifecycle Management Roadmap Design
(Prerequisites)
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 21
Available Expert-Guided Implementations 33
Topics for Self Service Delivery
SAP Enterprise Support Engagement Methodology
Self Service Business Process Analytics and
Improvement (Prerequisites)
Expert Guided Implementation for Self Service Data
Volume Management
Self Service Security Optimization Service
(Prerequisites)
Self Service SQL Statement Tuning (Prerequisites)
Self Service Transport Execution Analysis
(Prerequisites)
Self Service Performance Optimization ST12
Self Service Data Consistency Management
(Prerequisites)
Basic Configuration and EarlyWatch Alert for SAP
Business Objects Business Intelligence 40Solution
Manager 71 (Prerequisites)
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 22
Available Expert-Guided Implementations Prerequisites
Expert-guided implementation does NOT fit in the
following cases
If no knowledge about the administration of SAP
NetWeaver is available
If a complex implementation project of SAP Solution
Manager scenario is planned (for example
integration of third-party tools major adaptations of
basic scenarios defined by SAP)
Technical prerequisites
Installation of SAP Solution Manager as defined
for delivery slot
Connection to SAP network via remote function
call SAPNet - Web Frontend (OSS1-maintained)
S-User in SAP Marketplace with necessary
authorization available
Network connection to the satellite systems which
should be managed by SAP Solution Manager
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 23
Expert-Guided Implementation Benefits amp Goals
Goal
The goal is to execute all relevant implementation steps
during the delivery time of Expert Guided Implementation by
your project team
After the delivery the scenario is ready for productive usage
and your team has the knowledge for using the SAP
Solution Manager scenario
Benefits
Direct configuration of your SAP Solution Manager system
After delivery the implemented scenarios are ready for use
Knowledge transfer to avoid dependence on externals
Execution of all activities in defined time frame
Direct access to SAP Experts
No theoretical class room training instead empowering for
self doing by customer project teams
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 24
Benefit
Utilize Run SAP Partners as multipliers to enable the
market in implementing Solution Manager
Up-skill Run SAP Partners so they can share their
experience with their customers
Run SAP Partners will become knowledgeable of
Enterprise Support offerings
With the use of EGIs as a platform for Solution Manager
enhancements and deltas Run SAP Partners can assist in
the delivery capacity in the marketplace
Increased collaboration with SAP Active Global Support
Expert-Guided Implementation Benefit for Run SAP Partners
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 25
Recommend
Designate one person as point of contact for questions
registration and communication with AGS Partner Manager
Point of contact will register their consultant in desired EGI
session via SAP Registration Form(received after
successful certification from PM)
Point of contact will track the total number of EGI sessions
consumed per year
Send email communication to Run SAP practice regarding
Expert Guided Implementation Sessions with web links
Expert-Guided Implementation Roll-out Process for Run SAP Partners to their Practice
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 26
Expert Guided Implementation for Run SAP Partners
What does it cost No charge for Run SAP Certified Partners
5 EGI Sessions year for Local Certified Run SAP Implementation Partners
10 EGI Sessions year for Global Certified Run SAP Implementation Partners
20 EGI Sessions year for Certified Run SAP Operations Partners
How to order
SAP offers delivery at fixed time slots
Available delivery slots are published on the SAP Service Marketplace
Partners plan projects and register based on project timeline via sending an
email with the SAP EGI registration form to the corresponding Partner
manager
Where to find additional information
External Information
Alias SolutionManager -gt Services -gt Expert Guided
Implementation
Direct Link
httpservicesapcom~formsapnet_SHORTKEY=0110003587000
0717440amp_SCENARIO=01100035870000000202amp
Registration for RunSAP
Partner
Expert Guided Implementation
Dear Partner manager
Please register for the session Expert Guided Implementation in
Region EMEA
Topic Technical Upgrade to SAP Solution Manager 71 (Prerequisites)
Delivery week 12
Start Date 03-19-2012
Language EN
the following partner participant
Partner Name Run SAP Partner XY
Partner Number 11111111
S-User of participant S11111111
e-mail MaxMustermannPartnerXYcom
Best regards
Max Mustermann
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 27
How Do Run SAP Partners Register
EGI Session Delivery Participant
Registration Solution Manager Register via form
Partners register via
registration form
Important to send the
from to your Partner
Manager
KPS sends confirmation
with pre-requisite
documents prior to start
of session
Check available
schedule via
servicesapcom
Alias alm-services
Session is delivered in
2-3 hour online session
Participant has access
to Subject Matter
Expert remotely when
working on their
Solution Manager
system
At the completion of the
session participant is
registered in Education
Training System for
training record tracking
No invoicing is sent
Service
Marketplace
Basic Configuration
Is Achieved
SAP TechEd 2011 -
Hero Campaign
Las Vegas NV The Venetian
September 12-16 2011
Bangalore KTPO
October 19-21 2011
Madrid Feria de Madrid
November 8-10 2011
HERO CAMPAIGN
ndash
SAPreg
TechEd 2011
Become a hero
Stop in at the SAP Active Global Support Hero Campaign in the Community Clubhouse
Learn from Experts to manage your solutions along the application lifecycle with live systems
Work with our SAP Solution Manager 71 Subject Matter Experts to become a ldquoHerordquo
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 30
Framework
LOCATIONS amp Dates
September 12 - 16 2011 ndash Las Vegas US
October 19 - 21 2011 ndash Bangalore India
November 8 ndash 11 2011 Madrid Spain
Staff
SAP‟s SAP Solution Manager 71 matter experts
Run SAP Certified Partner‟s SAP Solution Manager 71 experts
TARGET GROUP
TechEd attendees (partnerscustomers) who have interest in Application Lifecycle Management and the new
SAP Solution Manager 71 release
Goal of 700 (300 Las Vegas 200 India 200 Spain) attendees for the 3 Events together
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 31
Hero Campaign Las Vegas Bangalore Madrid results
983 Attendees
Estimated missed scans per day 20
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 32
Partner Feedback Las Vegas
HP
ldquoI had a great time participating in the Hero Campaign It even was great working a side by
side as well as having great conversations with the SAP experts and the customers at the
Hero Campaign booth ldquo
Gary Manaoat
ldquoThis was a success Thank you for the great opportunityrdquo
Kristine Gersabeck
Keane an NTT DATA Company
bdquoWe have to thank you ton for your support during our booth sessions and providing this
great opportunityldquo
Lakshminarayanan Rengasamy
ldquoThank you for having given us such a great opportunity to participate at the Hero
Campaignrdquo
Narasimhan Arvind
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 33
WIPRO
ldquoThe concept of having partner to contribute in the TechEd booth is a great idea which
helps partners to show case the capability in new products of Solution Manager and also
we feel great and confident while participating in such eventsThe Solution Manager 71
(ldquoBe a Herordquo) booth in Bangalore TechEd was really a great event and we would like to
thank for providing this opportunityldquo
Srinivas Hulsusgud
Optimal Solutions
bdquoIt was very good experience for me to be there in the Hero campaign booth It has given
me an insight to the clients view of SAP products in which angle they are looking
Thanks for providing us the opportunity for being with SAP during the TechEdldquo
Biju Abraham
Partner Feedback Bangalore
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 34
Newsletter Articles about the Hero campaign
Today‟s Customers are facing a lot of complex challenges within their SAP Application Landscape
in various phases of ALM (Application Lifecycle Management)But the question stays always the
same How to succeed in these challenges
Around 1000 customers and partners got an answer to this question at the TechEds Las Vegas
Bangalore and Madrid by visiting the HERO campaign interactive station from the AGS Partner
Management and Training Team We took one live demo system of the single source of truth the
new SAP Solution Manager 71 Mixed it up with experts from SAP and of our Run SAP certified
partner community and let those 1000 participants interact with them to learn how SAP Solution
Manager 71 and the E2E Solution Manager Operations courses give them the opportunity to
succeed
So be aware of 1000 HEROES more around the globe knowing how to leverage from SAP Solution
Manager 71 and the respective trainings So don‟t let your customers miss the great opportunity to
stop by the Hero Campaign at SAP TechEd events next year and to learn more about SAP Solution
Manager 71 with the E2E Solution Manager Operations courses
You can find more information about these curriculums at wwwsapcomeducatione2e
The success of the Hero campaign at the different Events and the overall Results were
promoted in several Newsletters like the AGS and the global Ecosystems and Channels
Newsletters as an example
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 35
Follow Up activities
Hero campaign to be used to
promote end-to-end standards
partner and training program
Information about courses EGIrsquos
standards and partner program sent
via post event email
Non-SAP-employee participant data
was shared with our at the booth
present partners
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 36
Hero campaign Impressions
Las Vegas Bangalore Madrid
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 18
Brief look into a real session
Empowering
Execution
Support
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 19
Project Implementation Using SAP Solution
Manager (Prerequisites)
Service Desk (Prerequisites)
Service Desk for VAR
Solution Documentation (Prerequisites)
Test Management I SAP Test Workbench
Service Level and IT Performance Reporting
(Prerequisites)
Basic Configuration and EarlyWatch Alert for
SAP Business Objects Enterprise
Remote Support Component (RSC)
Available Expert-Guided Implementations 13
Topics for Application Lifecycle Management and
SAP Solution Manager Configuration
Application Lifecycle Management Roadmap Design
(Prerequisites)
Basic Configuration and Update (Prerequisites)
Technical Preparation
Business Process Change Analyzer in SAP Solution
Manager (Prerequisites)
Change Request Management
Configuration Validation
Custom Development Management Cockpit (CDMC)
(Prerequisites)
Data Volume Management Cockpit (Prerequisites)
SAP End-User Experience Monitoring (Prerequisites)
Change Control Management I Enhanced Transport
Management (CTS+) (Prerequisites)
Change Control Management II Quality Gate
Management (Prerequisites)
Job Scheduling Management (Prerequisites)
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 20
Test Management I - SAP Test Workbench
(Prerequisites)
Test Management II - Business Process
Change Analyzer (Prerequisites)
System Monitoring and Reporting
(Prerequisites)
Business Process Monitoring and Stabilization
(Prerequisites)
Job Scheduling Management (Prerequisites)
Change Control Management I Enhanced
Transport Management (CTS+) (Prerequisites)
Change Control Management II Quality Gate
Management (Prerequisites)
Available Expert-Guided Implementations 23
New topics for Application Lifecycle Management
and SAP Solution Manager 71 Configuration
Technical Upgrade to SAP Solution Manager 71
(Prerequisites)
Change Request Management Update 70 to 71
(Prerequisites)
Basic Configuration of SAP Solution Manager 71
(Prerequisites)
Relational Universe Auditing and Best Practice
(Prerequisites)
Incident Problem and Request Management
(Prerequisites)
Roles and Authorization Concept
Business Planning amp Consolidation Microsoft
Platform Version
Project Implementation Using SAP Solution Manager
71
Solution Documentation 71 (Prerequisites)
Application Lifecycle Management Roadmap Design
(Prerequisites)
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 21
Available Expert-Guided Implementations 33
Topics for Self Service Delivery
SAP Enterprise Support Engagement Methodology
Self Service Business Process Analytics and
Improvement (Prerequisites)
Expert Guided Implementation for Self Service Data
Volume Management
Self Service Security Optimization Service
(Prerequisites)
Self Service SQL Statement Tuning (Prerequisites)
Self Service Transport Execution Analysis
(Prerequisites)
Self Service Performance Optimization ST12
Self Service Data Consistency Management
(Prerequisites)
Basic Configuration and EarlyWatch Alert for SAP
Business Objects Business Intelligence 40Solution
Manager 71 (Prerequisites)
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 22
Available Expert-Guided Implementations Prerequisites
Expert-guided implementation does NOT fit in the
following cases
If no knowledge about the administration of SAP
NetWeaver is available
If a complex implementation project of SAP Solution
Manager scenario is planned (for example
integration of third-party tools major adaptations of
basic scenarios defined by SAP)
Technical prerequisites
Installation of SAP Solution Manager as defined
for delivery slot
Connection to SAP network via remote function
call SAPNet - Web Frontend (OSS1-maintained)
S-User in SAP Marketplace with necessary
authorization available
Network connection to the satellite systems which
should be managed by SAP Solution Manager
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 23
Expert-Guided Implementation Benefits amp Goals
Goal
The goal is to execute all relevant implementation steps
during the delivery time of Expert Guided Implementation by
your project team
After the delivery the scenario is ready for productive usage
and your team has the knowledge for using the SAP
Solution Manager scenario
Benefits
Direct configuration of your SAP Solution Manager system
After delivery the implemented scenarios are ready for use
Knowledge transfer to avoid dependence on externals
Execution of all activities in defined time frame
Direct access to SAP Experts
No theoretical class room training instead empowering for
self doing by customer project teams
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 24
Benefit
Utilize Run SAP Partners as multipliers to enable the
market in implementing Solution Manager
Up-skill Run SAP Partners so they can share their
experience with their customers
Run SAP Partners will become knowledgeable of
Enterprise Support offerings
With the use of EGIs as a platform for Solution Manager
enhancements and deltas Run SAP Partners can assist in
the delivery capacity in the marketplace
Increased collaboration with SAP Active Global Support
Expert-Guided Implementation Benefit for Run SAP Partners
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 25
Recommend
Designate one person as point of contact for questions
registration and communication with AGS Partner Manager
Point of contact will register their consultant in desired EGI
session via SAP Registration Form(received after
successful certification from PM)
Point of contact will track the total number of EGI sessions
consumed per year
Send email communication to Run SAP practice regarding
Expert Guided Implementation Sessions with web links
Expert-Guided Implementation Roll-out Process for Run SAP Partners to their Practice
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 26
Expert Guided Implementation for Run SAP Partners
What does it cost No charge for Run SAP Certified Partners
5 EGI Sessions year for Local Certified Run SAP Implementation Partners
10 EGI Sessions year for Global Certified Run SAP Implementation Partners
20 EGI Sessions year for Certified Run SAP Operations Partners
How to order
SAP offers delivery at fixed time slots
Available delivery slots are published on the SAP Service Marketplace
Partners plan projects and register based on project timeline via sending an
email with the SAP EGI registration form to the corresponding Partner
manager
Where to find additional information
External Information
Alias SolutionManager -gt Services -gt Expert Guided
Implementation
Direct Link
httpservicesapcom~formsapnet_SHORTKEY=0110003587000
0717440amp_SCENARIO=01100035870000000202amp
Registration for RunSAP
Partner
Expert Guided Implementation
Dear Partner manager
Please register for the session Expert Guided Implementation in
Region EMEA
Topic Technical Upgrade to SAP Solution Manager 71 (Prerequisites)
Delivery week 12
Start Date 03-19-2012
Language EN
the following partner participant
Partner Name Run SAP Partner XY
Partner Number 11111111
S-User of participant S11111111
e-mail MaxMustermannPartnerXYcom
Best regards
Max Mustermann
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 27
How Do Run SAP Partners Register
EGI Session Delivery Participant
Registration Solution Manager Register via form
Partners register via
registration form
Important to send the
from to your Partner
Manager
KPS sends confirmation
with pre-requisite
documents prior to start
of session
Check available
schedule via
servicesapcom
Alias alm-services
Session is delivered in
2-3 hour online session
Participant has access
to Subject Matter
Expert remotely when
working on their
Solution Manager
system
At the completion of the
session participant is
registered in Education
Training System for
training record tracking
No invoicing is sent
Service
Marketplace
Basic Configuration
Is Achieved
SAP TechEd 2011 -
Hero Campaign
Las Vegas NV The Venetian
September 12-16 2011
Bangalore KTPO
October 19-21 2011
Madrid Feria de Madrid
November 8-10 2011
HERO CAMPAIGN
ndash
SAPreg
TechEd 2011
Become a hero
Stop in at the SAP Active Global Support Hero Campaign in the Community Clubhouse
Learn from Experts to manage your solutions along the application lifecycle with live systems
Work with our SAP Solution Manager 71 Subject Matter Experts to become a ldquoHerordquo
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 30
Framework
LOCATIONS amp Dates
September 12 - 16 2011 ndash Las Vegas US
October 19 - 21 2011 ndash Bangalore India
November 8 ndash 11 2011 Madrid Spain
Staff
SAP‟s SAP Solution Manager 71 matter experts
Run SAP Certified Partner‟s SAP Solution Manager 71 experts
TARGET GROUP
TechEd attendees (partnerscustomers) who have interest in Application Lifecycle Management and the new
SAP Solution Manager 71 release
Goal of 700 (300 Las Vegas 200 India 200 Spain) attendees for the 3 Events together
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 31
Hero Campaign Las Vegas Bangalore Madrid results
983 Attendees
Estimated missed scans per day 20
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 32
Partner Feedback Las Vegas
HP
ldquoI had a great time participating in the Hero Campaign It even was great working a side by
side as well as having great conversations with the SAP experts and the customers at the
Hero Campaign booth ldquo
Gary Manaoat
ldquoThis was a success Thank you for the great opportunityrdquo
Kristine Gersabeck
Keane an NTT DATA Company
bdquoWe have to thank you ton for your support during our booth sessions and providing this
great opportunityldquo
Lakshminarayanan Rengasamy
ldquoThank you for having given us such a great opportunity to participate at the Hero
Campaignrdquo
Narasimhan Arvind
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 33
WIPRO
ldquoThe concept of having partner to contribute in the TechEd booth is a great idea which
helps partners to show case the capability in new products of Solution Manager and also
we feel great and confident while participating in such eventsThe Solution Manager 71
(ldquoBe a Herordquo) booth in Bangalore TechEd was really a great event and we would like to
thank for providing this opportunityldquo
Srinivas Hulsusgud
Optimal Solutions
bdquoIt was very good experience for me to be there in the Hero campaign booth It has given
me an insight to the clients view of SAP products in which angle they are looking
Thanks for providing us the opportunity for being with SAP during the TechEdldquo
Biju Abraham
Partner Feedback Bangalore
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 34
Newsletter Articles about the Hero campaign
Today‟s Customers are facing a lot of complex challenges within their SAP Application Landscape
in various phases of ALM (Application Lifecycle Management)But the question stays always the
same How to succeed in these challenges
Around 1000 customers and partners got an answer to this question at the TechEds Las Vegas
Bangalore and Madrid by visiting the HERO campaign interactive station from the AGS Partner
Management and Training Team We took one live demo system of the single source of truth the
new SAP Solution Manager 71 Mixed it up with experts from SAP and of our Run SAP certified
partner community and let those 1000 participants interact with them to learn how SAP Solution
Manager 71 and the E2E Solution Manager Operations courses give them the opportunity to
succeed
So be aware of 1000 HEROES more around the globe knowing how to leverage from SAP Solution
Manager 71 and the respective trainings So don‟t let your customers miss the great opportunity to
stop by the Hero Campaign at SAP TechEd events next year and to learn more about SAP Solution
Manager 71 with the E2E Solution Manager Operations courses
You can find more information about these curriculums at wwwsapcomeducatione2e
The success of the Hero campaign at the different Events and the overall Results were
promoted in several Newsletters like the AGS and the global Ecosystems and Channels
Newsletters as an example
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 35
Follow Up activities
Hero campaign to be used to
promote end-to-end standards
partner and training program
Information about courses EGIrsquos
standards and partner program sent
via post event email
Non-SAP-employee participant data
was shared with our at the booth
present partners
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 36
Hero campaign Impressions
Las Vegas Bangalore Madrid
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 19
Project Implementation Using SAP Solution
Manager (Prerequisites)
Service Desk (Prerequisites)
Service Desk for VAR
Solution Documentation (Prerequisites)
Test Management I SAP Test Workbench
Service Level and IT Performance Reporting
(Prerequisites)
Basic Configuration and EarlyWatch Alert for
SAP Business Objects Enterprise
Remote Support Component (RSC)
Available Expert-Guided Implementations 13
Topics for Application Lifecycle Management and
SAP Solution Manager Configuration
Application Lifecycle Management Roadmap Design
(Prerequisites)
Basic Configuration and Update (Prerequisites)
Technical Preparation
Business Process Change Analyzer in SAP Solution
Manager (Prerequisites)
Change Request Management
Configuration Validation
Custom Development Management Cockpit (CDMC)
(Prerequisites)
Data Volume Management Cockpit (Prerequisites)
SAP End-User Experience Monitoring (Prerequisites)
Change Control Management I Enhanced Transport
Management (CTS+) (Prerequisites)
Change Control Management II Quality Gate
Management (Prerequisites)
Job Scheduling Management (Prerequisites)
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 20
Test Management I - SAP Test Workbench
(Prerequisites)
Test Management II - Business Process
Change Analyzer (Prerequisites)
System Monitoring and Reporting
(Prerequisites)
Business Process Monitoring and Stabilization
(Prerequisites)
Job Scheduling Management (Prerequisites)
Change Control Management I Enhanced
Transport Management (CTS+) (Prerequisites)
Change Control Management II Quality Gate
Management (Prerequisites)
Available Expert-Guided Implementations 23
New topics for Application Lifecycle Management
and SAP Solution Manager 71 Configuration
Technical Upgrade to SAP Solution Manager 71
(Prerequisites)
Change Request Management Update 70 to 71
(Prerequisites)
Basic Configuration of SAP Solution Manager 71
(Prerequisites)
Relational Universe Auditing and Best Practice
(Prerequisites)
Incident Problem and Request Management
(Prerequisites)
Roles and Authorization Concept
Business Planning amp Consolidation Microsoft
Platform Version
Project Implementation Using SAP Solution Manager
71
Solution Documentation 71 (Prerequisites)
Application Lifecycle Management Roadmap Design
(Prerequisites)
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 21
Available Expert-Guided Implementations 33
Topics for Self Service Delivery
SAP Enterprise Support Engagement Methodology
Self Service Business Process Analytics and
Improvement (Prerequisites)
Expert Guided Implementation for Self Service Data
Volume Management
Self Service Security Optimization Service
(Prerequisites)
Self Service SQL Statement Tuning (Prerequisites)
Self Service Transport Execution Analysis
(Prerequisites)
Self Service Performance Optimization ST12
Self Service Data Consistency Management
(Prerequisites)
Basic Configuration and EarlyWatch Alert for SAP
Business Objects Business Intelligence 40Solution
Manager 71 (Prerequisites)
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 22
Available Expert-Guided Implementations Prerequisites
Expert-guided implementation does NOT fit in the
following cases
If no knowledge about the administration of SAP
NetWeaver is available
If a complex implementation project of SAP Solution
Manager scenario is planned (for example
integration of third-party tools major adaptations of
basic scenarios defined by SAP)
Technical prerequisites
Installation of SAP Solution Manager as defined
for delivery slot
Connection to SAP network via remote function
call SAPNet - Web Frontend (OSS1-maintained)
S-User in SAP Marketplace with necessary
authorization available
Network connection to the satellite systems which
should be managed by SAP Solution Manager
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 23
Expert-Guided Implementation Benefits amp Goals
Goal
The goal is to execute all relevant implementation steps
during the delivery time of Expert Guided Implementation by
your project team
After the delivery the scenario is ready for productive usage
and your team has the knowledge for using the SAP
Solution Manager scenario
Benefits
Direct configuration of your SAP Solution Manager system
After delivery the implemented scenarios are ready for use
Knowledge transfer to avoid dependence on externals
Execution of all activities in defined time frame
Direct access to SAP Experts
No theoretical class room training instead empowering for
self doing by customer project teams
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 24
Benefit
Utilize Run SAP Partners as multipliers to enable the
market in implementing Solution Manager
Up-skill Run SAP Partners so they can share their
experience with their customers
Run SAP Partners will become knowledgeable of
Enterprise Support offerings
With the use of EGIs as a platform for Solution Manager
enhancements and deltas Run SAP Partners can assist in
the delivery capacity in the marketplace
Increased collaboration with SAP Active Global Support
Expert-Guided Implementation Benefit for Run SAP Partners
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 25
Recommend
Designate one person as point of contact for questions
registration and communication with AGS Partner Manager
Point of contact will register their consultant in desired EGI
session via SAP Registration Form(received after
successful certification from PM)
Point of contact will track the total number of EGI sessions
consumed per year
Send email communication to Run SAP practice regarding
Expert Guided Implementation Sessions with web links
Expert-Guided Implementation Roll-out Process for Run SAP Partners to their Practice
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 26
Expert Guided Implementation for Run SAP Partners
What does it cost No charge for Run SAP Certified Partners
5 EGI Sessions year for Local Certified Run SAP Implementation Partners
10 EGI Sessions year for Global Certified Run SAP Implementation Partners
20 EGI Sessions year for Certified Run SAP Operations Partners
How to order
SAP offers delivery at fixed time slots
Available delivery slots are published on the SAP Service Marketplace
Partners plan projects and register based on project timeline via sending an
email with the SAP EGI registration form to the corresponding Partner
manager
Where to find additional information
External Information
Alias SolutionManager -gt Services -gt Expert Guided
Implementation
Direct Link
httpservicesapcom~formsapnet_SHORTKEY=0110003587000
0717440amp_SCENARIO=01100035870000000202amp
Registration for RunSAP
Partner
Expert Guided Implementation
Dear Partner manager
Please register for the session Expert Guided Implementation in
Region EMEA
Topic Technical Upgrade to SAP Solution Manager 71 (Prerequisites)
Delivery week 12
Start Date 03-19-2012
Language EN
the following partner participant
Partner Name Run SAP Partner XY
Partner Number 11111111
S-User of participant S11111111
e-mail MaxMustermannPartnerXYcom
Best regards
Max Mustermann
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 27
How Do Run SAP Partners Register
EGI Session Delivery Participant
Registration Solution Manager Register via form
Partners register via
registration form
Important to send the
from to your Partner
Manager
KPS sends confirmation
with pre-requisite
documents prior to start
of session
Check available
schedule via
servicesapcom
Alias alm-services
Session is delivered in
2-3 hour online session
Participant has access
to Subject Matter
Expert remotely when
working on their
Solution Manager
system
At the completion of the
session participant is
registered in Education
Training System for
training record tracking
No invoicing is sent
Service
Marketplace
Basic Configuration
Is Achieved
SAP TechEd 2011 -
Hero Campaign
Las Vegas NV The Venetian
September 12-16 2011
Bangalore KTPO
October 19-21 2011
Madrid Feria de Madrid
November 8-10 2011
HERO CAMPAIGN
ndash
SAPreg
TechEd 2011
Become a hero
Stop in at the SAP Active Global Support Hero Campaign in the Community Clubhouse
Learn from Experts to manage your solutions along the application lifecycle with live systems
Work with our SAP Solution Manager 71 Subject Matter Experts to become a ldquoHerordquo
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 30
Framework
LOCATIONS amp Dates
September 12 - 16 2011 ndash Las Vegas US
October 19 - 21 2011 ndash Bangalore India
November 8 ndash 11 2011 Madrid Spain
Staff
SAP‟s SAP Solution Manager 71 matter experts
Run SAP Certified Partner‟s SAP Solution Manager 71 experts
TARGET GROUP
TechEd attendees (partnerscustomers) who have interest in Application Lifecycle Management and the new
SAP Solution Manager 71 release
Goal of 700 (300 Las Vegas 200 India 200 Spain) attendees for the 3 Events together
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 31
Hero Campaign Las Vegas Bangalore Madrid results
983 Attendees
Estimated missed scans per day 20
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 32
Partner Feedback Las Vegas
HP
ldquoI had a great time participating in the Hero Campaign It even was great working a side by
side as well as having great conversations with the SAP experts and the customers at the
Hero Campaign booth ldquo
Gary Manaoat
ldquoThis was a success Thank you for the great opportunityrdquo
Kristine Gersabeck
Keane an NTT DATA Company
bdquoWe have to thank you ton for your support during our booth sessions and providing this
great opportunityldquo
Lakshminarayanan Rengasamy
ldquoThank you for having given us such a great opportunity to participate at the Hero
Campaignrdquo
Narasimhan Arvind
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 33
WIPRO
ldquoThe concept of having partner to contribute in the TechEd booth is a great idea which
helps partners to show case the capability in new products of Solution Manager and also
we feel great and confident while participating in such eventsThe Solution Manager 71
(ldquoBe a Herordquo) booth in Bangalore TechEd was really a great event and we would like to
thank for providing this opportunityldquo
Srinivas Hulsusgud
Optimal Solutions
bdquoIt was very good experience for me to be there in the Hero campaign booth It has given
me an insight to the clients view of SAP products in which angle they are looking
Thanks for providing us the opportunity for being with SAP during the TechEdldquo
Biju Abraham
Partner Feedback Bangalore
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 34
Newsletter Articles about the Hero campaign
Today‟s Customers are facing a lot of complex challenges within their SAP Application Landscape
in various phases of ALM (Application Lifecycle Management)But the question stays always the
same How to succeed in these challenges
Around 1000 customers and partners got an answer to this question at the TechEds Las Vegas
Bangalore and Madrid by visiting the HERO campaign interactive station from the AGS Partner
Management and Training Team We took one live demo system of the single source of truth the
new SAP Solution Manager 71 Mixed it up with experts from SAP and of our Run SAP certified
partner community and let those 1000 participants interact with them to learn how SAP Solution
Manager 71 and the E2E Solution Manager Operations courses give them the opportunity to
succeed
So be aware of 1000 HEROES more around the globe knowing how to leverage from SAP Solution
Manager 71 and the respective trainings So don‟t let your customers miss the great opportunity to
stop by the Hero Campaign at SAP TechEd events next year and to learn more about SAP Solution
Manager 71 with the E2E Solution Manager Operations courses
You can find more information about these curriculums at wwwsapcomeducatione2e
The success of the Hero campaign at the different Events and the overall Results were
promoted in several Newsletters like the AGS and the global Ecosystems and Channels
Newsletters as an example
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 35
Follow Up activities
Hero campaign to be used to
promote end-to-end standards
partner and training program
Information about courses EGIrsquos
standards and partner program sent
via post event email
Non-SAP-employee participant data
was shared with our at the booth
present partners
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 36
Hero campaign Impressions
Las Vegas Bangalore Madrid
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 20
Test Management I - SAP Test Workbench
(Prerequisites)
Test Management II - Business Process
Change Analyzer (Prerequisites)
System Monitoring and Reporting
(Prerequisites)
Business Process Monitoring and Stabilization
(Prerequisites)
Job Scheduling Management (Prerequisites)
Change Control Management I Enhanced
Transport Management (CTS+) (Prerequisites)
Change Control Management II Quality Gate
Management (Prerequisites)
Available Expert-Guided Implementations 23
New topics for Application Lifecycle Management
and SAP Solution Manager 71 Configuration
Technical Upgrade to SAP Solution Manager 71
(Prerequisites)
Change Request Management Update 70 to 71
(Prerequisites)
Basic Configuration of SAP Solution Manager 71
(Prerequisites)
Relational Universe Auditing and Best Practice
(Prerequisites)
Incident Problem and Request Management
(Prerequisites)
Roles and Authorization Concept
Business Planning amp Consolidation Microsoft
Platform Version
Project Implementation Using SAP Solution Manager
71
Solution Documentation 71 (Prerequisites)
Application Lifecycle Management Roadmap Design
(Prerequisites)
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 21
Available Expert-Guided Implementations 33
Topics for Self Service Delivery
SAP Enterprise Support Engagement Methodology
Self Service Business Process Analytics and
Improvement (Prerequisites)
Expert Guided Implementation for Self Service Data
Volume Management
Self Service Security Optimization Service
(Prerequisites)
Self Service SQL Statement Tuning (Prerequisites)
Self Service Transport Execution Analysis
(Prerequisites)
Self Service Performance Optimization ST12
Self Service Data Consistency Management
(Prerequisites)
Basic Configuration and EarlyWatch Alert for SAP
Business Objects Business Intelligence 40Solution
Manager 71 (Prerequisites)
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 22
Available Expert-Guided Implementations Prerequisites
Expert-guided implementation does NOT fit in the
following cases
If no knowledge about the administration of SAP
NetWeaver is available
If a complex implementation project of SAP Solution
Manager scenario is planned (for example
integration of third-party tools major adaptations of
basic scenarios defined by SAP)
Technical prerequisites
Installation of SAP Solution Manager as defined
for delivery slot
Connection to SAP network via remote function
call SAPNet - Web Frontend (OSS1-maintained)
S-User in SAP Marketplace with necessary
authorization available
Network connection to the satellite systems which
should be managed by SAP Solution Manager
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 23
Expert-Guided Implementation Benefits amp Goals
Goal
The goal is to execute all relevant implementation steps
during the delivery time of Expert Guided Implementation by
your project team
After the delivery the scenario is ready for productive usage
and your team has the knowledge for using the SAP
Solution Manager scenario
Benefits
Direct configuration of your SAP Solution Manager system
After delivery the implemented scenarios are ready for use
Knowledge transfer to avoid dependence on externals
Execution of all activities in defined time frame
Direct access to SAP Experts
No theoretical class room training instead empowering for
self doing by customer project teams
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 24
Benefit
Utilize Run SAP Partners as multipliers to enable the
market in implementing Solution Manager
Up-skill Run SAP Partners so they can share their
experience with their customers
Run SAP Partners will become knowledgeable of
Enterprise Support offerings
With the use of EGIs as a platform for Solution Manager
enhancements and deltas Run SAP Partners can assist in
the delivery capacity in the marketplace
Increased collaboration with SAP Active Global Support
Expert-Guided Implementation Benefit for Run SAP Partners
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 25
Recommend
Designate one person as point of contact for questions
registration and communication with AGS Partner Manager
Point of contact will register their consultant in desired EGI
session via SAP Registration Form(received after
successful certification from PM)
Point of contact will track the total number of EGI sessions
consumed per year
Send email communication to Run SAP practice regarding
Expert Guided Implementation Sessions with web links
Expert-Guided Implementation Roll-out Process for Run SAP Partners to their Practice
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 26
Expert Guided Implementation for Run SAP Partners
What does it cost No charge for Run SAP Certified Partners
5 EGI Sessions year for Local Certified Run SAP Implementation Partners
10 EGI Sessions year for Global Certified Run SAP Implementation Partners
20 EGI Sessions year for Certified Run SAP Operations Partners
How to order
SAP offers delivery at fixed time slots
Available delivery slots are published on the SAP Service Marketplace
Partners plan projects and register based on project timeline via sending an
email with the SAP EGI registration form to the corresponding Partner
manager
Where to find additional information
External Information
Alias SolutionManager -gt Services -gt Expert Guided
Implementation
Direct Link
httpservicesapcom~formsapnet_SHORTKEY=0110003587000
0717440amp_SCENARIO=01100035870000000202amp
Registration for RunSAP
Partner
Expert Guided Implementation
Dear Partner manager
Please register for the session Expert Guided Implementation in
Region EMEA
Topic Technical Upgrade to SAP Solution Manager 71 (Prerequisites)
Delivery week 12
Start Date 03-19-2012
Language EN
the following partner participant
Partner Name Run SAP Partner XY
Partner Number 11111111
S-User of participant S11111111
e-mail MaxMustermannPartnerXYcom
Best regards
Max Mustermann
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 27
How Do Run SAP Partners Register
EGI Session Delivery Participant
Registration Solution Manager Register via form
Partners register via
registration form
Important to send the
from to your Partner
Manager
KPS sends confirmation
with pre-requisite
documents prior to start
of session
Check available
schedule via
servicesapcom
Alias alm-services
Session is delivered in
2-3 hour online session
Participant has access
to Subject Matter
Expert remotely when
working on their
Solution Manager
system
At the completion of the
session participant is
registered in Education
Training System for
training record tracking
No invoicing is sent
Service
Marketplace
Basic Configuration
Is Achieved
SAP TechEd 2011 -
Hero Campaign
Las Vegas NV The Venetian
September 12-16 2011
Bangalore KTPO
October 19-21 2011
Madrid Feria de Madrid
November 8-10 2011
HERO CAMPAIGN
ndash
SAPreg
TechEd 2011
Become a hero
Stop in at the SAP Active Global Support Hero Campaign in the Community Clubhouse
Learn from Experts to manage your solutions along the application lifecycle with live systems
Work with our SAP Solution Manager 71 Subject Matter Experts to become a ldquoHerordquo
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 30
Framework
LOCATIONS amp Dates
September 12 - 16 2011 ndash Las Vegas US
October 19 - 21 2011 ndash Bangalore India
November 8 ndash 11 2011 Madrid Spain
Staff
SAP‟s SAP Solution Manager 71 matter experts
Run SAP Certified Partner‟s SAP Solution Manager 71 experts
TARGET GROUP
TechEd attendees (partnerscustomers) who have interest in Application Lifecycle Management and the new
SAP Solution Manager 71 release
Goal of 700 (300 Las Vegas 200 India 200 Spain) attendees for the 3 Events together
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 31
Hero Campaign Las Vegas Bangalore Madrid results
983 Attendees
Estimated missed scans per day 20
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 32
Partner Feedback Las Vegas
HP
ldquoI had a great time participating in the Hero Campaign It even was great working a side by
side as well as having great conversations with the SAP experts and the customers at the
Hero Campaign booth ldquo
Gary Manaoat
ldquoThis was a success Thank you for the great opportunityrdquo
Kristine Gersabeck
Keane an NTT DATA Company
bdquoWe have to thank you ton for your support during our booth sessions and providing this
great opportunityldquo
Lakshminarayanan Rengasamy
ldquoThank you for having given us such a great opportunity to participate at the Hero
Campaignrdquo
Narasimhan Arvind
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 33
WIPRO
ldquoThe concept of having partner to contribute in the TechEd booth is a great idea which
helps partners to show case the capability in new products of Solution Manager and also
we feel great and confident while participating in such eventsThe Solution Manager 71
(ldquoBe a Herordquo) booth in Bangalore TechEd was really a great event and we would like to
thank for providing this opportunityldquo
Srinivas Hulsusgud
Optimal Solutions
bdquoIt was very good experience for me to be there in the Hero campaign booth It has given
me an insight to the clients view of SAP products in which angle they are looking
Thanks for providing us the opportunity for being with SAP during the TechEdldquo
Biju Abraham
Partner Feedback Bangalore
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 34
Newsletter Articles about the Hero campaign
Today‟s Customers are facing a lot of complex challenges within their SAP Application Landscape
in various phases of ALM (Application Lifecycle Management)But the question stays always the
same How to succeed in these challenges
Around 1000 customers and partners got an answer to this question at the TechEds Las Vegas
Bangalore and Madrid by visiting the HERO campaign interactive station from the AGS Partner
Management and Training Team We took one live demo system of the single source of truth the
new SAP Solution Manager 71 Mixed it up with experts from SAP and of our Run SAP certified
partner community and let those 1000 participants interact with them to learn how SAP Solution
Manager 71 and the E2E Solution Manager Operations courses give them the opportunity to
succeed
So be aware of 1000 HEROES more around the globe knowing how to leverage from SAP Solution
Manager 71 and the respective trainings So don‟t let your customers miss the great opportunity to
stop by the Hero Campaign at SAP TechEd events next year and to learn more about SAP Solution
Manager 71 with the E2E Solution Manager Operations courses
You can find more information about these curriculums at wwwsapcomeducatione2e
The success of the Hero campaign at the different Events and the overall Results were
promoted in several Newsletters like the AGS and the global Ecosystems and Channels
Newsletters as an example
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 35
Follow Up activities
Hero campaign to be used to
promote end-to-end standards
partner and training program
Information about courses EGIrsquos
standards and partner program sent
via post event email
Non-SAP-employee participant data
was shared with our at the booth
present partners
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 36
Hero campaign Impressions
Las Vegas Bangalore Madrid
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 21
Available Expert-Guided Implementations 33
Topics for Self Service Delivery
SAP Enterprise Support Engagement Methodology
Self Service Business Process Analytics and
Improvement (Prerequisites)
Expert Guided Implementation for Self Service Data
Volume Management
Self Service Security Optimization Service
(Prerequisites)
Self Service SQL Statement Tuning (Prerequisites)
Self Service Transport Execution Analysis
(Prerequisites)
Self Service Performance Optimization ST12
Self Service Data Consistency Management
(Prerequisites)
Basic Configuration and EarlyWatch Alert for SAP
Business Objects Business Intelligence 40Solution
Manager 71 (Prerequisites)
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 22
Available Expert-Guided Implementations Prerequisites
Expert-guided implementation does NOT fit in the
following cases
If no knowledge about the administration of SAP
NetWeaver is available
If a complex implementation project of SAP Solution
Manager scenario is planned (for example
integration of third-party tools major adaptations of
basic scenarios defined by SAP)
Technical prerequisites
Installation of SAP Solution Manager as defined
for delivery slot
Connection to SAP network via remote function
call SAPNet - Web Frontend (OSS1-maintained)
S-User in SAP Marketplace with necessary
authorization available
Network connection to the satellite systems which
should be managed by SAP Solution Manager
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 23
Expert-Guided Implementation Benefits amp Goals
Goal
The goal is to execute all relevant implementation steps
during the delivery time of Expert Guided Implementation by
your project team
After the delivery the scenario is ready for productive usage
and your team has the knowledge for using the SAP
Solution Manager scenario
Benefits
Direct configuration of your SAP Solution Manager system
After delivery the implemented scenarios are ready for use
Knowledge transfer to avoid dependence on externals
Execution of all activities in defined time frame
Direct access to SAP Experts
No theoretical class room training instead empowering for
self doing by customer project teams
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 24
Benefit
Utilize Run SAP Partners as multipliers to enable the
market in implementing Solution Manager
Up-skill Run SAP Partners so they can share their
experience with their customers
Run SAP Partners will become knowledgeable of
Enterprise Support offerings
With the use of EGIs as a platform for Solution Manager
enhancements and deltas Run SAP Partners can assist in
the delivery capacity in the marketplace
Increased collaboration with SAP Active Global Support
Expert-Guided Implementation Benefit for Run SAP Partners
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 25
Recommend
Designate one person as point of contact for questions
registration and communication with AGS Partner Manager
Point of contact will register their consultant in desired EGI
session via SAP Registration Form(received after
successful certification from PM)
Point of contact will track the total number of EGI sessions
consumed per year
Send email communication to Run SAP practice regarding
Expert Guided Implementation Sessions with web links
Expert-Guided Implementation Roll-out Process for Run SAP Partners to their Practice
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 26
Expert Guided Implementation for Run SAP Partners
What does it cost No charge for Run SAP Certified Partners
5 EGI Sessions year for Local Certified Run SAP Implementation Partners
10 EGI Sessions year for Global Certified Run SAP Implementation Partners
20 EGI Sessions year for Certified Run SAP Operations Partners
How to order
SAP offers delivery at fixed time slots
Available delivery slots are published on the SAP Service Marketplace
Partners plan projects and register based on project timeline via sending an
email with the SAP EGI registration form to the corresponding Partner
manager
Where to find additional information
External Information
Alias SolutionManager -gt Services -gt Expert Guided
Implementation
Direct Link
httpservicesapcom~formsapnet_SHORTKEY=0110003587000
0717440amp_SCENARIO=01100035870000000202amp
Registration for RunSAP
Partner
Expert Guided Implementation
Dear Partner manager
Please register for the session Expert Guided Implementation in
Region EMEA
Topic Technical Upgrade to SAP Solution Manager 71 (Prerequisites)
Delivery week 12
Start Date 03-19-2012
Language EN
the following partner participant
Partner Name Run SAP Partner XY
Partner Number 11111111
S-User of participant S11111111
e-mail MaxMustermannPartnerXYcom
Best regards
Max Mustermann
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 27
How Do Run SAP Partners Register
EGI Session Delivery Participant
Registration Solution Manager Register via form
Partners register via
registration form
Important to send the
from to your Partner
Manager
KPS sends confirmation
with pre-requisite
documents prior to start
of session
Check available
schedule via
servicesapcom
Alias alm-services
Session is delivered in
2-3 hour online session
Participant has access
to Subject Matter
Expert remotely when
working on their
Solution Manager
system
At the completion of the
session participant is
registered in Education
Training System for
training record tracking
No invoicing is sent
Service
Marketplace
Basic Configuration
Is Achieved
SAP TechEd 2011 -
Hero Campaign
Las Vegas NV The Venetian
September 12-16 2011
Bangalore KTPO
October 19-21 2011
Madrid Feria de Madrid
November 8-10 2011
HERO CAMPAIGN
ndash
SAPreg
TechEd 2011
Become a hero
Stop in at the SAP Active Global Support Hero Campaign in the Community Clubhouse
Learn from Experts to manage your solutions along the application lifecycle with live systems
Work with our SAP Solution Manager 71 Subject Matter Experts to become a ldquoHerordquo
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 30
Framework
LOCATIONS amp Dates
September 12 - 16 2011 ndash Las Vegas US
October 19 - 21 2011 ndash Bangalore India
November 8 ndash 11 2011 Madrid Spain
Staff
SAP‟s SAP Solution Manager 71 matter experts
Run SAP Certified Partner‟s SAP Solution Manager 71 experts
TARGET GROUP
TechEd attendees (partnerscustomers) who have interest in Application Lifecycle Management and the new
SAP Solution Manager 71 release
Goal of 700 (300 Las Vegas 200 India 200 Spain) attendees for the 3 Events together
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 31
Hero Campaign Las Vegas Bangalore Madrid results
983 Attendees
Estimated missed scans per day 20
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 32
Partner Feedback Las Vegas
HP
ldquoI had a great time participating in the Hero Campaign It even was great working a side by
side as well as having great conversations with the SAP experts and the customers at the
Hero Campaign booth ldquo
Gary Manaoat
ldquoThis was a success Thank you for the great opportunityrdquo
Kristine Gersabeck
Keane an NTT DATA Company
bdquoWe have to thank you ton for your support during our booth sessions and providing this
great opportunityldquo
Lakshminarayanan Rengasamy
ldquoThank you for having given us such a great opportunity to participate at the Hero
Campaignrdquo
Narasimhan Arvind
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 33
WIPRO
ldquoThe concept of having partner to contribute in the TechEd booth is a great idea which
helps partners to show case the capability in new products of Solution Manager and also
we feel great and confident while participating in such eventsThe Solution Manager 71
(ldquoBe a Herordquo) booth in Bangalore TechEd was really a great event and we would like to
thank for providing this opportunityldquo
Srinivas Hulsusgud
Optimal Solutions
bdquoIt was very good experience for me to be there in the Hero campaign booth It has given
me an insight to the clients view of SAP products in which angle they are looking
Thanks for providing us the opportunity for being with SAP during the TechEdldquo
Biju Abraham
Partner Feedback Bangalore
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 34
Newsletter Articles about the Hero campaign
Today‟s Customers are facing a lot of complex challenges within their SAP Application Landscape
in various phases of ALM (Application Lifecycle Management)But the question stays always the
same How to succeed in these challenges
Around 1000 customers and partners got an answer to this question at the TechEds Las Vegas
Bangalore and Madrid by visiting the HERO campaign interactive station from the AGS Partner
Management and Training Team We took one live demo system of the single source of truth the
new SAP Solution Manager 71 Mixed it up with experts from SAP and of our Run SAP certified
partner community and let those 1000 participants interact with them to learn how SAP Solution
Manager 71 and the E2E Solution Manager Operations courses give them the opportunity to
succeed
So be aware of 1000 HEROES more around the globe knowing how to leverage from SAP Solution
Manager 71 and the respective trainings So don‟t let your customers miss the great opportunity to
stop by the Hero Campaign at SAP TechEd events next year and to learn more about SAP Solution
Manager 71 with the E2E Solution Manager Operations courses
You can find more information about these curriculums at wwwsapcomeducatione2e
The success of the Hero campaign at the different Events and the overall Results were
promoted in several Newsletters like the AGS and the global Ecosystems and Channels
Newsletters as an example
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 35
Follow Up activities
Hero campaign to be used to
promote end-to-end standards
partner and training program
Information about courses EGIrsquos
standards and partner program sent
via post event email
Non-SAP-employee participant data
was shared with our at the booth
present partners
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 36
Hero campaign Impressions
Las Vegas Bangalore Madrid
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 22
Available Expert-Guided Implementations Prerequisites
Expert-guided implementation does NOT fit in the
following cases
If no knowledge about the administration of SAP
NetWeaver is available
If a complex implementation project of SAP Solution
Manager scenario is planned (for example
integration of third-party tools major adaptations of
basic scenarios defined by SAP)
Technical prerequisites
Installation of SAP Solution Manager as defined
for delivery slot
Connection to SAP network via remote function
call SAPNet - Web Frontend (OSS1-maintained)
S-User in SAP Marketplace with necessary
authorization available
Network connection to the satellite systems which
should be managed by SAP Solution Manager
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 23
Expert-Guided Implementation Benefits amp Goals
Goal
The goal is to execute all relevant implementation steps
during the delivery time of Expert Guided Implementation by
your project team
After the delivery the scenario is ready for productive usage
and your team has the knowledge for using the SAP
Solution Manager scenario
Benefits
Direct configuration of your SAP Solution Manager system
After delivery the implemented scenarios are ready for use
Knowledge transfer to avoid dependence on externals
Execution of all activities in defined time frame
Direct access to SAP Experts
No theoretical class room training instead empowering for
self doing by customer project teams
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 24
Benefit
Utilize Run SAP Partners as multipliers to enable the
market in implementing Solution Manager
Up-skill Run SAP Partners so they can share their
experience with their customers
Run SAP Partners will become knowledgeable of
Enterprise Support offerings
With the use of EGIs as a platform for Solution Manager
enhancements and deltas Run SAP Partners can assist in
the delivery capacity in the marketplace
Increased collaboration with SAP Active Global Support
Expert-Guided Implementation Benefit for Run SAP Partners
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 25
Recommend
Designate one person as point of contact for questions
registration and communication with AGS Partner Manager
Point of contact will register their consultant in desired EGI
session via SAP Registration Form(received after
successful certification from PM)
Point of contact will track the total number of EGI sessions
consumed per year
Send email communication to Run SAP practice regarding
Expert Guided Implementation Sessions with web links
Expert-Guided Implementation Roll-out Process for Run SAP Partners to their Practice
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 26
Expert Guided Implementation for Run SAP Partners
What does it cost No charge for Run SAP Certified Partners
5 EGI Sessions year for Local Certified Run SAP Implementation Partners
10 EGI Sessions year for Global Certified Run SAP Implementation Partners
20 EGI Sessions year for Certified Run SAP Operations Partners
How to order
SAP offers delivery at fixed time slots
Available delivery slots are published on the SAP Service Marketplace
Partners plan projects and register based on project timeline via sending an
email with the SAP EGI registration form to the corresponding Partner
manager
Where to find additional information
External Information
Alias SolutionManager -gt Services -gt Expert Guided
Implementation
Direct Link
httpservicesapcom~formsapnet_SHORTKEY=0110003587000
0717440amp_SCENARIO=01100035870000000202amp
Registration for RunSAP
Partner
Expert Guided Implementation
Dear Partner manager
Please register for the session Expert Guided Implementation in
Region EMEA
Topic Technical Upgrade to SAP Solution Manager 71 (Prerequisites)
Delivery week 12
Start Date 03-19-2012
Language EN
the following partner participant
Partner Name Run SAP Partner XY
Partner Number 11111111
S-User of participant S11111111
e-mail MaxMustermannPartnerXYcom
Best regards
Max Mustermann
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 27
How Do Run SAP Partners Register
EGI Session Delivery Participant
Registration Solution Manager Register via form
Partners register via
registration form
Important to send the
from to your Partner
Manager
KPS sends confirmation
with pre-requisite
documents prior to start
of session
Check available
schedule via
servicesapcom
Alias alm-services
Session is delivered in
2-3 hour online session
Participant has access
to Subject Matter
Expert remotely when
working on their
Solution Manager
system
At the completion of the
session participant is
registered in Education
Training System for
training record tracking
No invoicing is sent
Service
Marketplace
Basic Configuration
Is Achieved
SAP TechEd 2011 -
Hero Campaign
Las Vegas NV The Venetian
September 12-16 2011
Bangalore KTPO
October 19-21 2011
Madrid Feria de Madrid
November 8-10 2011
HERO CAMPAIGN
ndash
SAPreg
TechEd 2011
Become a hero
Stop in at the SAP Active Global Support Hero Campaign in the Community Clubhouse
Learn from Experts to manage your solutions along the application lifecycle with live systems
Work with our SAP Solution Manager 71 Subject Matter Experts to become a ldquoHerordquo
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 30
Framework
LOCATIONS amp Dates
September 12 - 16 2011 ndash Las Vegas US
October 19 - 21 2011 ndash Bangalore India
November 8 ndash 11 2011 Madrid Spain
Staff
SAP‟s SAP Solution Manager 71 matter experts
Run SAP Certified Partner‟s SAP Solution Manager 71 experts
TARGET GROUP
TechEd attendees (partnerscustomers) who have interest in Application Lifecycle Management and the new
SAP Solution Manager 71 release
Goal of 700 (300 Las Vegas 200 India 200 Spain) attendees for the 3 Events together
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 31
Hero Campaign Las Vegas Bangalore Madrid results
983 Attendees
Estimated missed scans per day 20
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 32
Partner Feedback Las Vegas
HP
ldquoI had a great time participating in the Hero Campaign It even was great working a side by
side as well as having great conversations with the SAP experts and the customers at the
Hero Campaign booth ldquo
Gary Manaoat
ldquoThis was a success Thank you for the great opportunityrdquo
Kristine Gersabeck
Keane an NTT DATA Company
bdquoWe have to thank you ton for your support during our booth sessions and providing this
great opportunityldquo
Lakshminarayanan Rengasamy
ldquoThank you for having given us such a great opportunity to participate at the Hero
Campaignrdquo
Narasimhan Arvind
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 33
WIPRO
ldquoThe concept of having partner to contribute in the TechEd booth is a great idea which
helps partners to show case the capability in new products of Solution Manager and also
we feel great and confident while participating in such eventsThe Solution Manager 71
(ldquoBe a Herordquo) booth in Bangalore TechEd was really a great event and we would like to
thank for providing this opportunityldquo
Srinivas Hulsusgud
Optimal Solutions
bdquoIt was very good experience for me to be there in the Hero campaign booth It has given
me an insight to the clients view of SAP products in which angle they are looking
Thanks for providing us the opportunity for being with SAP during the TechEdldquo
Biju Abraham
Partner Feedback Bangalore
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 34
Newsletter Articles about the Hero campaign
Today‟s Customers are facing a lot of complex challenges within their SAP Application Landscape
in various phases of ALM (Application Lifecycle Management)But the question stays always the
same How to succeed in these challenges
Around 1000 customers and partners got an answer to this question at the TechEds Las Vegas
Bangalore and Madrid by visiting the HERO campaign interactive station from the AGS Partner
Management and Training Team We took one live demo system of the single source of truth the
new SAP Solution Manager 71 Mixed it up with experts from SAP and of our Run SAP certified
partner community and let those 1000 participants interact with them to learn how SAP Solution
Manager 71 and the E2E Solution Manager Operations courses give them the opportunity to
succeed
So be aware of 1000 HEROES more around the globe knowing how to leverage from SAP Solution
Manager 71 and the respective trainings So don‟t let your customers miss the great opportunity to
stop by the Hero Campaign at SAP TechEd events next year and to learn more about SAP Solution
Manager 71 with the E2E Solution Manager Operations courses
You can find more information about these curriculums at wwwsapcomeducatione2e
The success of the Hero campaign at the different Events and the overall Results were
promoted in several Newsletters like the AGS and the global Ecosystems and Channels
Newsletters as an example
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 35
Follow Up activities
Hero campaign to be used to
promote end-to-end standards
partner and training program
Information about courses EGIrsquos
standards and partner program sent
via post event email
Non-SAP-employee participant data
was shared with our at the booth
present partners
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 36
Hero campaign Impressions
Las Vegas Bangalore Madrid
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 23
Expert-Guided Implementation Benefits amp Goals
Goal
The goal is to execute all relevant implementation steps
during the delivery time of Expert Guided Implementation by
your project team
After the delivery the scenario is ready for productive usage
and your team has the knowledge for using the SAP
Solution Manager scenario
Benefits
Direct configuration of your SAP Solution Manager system
After delivery the implemented scenarios are ready for use
Knowledge transfer to avoid dependence on externals
Execution of all activities in defined time frame
Direct access to SAP Experts
No theoretical class room training instead empowering for
self doing by customer project teams
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 24
Benefit
Utilize Run SAP Partners as multipliers to enable the
market in implementing Solution Manager
Up-skill Run SAP Partners so they can share their
experience with their customers
Run SAP Partners will become knowledgeable of
Enterprise Support offerings
With the use of EGIs as a platform for Solution Manager
enhancements and deltas Run SAP Partners can assist in
the delivery capacity in the marketplace
Increased collaboration with SAP Active Global Support
Expert-Guided Implementation Benefit for Run SAP Partners
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 25
Recommend
Designate one person as point of contact for questions
registration and communication with AGS Partner Manager
Point of contact will register their consultant in desired EGI
session via SAP Registration Form(received after
successful certification from PM)
Point of contact will track the total number of EGI sessions
consumed per year
Send email communication to Run SAP practice regarding
Expert Guided Implementation Sessions with web links
Expert-Guided Implementation Roll-out Process for Run SAP Partners to their Practice
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 26
Expert Guided Implementation for Run SAP Partners
What does it cost No charge for Run SAP Certified Partners
5 EGI Sessions year for Local Certified Run SAP Implementation Partners
10 EGI Sessions year for Global Certified Run SAP Implementation Partners
20 EGI Sessions year for Certified Run SAP Operations Partners
How to order
SAP offers delivery at fixed time slots
Available delivery slots are published on the SAP Service Marketplace
Partners plan projects and register based on project timeline via sending an
email with the SAP EGI registration form to the corresponding Partner
manager
Where to find additional information
External Information
Alias SolutionManager -gt Services -gt Expert Guided
Implementation
Direct Link
httpservicesapcom~formsapnet_SHORTKEY=0110003587000
0717440amp_SCENARIO=01100035870000000202amp
Registration for RunSAP
Partner
Expert Guided Implementation
Dear Partner manager
Please register for the session Expert Guided Implementation in
Region EMEA
Topic Technical Upgrade to SAP Solution Manager 71 (Prerequisites)
Delivery week 12
Start Date 03-19-2012
Language EN
the following partner participant
Partner Name Run SAP Partner XY
Partner Number 11111111
S-User of participant S11111111
e-mail MaxMustermannPartnerXYcom
Best regards
Max Mustermann
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 27
How Do Run SAP Partners Register
EGI Session Delivery Participant
Registration Solution Manager Register via form
Partners register via
registration form
Important to send the
from to your Partner
Manager
KPS sends confirmation
with pre-requisite
documents prior to start
of session
Check available
schedule via
servicesapcom
Alias alm-services
Session is delivered in
2-3 hour online session
Participant has access
to Subject Matter
Expert remotely when
working on their
Solution Manager
system
At the completion of the
session participant is
registered in Education
Training System for
training record tracking
No invoicing is sent
Service
Marketplace
Basic Configuration
Is Achieved
SAP TechEd 2011 -
Hero Campaign
Las Vegas NV The Venetian
September 12-16 2011
Bangalore KTPO
October 19-21 2011
Madrid Feria de Madrid
November 8-10 2011
HERO CAMPAIGN
ndash
SAPreg
TechEd 2011
Become a hero
Stop in at the SAP Active Global Support Hero Campaign in the Community Clubhouse
Learn from Experts to manage your solutions along the application lifecycle with live systems
Work with our SAP Solution Manager 71 Subject Matter Experts to become a ldquoHerordquo
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 30
Framework
LOCATIONS amp Dates
September 12 - 16 2011 ndash Las Vegas US
October 19 - 21 2011 ndash Bangalore India
November 8 ndash 11 2011 Madrid Spain
Staff
SAP‟s SAP Solution Manager 71 matter experts
Run SAP Certified Partner‟s SAP Solution Manager 71 experts
TARGET GROUP
TechEd attendees (partnerscustomers) who have interest in Application Lifecycle Management and the new
SAP Solution Manager 71 release
Goal of 700 (300 Las Vegas 200 India 200 Spain) attendees for the 3 Events together
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 31
Hero Campaign Las Vegas Bangalore Madrid results
983 Attendees
Estimated missed scans per day 20
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 32
Partner Feedback Las Vegas
HP
ldquoI had a great time participating in the Hero Campaign It even was great working a side by
side as well as having great conversations with the SAP experts and the customers at the
Hero Campaign booth ldquo
Gary Manaoat
ldquoThis was a success Thank you for the great opportunityrdquo
Kristine Gersabeck
Keane an NTT DATA Company
bdquoWe have to thank you ton for your support during our booth sessions and providing this
great opportunityldquo
Lakshminarayanan Rengasamy
ldquoThank you for having given us such a great opportunity to participate at the Hero
Campaignrdquo
Narasimhan Arvind
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 33
WIPRO
ldquoThe concept of having partner to contribute in the TechEd booth is a great idea which
helps partners to show case the capability in new products of Solution Manager and also
we feel great and confident while participating in such eventsThe Solution Manager 71
(ldquoBe a Herordquo) booth in Bangalore TechEd was really a great event and we would like to
thank for providing this opportunityldquo
Srinivas Hulsusgud
Optimal Solutions
bdquoIt was very good experience for me to be there in the Hero campaign booth It has given
me an insight to the clients view of SAP products in which angle they are looking
Thanks for providing us the opportunity for being with SAP during the TechEdldquo
Biju Abraham
Partner Feedback Bangalore
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 34
Newsletter Articles about the Hero campaign
Today‟s Customers are facing a lot of complex challenges within their SAP Application Landscape
in various phases of ALM (Application Lifecycle Management)But the question stays always the
same How to succeed in these challenges
Around 1000 customers and partners got an answer to this question at the TechEds Las Vegas
Bangalore and Madrid by visiting the HERO campaign interactive station from the AGS Partner
Management and Training Team We took one live demo system of the single source of truth the
new SAP Solution Manager 71 Mixed it up with experts from SAP and of our Run SAP certified
partner community and let those 1000 participants interact with them to learn how SAP Solution
Manager 71 and the E2E Solution Manager Operations courses give them the opportunity to
succeed
So be aware of 1000 HEROES more around the globe knowing how to leverage from SAP Solution
Manager 71 and the respective trainings So don‟t let your customers miss the great opportunity to
stop by the Hero Campaign at SAP TechEd events next year and to learn more about SAP Solution
Manager 71 with the E2E Solution Manager Operations courses
You can find more information about these curriculums at wwwsapcomeducatione2e
The success of the Hero campaign at the different Events and the overall Results were
promoted in several Newsletters like the AGS and the global Ecosystems and Channels
Newsletters as an example
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 35
Follow Up activities
Hero campaign to be used to
promote end-to-end standards
partner and training program
Information about courses EGIrsquos
standards and partner program sent
via post event email
Non-SAP-employee participant data
was shared with our at the booth
present partners
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 36
Hero campaign Impressions
Las Vegas Bangalore Madrid
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 24
Benefit
Utilize Run SAP Partners as multipliers to enable the
market in implementing Solution Manager
Up-skill Run SAP Partners so they can share their
experience with their customers
Run SAP Partners will become knowledgeable of
Enterprise Support offerings
With the use of EGIs as a platform for Solution Manager
enhancements and deltas Run SAP Partners can assist in
the delivery capacity in the marketplace
Increased collaboration with SAP Active Global Support
Expert-Guided Implementation Benefit for Run SAP Partners
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 25
Recommend
Designate one person as point of contact for questions
registration and communication with AGS Partner Manager
Point of contact will register their consultant in desired EGI
session via SAP Registration Form(received after
successful certification from PM)
Point of contact will track the total number of EGI sessions
consumed per year
Send email communication to Run SAP practice regarding
Expert Guided Implementation Sessions with web links
Expert-Guided Implementation Roll-out Process for Run SAP Partners to their Practice
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 26
Expert Guided Implementation for Run SAP Partners
What does it cost No charge for Run SAP Certified Partners
5 EGI Sessions year for Local Certified Run SAP Implementation Partners
10 EGI Sessions year for Global Certified Run SAP Implementation Partners
20 EGI Sessions year for Certified Run SAP Operations Partners
How to order
SAP offers delivery at fixed time slots
Available delivery slots are published on the SAP Service Marketplace
Partners plan projects and register based on project timeline via sending an
email with the SAP EGI registration form to the corresponding Partner
manager
Where to find additional information
External Information
Alias SolutionManager -gt Services -gt Expert Guided
Implementation
Direct Link
httpservicesapcom~formsapnet_SHORTKEY=0110003587000
0717440amp_SCENARIO=01100035870000000202amp
Registration for RunSAP
Partner
Expert Guided Implementation
Dear Partner manager
Please register for the session Expert Guided Implementation in
Region EMEA
Topic Technical Upgrade to SAP Solution Manager 71 (Prerequisites)
Delivery week 12
Start Date 03-19-2012
Language EN
the following partner participant
Partner Name Run SAP Partner XY
Partner Number 11111111
S-User of participant S11111111
e-mail MaxMustermannPartnerXYcom
Best regards
Max Mustermann
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 27
How Do Run SAP Partners Register
EGI Session Delivery Participant
Registration Solution Manager Register via form
Partners register via
registration form
Important to send the
from to your Partner
Manager
KPS sends confirmation
with pre-requisite
documents prior to start
of session
Check available
schedule via
servicesapcom
Alias alm-services
Session is delivered in
2-3 hour online session
Participant has access
to Subject Matter
Expert remotely when
working on their
Solution Manager
system
At the completion of the
session participant is
registered in Education
Training System for
training record tracking
No invoicing is sent
Service
Marketplace
Basic Configuration
Is Achieved
SAP TechEd 2011 -
Hero Campaign
Las Vegas NV The Venetian
September 12-16 2011
Bangalore KTPO
October 19-21 2011
Madrid Feria de Madrid
November 8-10 2011
HERO CAMPAIGN
ndash
SAPreg
TechEd 2011
Become a hero
Stop in at the SAP Active Global Support Hero Campaign in the Community Clubhouse
Learn from Experts to manage your solutions along the application lifecycle with live systems
Work with our SAP Solution Manager 71 Subject Matter Experts to become a ldquoHerordquo
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 30
Framework
LOCATIONS amp Dates
September 12 - 16 2011 ndash Las Vegas US
October 19 - 21 2011 ndash Bangalore India
November 8 ndash 11 2011 Madrid Spain
Staff
SAP‟s SAP Solution Manager 71 matter experts
Run SAP Certified Partner‟s SAP Solution Manager 71 experts
TARGET GROUP
TechEd attendees (partnerscustomers) who have interest in Application Lifecycle Management and the new
SAP Solution Manager 71 release
Goal of 700 (300 Las Vegas 200 India 200 Spain) attendees for the 3 Events together
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 31
Hero Campaign Las Vegas Bangalore Madrid results
983 Attendees
Estimated missed scans per day 20
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 32
Partner Feedback Las Vegas
HP
ldquoI had a great time participating in the Hero Campaign It even was great working a side by
side as well as having great conversations with the SAP experts and the customers at the
Hero Campaign booth ldquo
Gary Manaoat
ldquoThis was a success Thank you for the great opportunityrdquo
Kristine Gersabeck
Keane an NTT DATA Company
bdquoWe have to thank you ton for your support during our booth sessions and providing this
great opportunityldquo
Lakshminarayanan Rengasamy
ldquoThank you for having given us such a great opportunity to participate at the Hero
Campaignrdquo
Narasimhan Arvind
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 33
WIPRO
ldquoThe concept of having partner to contribute in the TechEd booth is a great idea which
helps partners to show case the capability in new products of Solution Manager and also
we feel great and confident while participating in such eventsThe Solution Manager 71
(ldquoBe a Herordquo) booth in Bangalore TechEd was really a great event and we would like to
thank for providing this opportunityldquo
Srinivas Hulsusgud
Optimal Solutions
bdquoIt was very good experience for me to be there in the Hero campaign booth It has given
me an insight to the clients view of SAP products in which angle they are looking
Thanks for providing us the opportunity for being with SAP during the TechEdldquo
Biju Abraham
Partner Feedback Bangalore
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 34
Newsletter Articles about the Hero campaign
Today‟s Customers are facing a lot of complex challenges within their SAP Application Landscape
in various phases of ALM (Application Lifecycle Management)But the question stays always the
same How to succeed in these challenges
Around 1000 customers and partners got an answer to this question at the TechEds Las Vegas
Bangalore and Madrid by visiting the HERO campaign interactive station from the AGS Partner
Management and Training Team We took one live demo system of the single source of truth the
new SAP Solution Manager 71 Mixed it up with experts from SAP and of our Run SAP certified
partner community and let those 1000 participants interact with them to learn how SAP Solution
Manager 71 and the E2E Solution Manager Operations courses give them the opportunity to
succeed
So be aware of 1000 HEROES more around the globe knowing how to leverage from SAP Solution
Manager 71 and the respective trainings So don‟t let your customers miss the great opportunity to
stop by the Hero Campaign at SAP TechEd events next year and to learn more about SAP Solution
Manager 71 with the E2E Solution Manager Operations courses
You can find more information about these curriculums at wwwsapcomeducatione2e
The success of the Hero campaign at the different Events and the overall Results were
promoted in several Newsletters like the AGS and the global Ecosystems and Channels
Newsletters as an example
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 35
Follow Up activities
Hero campaign to be used to
promote end-to-end standards
partner and training program
Information about courses EGIrsquos
standards and partner program sent
via post event email
Non-SAP-employee participant data
was shared with our at the booth
present partners
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 36
Hero campaign Impressions
Las Vegas Bangalore Madrid
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 25
Recommend
Designate one person as point of contact for questions
registration and communication with AGS Partner Manager
Point of contact will register their consultant in desired EGI
session via SAP Registration Form(received after
successful certification from PM)
Point of contact will track the total number of EGI sessions
consumed per year
Send email communication to Run SAP practice regarding
Expert Guided Implementation Sessions with web links
Expert-Guided Implementation Roll-out Process for Run SAP Partners to their Practice
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 26
Expert Guided Implementation for Run SAP Partners
What does it cost No charge for Run SAP Certified Partners
5 EGI Sessions year for Local Certified Run SAP Implementation Partners
10 EGI Sessions year for Global Certified Run SAP Implementation Partners
20 EGI Sessions year for Certified Run SAP Operations Partners
How to order
SAP offers delivery at fixed time slots
Available delivery slots are published on the SAP Service Marketplace
Partners plan projects and register based on project timeline via sending an
email with the SAP EGI registration form to the corresponding Partner
manager
Where to find additional information
External Information
Alias SolutionManager -gt Services -gt Expert Guided
Implementation
Direct Link
httpservicesapcom~formsapnet_SHORTKEY=0110003587000
0717440amp_SCENARIO=01100035870000000202amp
Registration for RunSAP
Partner
Expert Guided Implementation
Dear Partner manager
Please register for the session Expert Guided Implementation in
Region EMEA
Topic Technical Upgrade to SAP Solution Manager 71 (Prerequisites)
Delivery week 12
Start Date 03-19-2012
Language EN
the following partner participant
Partner Name Run SAP Partner XY
Partner Number 11111111
S-User of participant S11111111
e-mail MaxMustermannPartnerXYcom
Best regards
Max Mustermann
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 27
How Do Run SAP Partners Register
EGI Session Delivery Participant
Registration Solution Manager Register via form
Partners register via
registration form
Important to send the
from to your Partner
Manager
KPS sends confirmation
with pre-requisite
documents prior to start
of session
Check available
schedule via
servicesapcom
Alias alm-services
Session is delivered in
2-3 hour online session
Participant has access
to Subject Matter
Expert remotely when
working on their
Solution Manager
system
At the completion of the
session participant is
registered in Education
Training System for
training record tracking
No invoicing is sent
Service
Marketplace
Basic Configuration
Is Achieved
SAP TechEd 2011 -
Hero Campaign
Las Vegas NV The Venetian
September 12-16 2011
Bangalore KTPO
October 19-21 2011
Madrid Feria de Madrid
November 8-10 2011
HERO CAMPAIGN
ndash
SAPreg
TechEd 2011
Become a hero
Stop in at the SAP Active Global Support Hero Campaign in the Community Clubhouse
Learn from Experts to manage your solutions along the application lifecycle with live systems
Work with our SAP Solution Manager 71 Subject Matter Experts to become a ldquoHerordquo
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 30
Framework
LOCATIONS amp Dates
September 12 - 16 2011 ndash Las Vegas US
October 19 - 21 2011 ndash Bangalore India
November 8 ndash 11 2011 Madrid Spain
Staff
SAP‟s SAP Solution Manager 71 matter experts
Run SAP Certified Partner‟s SAP Solution Manager 71 experts
TARGET GROUP
TechEd attendees (partnerscustomers) who have interest in Application Lifecycle Management and the new
SAP Solution Manager 71 release
Goal of 700 (300 Las Vegas 200 India 200 Spain) attendees for the 3 Events together
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 31
Hero Campaign Las Vegas Bangalore Madrid results
983 Attendees
Estimated missed scans per day 20
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 32
Partner Feedback Las Vegas
HP
ldquoI had a great time participating in the Hero Campaign It even was great working a side by
side as well as having great conversations with the SAP experts and the customers at the
Hero Campaign booth ldquo
Gary Manaoat
ldquoThis was a success Thank you for the great opportunityrdquo
Kristine Gersabeck
Keane an NTT DATA Company
bdquoWe have to thank you ton for your support during our booth sessions and providing this
great opportunityldquo
Lakshminarayanan Rengasamy
ldquoThank you for having given us such a great opportunity to participate at the Hero
Campaignrdquo
Narasimhan Arvind
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 33
WIPRO
ldquoThe concept of having partner to contribute in the TechEd booth is a great idea which
helps partners to show case the capability in new products of Solution Manager and also
we feel great and confident while participating in such eventsThe Solution Manager 71
(ldquoBe a Herordquo) booth in Bangalore TechEd was really a great event and we would like to
thank for providing this opportunityldquo
Srinivas Hulsusgud
Optimal Solutions
bdquoIt was very good experience for me to be there in the Hero campaign booth It has given
me an insight to the clients view of SAP products in which angle they are looking
Thanks for providing us the opportunity for being with SAP during the TechEdldquo
Biju Abraham
Partner Feedback Bangalore
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 34
Newsletter Articles about the Hero campaign
Today‟s Customers are facing a lot of complex challenges within their SAP Application Landscape
in various phases of ALM (Application Lifecycle Management)But the question stays always the
same How to succeed in these challenges
Around 1000 customers and partners got an answer to this question at the TechEds Las Vegas
Bangalore and Madrid by visiting the HERO campaign interactive station from the AGS Partner
Management and Training Team We took one live demo system of the single source of truth the
new SAP Solution Manager 71 Mixed it up with experts from SAP and of our Run SAP certified
partner community and let those 1000 participants interact with them to learn how SAP Solution
Manager 71 and the E2E Solution Manager Operations courses give them the opportunity to
succeed
So be aware of 1000 HEROES more around the globe knowing how to leverage from SAP Solution
Manager 71 and the respective trainings So don‟t let your customers miss the great opportunity to
stop by the Hero Campaign at SAP TechEd events next year and to learn more about SAP Solution
Manager 71 with the E2E Solution Manager Operations courses
You can find more information about these curriculums at wwwsapcomeducatione2e
The success of the Hero campaign at the different Events and the overall Results were
promoted in several Newsletters like the AGS and the global Ecosystems and Channels
Newsletters as an example
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 35
Follow Up activities
Hero campaign to be used to
promote end-to-end standards
partner and training program
Information about courses EGIrsquos
standards and partner program sent
via post event email
Non-SAP-employee participant data
was shared with our at the booth
present partners
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 36
Hero campaign Impressions
Las Vegas Bangalore Madrid
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 26
Expert Guided Implementation for Run SAP Partners
What does it cost No charge for Run SAP Certified Partners
5 EGI Sessions year for Local Certified Run SAP Implementation Partners
10 EGI Sessions year for Global Certified Run SAP Implementation Partners
20 EGI Sessions year for Certified Run SAP Operations Partners
How to order
SAP offers delivery at fixed time slots
Available delivery slots are published on the SAP Service Marketplace
Partners plan projects and register based on project timeline via sending an
email with the SAP EGI registration form to the corresponding Partner
manager
Where to find additional information
External Information
Alias SolutionManager -gt Services -gt Expert Guided
Implementation
Direct Link
httpservicesapcom~formsapnet_SHORTKEY=0110003587000
0717440amp_SCENARIO=01100035870000000202amp
Registration for RunSAP
Partner
Expert Guided Implementation
Dear Partner manager
Please register for the session Expert Guided Implementation in
Region EMEA
Topic Technical Upgrade to SAP Solution Manager 71 (Prerequisites)
Delivery week 12
Start Date 03-19-2012
Language EN
the following partner participant
Partner Name Run SAP Partner XY
Partner Number 11111111
S-User of participant S11111111
e-mail MaxMustermannPartnerXYcom
Best regards
Max Mustermann
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 27
How Do Run SAP Partners Register
EGI Session Delivery Participant
Registration Solution Manager Register via form
Partners register via
registration form
Important to send the
from to your Partner
Manager
KPS sends confirmation
with pre-requisite
documents prior to start
of session
Check available
schedule via
servicesapcom
Alias alm-services
Session is delivered in
2-3 hour online session
Participant has access
to Subject Matter
Expert remotely when
working on their
Solution Manager
system
At the completion of the
session participant is
registered in Education
Training System for
training record tracking
No invoicing is sent
Service
Marketplace
Basic Configuration
Is Achieved
SAP TechEd 2011 -
Hero Campaign
Las Vegas NV The Venetian
September 12-16 2011
Bangalore KTPO
October 19-21 2011
Madrid Feria de Madrid
November 8-10 2011
HERO CAMPAIGN
ndash
SAPreg
TechEd 2011
Become a hero
Stop in at the SAP Active Global Support Hero Campaign in the Community Clubhouse
Learn from Experts to manage your solutions along the application lifecycle with live systems
Work with our SAP Solution Manager 71 Subject Matter Experts to become a ldquoHerordquo
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 30
Framework
LOCATIONS amp Dates
September 12 - 16 2011 ndash Las Vegas US
October 19 - 21 2011 ndash Bangalore India
November 8 ndash 11 2011 Madrid Spain
Staff
SAP‟s SAP Solution Manager 71 matter experts
Run SAP Certified Partner‟s SAP Solution Manager 71 experts
TARGET GROUP
TechEd attendees (partnerscustomers) who have interest in Application Lifecycle Management and the new
SAP Solution Manager 71 release
Goal of 700 (300 Las Vegas 200 India 200 Spain) attendees for the 3 Events together
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 31
Hero Campaign Las Vegas Bangalore Madrid results
983 Attendees
Estimated missed scans per day 20
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 32
Partner Feedback Las Vegas
HP
ldquoI had a great time participating in the Hero Campaign It even was great working a side by
side as well as having great conversations with the SAP experts and the customers at the
Hero Campaign booth ldquo
Gary Manaoat
ldquoThis was a success Thank you for the great opportunityrdquo
Kristine Gersabeck
Keane an NTT DATA Company
bdquoWe have to thank you ton for your support during our booth sessions and providing this
great opportunityldquo
Lakshminarayanan Rengasamy
ldquoThank you for having given us such a great opportunity to participate at the Hero
Campaignrdquo
Narasimhan Arvind
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 33
WIPRO
ldquoThe concept of having partner to contribute in the TechEd booth is a great idea which
helps partners to show case the capability in new products of Solution Manager and also
we feel great and confident while participating in such eventsThe Solution Manager 71
(ldquoBe a Herordquo) booth in Bangalore TechEd was really a great event and we would like to
thank for providing this opportunityldquo
Srinivas Hulsusgud
Optimal Solutions
bdquoIt was very good experience for me to be there in the Hero campaign booth It has given
me an insight to the clients view of SAP products in which angle they are looking
Thanks for providing us the opportunity for being with SAP during the TechEdldquo
Biju Abraham
Partner Feedback Bangalore
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 34
Newsletter Articles about the Hero campaign
Today‟s Customers are facing a lot of complex challenges within their SAP Application Landscape
in various phases of ALM (Application Lifecycle Management)But the question stays always the
same How to succeed in these challenges
Around 1000 customers and partners got an answer to this question at the TechEds Las Vegas
Bangalore and Madrid by visiting the HERO campaign interactive station from the AGS Partner
Management and Training Team We took one live demo system of the single source of truth the
new SAP Solution Manager 71 Mixed it up with experts from SAP and of our Run SAP certified
partner community and let those 1000 participants interact with them to learn how SAP Solution
Manager 71 and the E2E Solution Manager Operations courses give them the opportunity to
succeed
So be aware of 1000 HEROES more around the globe knowing how to leverage from SAP Solution
Manager 71 and the respective trainings So don‟t let your customers miss the great opportunity to
stop by the Hero Campaign at SAP TechEd events next year and to learn more about SAP Solution
Manager 71 with the E2E Solution Manager Operations courses
You can find more information about these curriculums at wwwsapcomeducatione2e
The success of the Hero campaign at the different Events and the overall Results were
promoted in several Newsletters like the AGS and the global Ecosystems and Channels
Newsletters as an example
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 35
Follow Up activities
Hero campaign to be used to
promote end-to-end standards
partner and training program
Information about courses EGIrsquos
standards and partner program sent
via post event email
Non-SAP-employee participant data
was shared with our at the booth
present partners
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 36
Hero campaign Impressions
Las Vegas Bangalore Madrid
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 27
How Do Run SAP Partners Register
EGI Session Delivery Participant
Registration Solution Manager Register via form
Partners register via
registration form
Important to send the
from to your Partner
Manager
KPS sends confirmation
with pre-requisite
documents prior to start
of session
Check available
schedule via
servicesapcom
Alias alm-services
Session is delivered in
2-3 hour online session
Participant has access
to Subject Matter
Expert remotely when
working on their
Solution Manager
system
At the completion of the
session participant is
registered in Education
Training System for
training record tracking
No invoicing is sent
Service
Marketplace
Basic Configuration
Is Achieved
SAP TechEd 2011 -
Hero Campaign
Las Vegas NV The Venetian
September 12-16 2011
Bangalore KTPO
October 19-21 2011
Madrid Feria de Madrid
November 8-10 2011
HERO CAMPAIGN
ndash
SAPreg
TechEd 2011
Become a hero
Stop in at the SAP Active Global Support Hero Campaign in the Community Clubhouse
Learn from Experts to manage your solutions along the application lifecycle with live systems
Work with our SAP Solution Manager 71 Subject Matter Experts to become a ldquoHerordquo
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 30
Framework
LOCATIONS amp Dates
September 12 - 16 2011 ndash Las Vegas US
October 19 - 21 2011 ndash Bangalore India
November 8 ndash 11 2011 Madrid Spain
Staff
SAP‟s SAP Solution Manager 71 matter experts
Run SAP Certified Partner‟s SAP Solution Manager 71 experts
TARGET GROUP
TechEd attendees (partnerscustomers) who have interest in Application Lifecycle Management and the new
SAP Solution Manager 71 release
Goal of 700 (300 Las Vegas 200 India 200 Spain) attendees for the 3 Events together
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 31
Hero Campaign Las Vegas Bangalore Madrid results
983 Attendees
Estimated missed scans per day 20
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 32
Partner Feedback Las Vegas
HP
ldquoI had a great time participating in the Hero Campaign It even was great working a side by
side as well as having great conversations with the SAP experts and the customers at the
Hero Campaign booth ldquo
Gary Manaoat
ldquoThis was a success Thank you for the great opportunityrdquo
Kristine Gersabeck
Keane an NTT DATA Company
bdquoWe have to thank you ton for your support during our booth sessions and providing this
great opportunityldquo
Lakshminarayanan Rengasamy
ldquoThank you for having given us such a great opportunity to participate at the Hero
Campaignrdquo
Narasimhan Arvind
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 33
WIPRO
ldquoThe concept of having partner to contribute in the TechEd booth is a great idea which
helps partners to show case the capability in new products of Solution Manager and also
we feel great and confident while participating in such eventsThe Solution Manager 71
(ldquoBe a Herordquo) booth in Bangalore TechEd was really a great event and we would like to
thank for providing this opportunityldquo
Srinivas Hulsusgud
Optimal Solutions
bdquoIt was very good experience for me to be there in the Hero campaign booth It has given
me an insight to the clients view of SAP products in which angle they are looking
Thanks for providing us the opportunity for being with SAP during the TechEdldquo
Biju Abraham
Partner Feedback Bangalore
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 34
Newsletter Articles about the Hero campaign
Today‟s Customers are facing a lot of complex challenges within their SAP Application Landscape
in various phases of ALM (Application Lifecycle Management)But the question stays always the
same How to succeed in these challenges
Around 1000 customers and partners got an answer to this question at the TechEds Las Vegas
Bangalore and Madrid by visiting the HERO campaign interactive station from the AGS Partner
Management and Training Team We took one live demo system of the single source of truth the
new SAP Solution Manager 71 Mixed it up with experts from SAP and of our Run SAP certified
partner community and let those 1000 participants interact with them to learn how SAP Solution
Manager 71 and the E2E Solution Manager Operations courses give them the opportunity to
succeed
So be aware of 1000 HEROES more around the globe knowing how to leverage from SAP Solution
Manager 71 and the respective trainings So don‟t let your customers miss the great opportunity to
stop by the Hero Campaign at SAP TechEd events next year and to learn more about SAP Solution
Manager 71 with the E2E Solution Manager Operations courses
You can find more information about these curriculums at wwwsapcomeducatione2e
The success of the Hero campaign at the different Events and the overall Results were
promoted in several Newsletters like the AGS and the global Ecosystems and Channels
Newsletters as an example
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 35
Follow Up activities
Hero campaign to be used to
promote end-to-end standards
partner and training program
Information about courses EGIrsquos
standards and partner program sent
via post event email
Non-SAP-employee participant data
was shared with our at the booth
present partners
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 36
Hero campaign Impressions
Las Vegas Bangalore Madrid
SAP TechEd 2011 -
Hero Campaign
Las Vegas NV The Venetian
September 12-16 2011
Bangalore KTPO
October 19-21 2011
Madrid Feria de Madrid
November 8-10 2011
HERO CAMPAIGN
ndash
SAPreg
TechEd 2011
Become a hero
Stop in at the SAP Active Global Support Hero Campaign in the Community Clubhouse
Learn from Experts to manage your solutions along the application lifecycle with live systems
Work with our SAP Solution Manager 71 Subject Matter Experts to become a ldquoHerordquo
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 30
Framework
LOCATIONS amp Dates
September 12 - 16 2011 ndash Las Vegas US
October 19 - 21 2011 ndash Bangalore India
November 8 ndash 11 2011 Madrid Spain
Staff
SAP‟s SAP Solution Manager 71 matter experts
Run SAP Certified Partner‟s SAP Solution Manager 71 experts
TARGET GROUP
TechEd attendees (partnerscustomers) who have interest in Application Lifecycle Management and the new
SAP Solution Manager 71 release
Goal of 700 (300 Las Vegas 200 India 200 Spain) attendees for the 3 Events together
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 31
Hero Campaign Las Vegas Bangalore Madrid results
983 Attendees
Estimated missed scans per day 20
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 32
Partner Feedback Las Vegas
HP
ldquoI had a great time participating in the Hero Campaign It even was great working a side by
side as well as having great conversations with the SAP experts and the customers at the
Hero Campaign booth ldquo
Gary Manaoat
ldquoThis was a success Thank you for the great opportunityrdquo
Kristine Gersabeck
Keane an NTT DATA Company
bdquoWe have to thank you ton for your support during our booth sessions and providing this
great opportunityldquo
Lakshminarayanan Rengasamy
ldquoThank you for having given us such a great opportunity to participate at the Hero
Campaignrdquo
Narasimhan Arvind
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 33
WIPRO
ldquoThe concept of having partner to contribute in the TechEd booth is a great idea which
helps partners to show case the capability in new products of Solution Manager and also
we feel great and confident while participating in such eventsThe Solution Manager 71
(ldquoBe a Herordquo) booth in Bangalore TechEd was really a great event and we would like to
thank for providing this opportunityldquo
Srinivas Hulsusgud
Optimal Solutions
bdquoIt was very good experience for me to be there in the Hero campaign booth It has given
me an insight to the clients view of SAP products in which angle they are looking
Thanks for providing us the opportunity for being with SAP during the TechEdldquo
Biju Abraham
Partner Feedback Bangalore
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 34
Newsletter Articles about the Hero campaign
Today‟s Customers are facing a lot of complex challenges within their SAP Application Landscape
in various phases of ALM (Application Lifecycle Management)But the question stays always the
same How to succeed in these challenges
Around 1000 customers and partners got an answer to this question at the TechEds Las Vegas
Bangalore and Madrid by visiting the HERO campaign interactive station from the AGS Partner
Management and Training Team We took one live demo system of the single source of truth the
new SAP Solution Manager 71 Mixed it up with experts from SAP and of our Run SAP certified
partner community and let those 1000 participants interact with them to learn how SAP Solution
Manager 71 and the E2E Solution Manager Operations courses give them the opportunity to
succeed
So be aware of 1000 HEROES more around the globe knowing how to leverage from SAP Solution
Manager 71 and the respective trainings So don‟t let your customers miss the great opportunity to
stop by the Hero Campaign at SAP TechEd events next year and to learn more about SAP Solution
Manager 71 with the E2E Solution Manager Operations courses
You can find more information about these curriculums at wwwsapcomeducatione2e
The success of the Hero campaign at the different Events and the overall Results were
promoted in several Newsletters like the AGS and the global Ecosystems and Channels
Newsletters as an example
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 35
Follow Up activities
Hero campaign to be used to
promote end-to-end standards
partner and training program
Information about courses EGIrsquos
standards and partner program sent
via post event email
Non-SAP-employee participant data
was shared with our at the booth
present partners
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 36
Hero campaign Impressions
Las Vegas Bangalore Madrid
HERO CAMPAIGN
ndash
SAPreg
TechEd 2011
Become a hero
Stop in at the SAP Active Global Support Hero Campaign in the Community Clubhouse
Learn from Experts to manage your solutions along the application lifecycle with live systems
Work with our SAP Solution Manager 71 Subject Matter Experts to become a ldquoHerordquo
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 30
Framework
LOCATIONS amp Dates
September 12 - 16 2011 ndash Las Vegas US
October 19 - 21 2011 ndash Bangalore India
November 8 ndash 11 2011 Madrid Spain
Staff
SAP‟s SAP Solution Manager 71 matter experts
Run SAP Certified Partner‟s SAP Solution Manager 71 experts
TARGET GROUP
TechEd attendees (partnerscustomers) who have interest in Application Lifecycle Management and the new
SAP Solution Manager 71 release
Goal of 700 (300 Las Vegas 200 India 200 Spain) attendees for the 3 Events together
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 31
Hero Campaign Las Vegas Bangalore Madrid results
983 Attendees
Estimated missed scans per day 20
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 32
Partner Feedback Las Vegas
HP
ldquoI had a great time participating in the Hero Campaign It even was great working a side by
side as well as having great conversations with the SAP experts and the customers at the
Hero Campaign booth ldquo
Gary Manaoat
ldquoThis was a success Thank you for the great opportunityrdquo
Kristine Gersabeck
Keane an NTT DATA Company
bdquoWe have to thank you ton for your support during our booth sessions and providing this
great opportunityldquo
Lakshminarayanan Rengasamy
ldquoThank you for having given us such a great opportunity to participate at the Hero
Campaignrdquo
Narasimhan Arvind
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 33
WIPRO
ldquoThe concept of having partner to contribute in the TechEd booth is a great idea which
helps partners to show case the capability in new products of Solution Manager and also
we feel great and confident while participating in such eventsThe Solution Manager 71
(ldquoBe a Herordquo) booth in Bangalore TechEd was really a great event and we would like to
thank for providing this opportunityldquo
Srinivas Hulsusgud
Optimal Solutions
bdquoIt was very good experience for me to be there in the Hero campaign booth It has given
me an insight to the clients view of SAP products in which angle they are looking
Thanks for providing us the opportunity for being with SAP during the TechEdldquo
Biju Abraham
Partner Feedback Bangalore
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 34
Newsletter Articles about the Hero campaign
Today‟s Customers are facing a lot of complex challenges within their SAP Application Landscape
in various phases of ALM (Application Lifecycle Management)But the question stays always the
same How to succeed in these challenges
Around 1000 customers and partners got an answer to this question at the TechEds Las Vegas
Bangalore and Madrid by visiting the HERO campaign interactive station from the AGS Partner
Management and Training Team We took one live demo system of the single source of truth the
new SAP Solution Manager 71 Mixed it up with experts from SAP and of our Run SAP certified
partner community and let those 1000 participants interact with them to learn how SAP Solution
Manager 71 and the E2E Solution Manager Operations courses give them the opportunity to
succeed
So be aware of 1000 HEROES more around the globe knowing how to leverage from SAP Solution
Manager 71 and the respective trainings So don‟t let your customers miss the great opportunity to
stop by the Hero Campaign at SAP TechEd events next year and to learn more about SAP Solution
Manager 71 with the E2E Solution Manager Operations courses
You can find more information about these curriculums at wwwsapcomeducatione2e
The success of the Hero campaign at the different Events and the overall Results were
promoted in several Newsletters like the AGS and the global Ecosystems and Channels
Newsletters as an example
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 35
Follow Up activities
Hero campaign to be used to
promote end-to-end standards
partner and training program
Information about courses EGIrsquos
standards and partner program sent
via post event email
Non-SAP-employee participant data
was shared with our at the booth
present partners
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 36
Hero campaign Impressions
Las Vegas Bangalore Madrid
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 30
Framework
LOCATIONS amp Dates
September 12 - 16 2011 ndash Las Vegas US
October 19 - 21 2011 ndash Bangalore India
November 8 ndash 11 2011 Madrid Spain
Staff
SAP‟s SAP Solution Manager 71 matter experts
Run SAP Certified Partner‟s SAP Solution Manager 71 experts
TARGET GROUP
TechEd attendees (partnerscustomers) who have interest in Application Lifecycle Management and the new
SAP Solution Manager 71 release
Goal of 700 (300 Las Vegas 200 India 200 Spain) attendees for the 3 Events together
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 31
Hero Campaign Las Vegas Bangalore Madrid results
983 Attendees
Estimated missed scans per day 20
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 32
Partner Feedback Las Vegas
HP
ldquoI had a great time participating in the Hero Campaign It even was great working a side by
side as well as having great conversations with the SAP experts and the customers at the
Hero Campaign booth ldquo
Gary Manaoat
ldquoThis was a success Thank you for the great opportunityrdquo
Kristine Gersabeck
Keane an NTT DATA Company
bdquoWe have to thank you ton for your support during our booth sessions and providing this
great opportunityldquo
Lakshminarayanan Rengasamy
ldquoThank you for having given us such a great opportunity to participate at the Hero
Campaignrdquo
Narasimhan Arvind
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 33
WIPRO
ldquoThe concept of having partner to contribute in the TechEd booth is a great idea which
helps partners to show case the capability in new products of Solution Manager and also
we feel great and confident while participating in such eventsThe Solution Manager 71
(ldquoBe a Herordquo) booth in Bangalore TechEd was really a great event and we would like to
thank for providing this opportunityldquo
Srinivas Hulsusgud
Optimal Solutions
bdquoIt was very good experience for me to be there in the Hero campaign booth It has given
me an insight to the clients view of SAP products in which angle they are looking
Thanks for providing us the opportunity for being with SAP during the TechEdldquo
Biju Abraham
Partner Feedback Bangalore
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 34
Newsletter Articles about the Hero campaign
Today‟s Customers are facing a lot of complex challenges within their SAP Application Landscape
in various phases of ALM (Application Lifecycle Management)But the question stays always the
same How to succeed in these challenges
Around 1000 customers and partners got an answer to this question at the TechEds Las Vegas
Bangalore and Madrid by visiting the HERO campaign interactive station from the AGS Partner
Management and Training Team We took one live demo system of the single source of truth the
new SAP Solution Manager 71 Mixed it up with experts from SAP and of our Run SAP certified
partner community and let those 1000 participants interact with them to learn how SAP Solution
Manager 71 and the E2E Solution Manager Operations courses give them the opportunity to
succeed
So be aware of 1000 HEROES more around the globe knowing how to leverage from SAP Solution
Manager 71 and the respective trainings So don‟t let your customers miss the great opportunity to
stop by the Hero Campaign at SAP TechEd events next year and to learn more about SAP Solution
Manager 71 with the E2E Solution Manager Operations courses
You can find more information about these curriculums at wwwsapcomeducatione2e
The success of the Hero campaign at the different Events and the overall Results were
promoted in several Newsletters like the AGS and the global Ecosystems and Channels
Newsletters as an example
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 35
Follow Up activities
Hero campaign to be used to
promote end-to-end standards
partner and training program
Information about courses EGIrsquos
standards and partner program sent
via post event email
Non-SAP-employee participant data
was shared with our at the booth
present partners
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 36
Hero campaign Impressions
Las Vegas Bangalore Madrid
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 31
Hero Campaign Las Vegas Bangalore Madrid results
983 Attendees
Estimated missed scans per day 20
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 32
Partner Feedback Las Vegas
HP
ldquoI had a great time participating in the Hero Campaign It even was great working a side by
side as well as having great conversations with the SAP experts and the customers at the
Hero Campaign booth ldquo
Gary Manaoat
ldquoThis was a success Thank you for the great opportunityrdquo
Kristine Gersabeck
Keane an NTT DATA Company
bdquoWe have to thank you ton for your support during our booth sessions and providing this
great opportunityldquo
Lakshminarayanan Rengasamy
ldquoThank you for having given us such a great opportunity to participate at the Hero
Campaignrdquo
Narasimhan Arvind
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 33
WIPRO
ldquoThe concept of having partner to contribute in the TechEd booth is a great idea which
helps partners to show case the capability in new products of Solution Manager and also
we feel great and confident while participating in such eventsThe Solution Manager 71
(ldquoBe a Herordquo) booth in Bangalore TechEd was really a great event and we would like to
thank for providing this opportunityldquo
Srinivas Hulsusgud
Optimal Solutions
bdquoIt was very good experience for me to be there in the Hero campaign booth It has given
me an insight to the clients view of SAP products in which angle they are looking
Thanks for providing us the opportunity for being with SAP during the TechEdldquo
Biju Abraham
Partner Feedback Bangalore
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 34
Newsletter Articles about the Hero campaign
Today‟s Customers are facing a lot of complex challenges within their SAP Application Landscape
in various phases of ALM (Application Lifecycle Management)But the question stays always the
same How to succeed in these challenges
Around 1000 customers and partners got an answer to this question at the TechEds Las Vegas
Bangalore and Madrid by visiting the HERO campaign interactive station from the AGS Partner
Management and Training Team We took one live demo system of the single source of truth the
new SAP Solution Manager 71 Mixed it up with experts from SAP and of our Run SAP certified
partner community and let those 1000 participants interact with them to learn how SAP Solution
Manager 71 and the E2E Solution Manager Operations courses give them the opportunity to
succeed
So be aware of 1000 HEROES more around the globe knowing how to leverage from SAP Solution
Manager 71 and the respective trainings So don‟t let your customers miss the great opportunity to
stop by the Hero Campaign at SAP TechEd events next year and to learn more about SAP Solution
Manager 71 with the E2E Solution Manager Operations courses
You can find more information about these curriculums at wwwsapcomeducatione2e
The success of the Hero campaign at the different Events and the overall Results were
promoted in several Newsletters like the AGS and the global Ecosystems and Channels
Newsletters as an example
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 35
Follow Up activities
Hero campaign to be used to
promote end-to-end standards
partner and training program
Information about courses EGIrsquos
standards and partner program sent
via post event email
Non-SAP-employee participant data
was shared with our at the booth
present partners
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 36
Hero campaign Impressions
Las Vegas Bangalore Madrid
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 32
Partner Feedback Las Vegas
HP
ldquoI had a great time participating in the Hero Campaign It even was great working a side by
side as well as having great conversations with the SAP experts and the customers at the
Hero Campaign booth ldquo
Gary Manaoat
ldquoThis was a success Thank you for the great opportunityrdquo
Kristine Gersabeck
Keane an NTT DATA Company
bdquoWe have to thank you ton for your support during our booth sessions and providing this
great opportunityldquo
Lakshminarayanan Rengasamy
ldquoThank you for having given us such a great opportunity to participate at the Hero
Campaignrdquo
Narasimhan Arvind
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 33
WIPRO
ldquoThe concept of having partner to contribute in the TechEd booth is a great idea which
helps partners to show case the capability in new products of Solution Manager and also
we feel great and confident while participating in such eventsThe Solution Manager 71
(ldquoBe a Herordquo) booth in Bangalore TechEd was really a great event and we would like to
thank for providing this opportunityldquo
Srinivas Hulsusgud
Optimal Solutions
bdquoIt was very good experience for me to be there in the Hero campaign booth It has given
me an insight to the clients view of SAP products in which angle they are looking
Thanks for providing us the opportunity for being with SAP during the TechEdldquo
Biju Abraham
Partner Feedback Bangalore
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 34
Newsletter Articles about the Hero campaign
Today‟s Customers are facing a lot of complex challenges within their SAP Application Landscape
in various phases of ALM (Application Lifecycle Management)But the question stays always the
same How to succeed in these challenges
Around 1000 customers and partners got an answer to this question at the TechEds Las Vegas
Bangalore and Madrid by visiting the HERO campaign interactive station from the AGS Partner
Management and Training Team We took one live demo system of the single source of truth the
new SAP Solution Manager 71 Mixed it up with experts from SAP and of our Run SAP certified
partner community and let those 1000 participants interact with them to learn how SAP Solution
Manager 71 and the E2E Solution Manager Operations courses give them the opportunity to
succeed
So be aware of 1000 HEROES more around the globe knowing how to leverage from SAP Solution
Manager 71 and the respective trainings So don‟t let your customers miss the great opportunity to
stop by the Hero Campaign at SAP TechEd events next year and to learn more about SAP Solution
Manager 71 with the E2E Solution Manager Operations courses
You can find more information about these curriculums at wwwsapcomeducatione2e
The success of the Hero campaign at the different Events and the overall Results were
promoted in several Newsletters like the AGS and the global Ecosystems and Channels
Newsletters as an example
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 35
Follow Up activities
Hero campaign to be used to
promote end-to-end standards
partner and training program
Information about courses EGIrsquos
standards and partner program sent
via post event email
Non-SAP-employee participant data
was shared with our at the booth
present partners
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 36
Hero campaign Impressions
Las Vegas Bangalore Madrid
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 33
WIPRO
ldquoThe concept of having partner to contribute in the TechEd booth is a great idea which
helps partners to show case the capability in new products of Solution Manager and also
we feel great and confident while participating in such eventsThe Solution Manager 71
(ldquoBe a Herordquo) booth in Bangalore TechEd was really a great event and we would like to
thank for providing this opportunityldquo
Srinivas Hulsusgud
Optimal Solutions
bdquoIt was very good experience for me to be there in the Hero campaign booth It has given
me an insight to the clients view of SAP products in which angle they are looking
Thanks for providing us the opportunity for being with SAP during the TechEdldquo
Biju Abraham
Partner Feedback Bangalore
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 34
Newsletter Articles about the Hero campaign
Today‟s Customers are facing a lot of complex challenges within their SAP Application Landscape
in various phases of ALM (Application Lifecycle Management)But the question stays always the
same How to succeed in these challenges
Around 1000 customers and partners got an answer to this question at the TechEds Las Vegas
Bangalore and Madrid by visiting the HERO campaign interactive station from the AGS Partner
Management and Training Team We took one live demo system of the single source of truth the
new SAP Solution Manager 71 Mixed it up with experts from SAP and of our Run SAP certified
partner community and let those 1000 participants interact with them to learn how SAP Solution
Manager 71 and the E2E Solution Manager Operations courses give them the opportunity to
succeed
So be aware of 1000 HEROES more around the globe knowing how to leverage from SAP Solution
Manager 71 and the respective trainings So don‟t let your customers miss the great opportunity to
stop by the Hero Campaign at SAP TechEd events next year and to learn more about SAP Solution
Manager 71 with the E2E Solution Manager Operations courses
You can find more information about these curriculums at wwwsapcomeducatione2e
The success of the Hero campaign at the different Events and the overall Results were
promoted in several Newsletters like the AGS and the global Ecosystems and Channels
Newsletters as an example
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 35
Follow Up activities
Hero campaign to be used to
promote end-to-end standards
partner and training program
Information about courses EGIrsquos
standards and partner program sent
via post event email
Non-SAP-employee participant data
was shared with our at the booth
present partners
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 36
Hero campaign Impressions
Las Vegas Bangalore Madrid
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 34
Newsletter Articles about the Hero campaign
Today‟s Customers are facing a lot of complex challenges within their SAP Application Landscape
in various phases of ALM (Application Lifecycle Management)But the question stays always the
same How to succeed in these challenges
Around 1000 customers and partners got an answer to this question at the TechEds Las Vegas
Bangalore and Madrid by visiting the HERO campaign interactive station from the AGS Partner
Management and Training Team We took one live demo system of the single source of truth the
new SAP Solution Manager 71 Mixed it up with experts from SAP and of our Run SAP certified
partner community and let those 1000 participants interact with them to learn how SAP Solution
Manager 71 and the E2E Solution Manager Operations courses give them the opportunity to
succeed
So be aware of 1000 HEROES more around the globe knowing how to leverage from SAP Solution
Manager 71 and the respective trainings So don‟t let your customers miss the great opportunity to
stop by the Hero Campaign at SAP TechEd events next year and to learn more about SAP Solution
Manager 71 with the E2E Solution Manager Operations courses
You can find more information about these curriculums at wwwsapcomeducatione2e
The success of the Hero campaign at the different Events and the overall Results were
promoted in several Newsletters like the AGS and the global Ecosystems and Channels
Newsletters as an example
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 35
Follow Up activities
Hero campaign to be used to
promote end-to-end standards
partner and training program
Information about courses EGIrsquos
standards and partner program sent
via post event email
Non-SAP-employee participant data
was shared with our at the booth
present partners
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 36
Hero campaign Impressions
Las Vegas Bangalore Madrid
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 35
Follow Up activities
Hero campaign to be used to
promote end-to-end standards
partner and training program
Information about courses EGIrsquos
standards and partner program sent
via post event email
Non-SAP-employee participant data
was shared with our at the booth
present partners
copy 2011 SAP AG All rights reserved 36
Hero campaign Impressions
Las Vegas Bangalore Madrid